Anda di halaman 1dari 269

Rocky Firmansyah Teguh Satria

English
For Muslim
Teens
A Communicative and Practical Book for
Muslim Senior High School Students

Revised Edition
2022

Grade
Casel Islamic
English House
Profile
English For Muslim Teens i
X
Grade X Senior High School
Te g u h S a t r i a - R o c k y F i r m a n s y a h
Muhammad Nurkholis

ENGLISH
FOR
MOSLEM
TEENS
For Madrasah Aliyah, Senior High School,
And Vocational High School
Based on Curriculum 2013 and English Competency Test

GRADE

X
Casel Islamic
English House
Profile

English For Muslim Teens ii Grade X Senior High School


UNDANG UNDANG REPUBLIK INDONESIA
NOMOR 19 TAHUN 2002
TENTANG HAK CIPTA

PASAL 72
KETENTUAN PIDANA SANKSI PELANGGARAN

Barangsiapa dengan sengaja dan tanpa hak mengumumkan atau


memperbanyak suatu ciptaan atau memberikan izin untuk itu, dipidanan
dengan pidana penjara paling singkat 1 (satu) bulan dan/atau paling sedikit
Rp. 1.000.000.00 (satu juta rupiah) atau pidana penjara paling lama 7 (tujuh)
tahun dan/atau denda paling banyak Rp. 5.000.000.000.00 (lima milyar
rupiah).

Barangsiapa dengan sengaja menyerahkan, menyiarkan, memamerkan,


mengedarkan atau menjual kepada umum suatu ciptaanatau barang hasil
pelanggaran hak cipta atau hak terkait sebagaimana dimaksud pada ayat (1),
di pidana dengan pidana penjara paling lama 5 (lima) tahun dan/atau denda
paling banyak Rp. 500.000.000.00 (lima ratus juta rupiah).

English for Moslem Teens


Grade X
Penerbit : LEMBAGA CASEL ISLAMIC ENGLISH HOUSE
PROFILE
Jln. Alfaka Raya No.56 Tanjung Mulia – Medan Deli –
Medan. 20241
Disusun dan
ditulis oleh : Teguh Satria - Rocky Firmansyah
Editor : Rocky Firmansyah
Setting dan
layout designer : Teguh Satria
Percetakan : SAMUDERA CETAK
Cetakan : (II) Kedua
ISBN : 978-623-96271-0-2

Dilarang keras mengutip, menjiplak atau memfotokopi sebagian atau


seluruh isis buku ini
serta memperjualbelikannya tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.

Hak Cipta 2021 pada LEMBAGA CASEL ISLAMIC ENGLISH HOUSE


PROFILE
HAK CIPTA DILINDUNGI OLEH UNDANG UNDANG

English For Muslim Teens iii Grade X Senior High School


Muqoddimah (Preface)
Bismillah.
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Truly, all praise is to Allah Subhanahu wata`ala, we praise Him and we ask for His help
and forgiveness, we take refuge in God from the evil of ourselves and from our evil
deeds.

Whomever Allah Subhanahu Wata`ala gives His instructions to, then no one can lead
him astray and whomever Allah leads astray, no one can give him instructions and I bear
witness that no god has the right to be worshiped except Allah. He is one and there is no
partner with Him and I bear witness that Muhammad is His servant and Messenger.

Allahummasholli`ala Muhammad Wa`ala ali Muhammad.

ENGLISH for MOSLEM TEENS is a book which is designed for Madrasah Aliyah, Senior
High School and Vocational High School based on the curriculum of the Minister of
Education and Culture of Republic of Indonesia No. 24 year 2016 about Core
Competence and Basic Competence of Subject on curriculum 2013 curriculum on
Primary Education and Secondary Education.

This book is intended for either Indonesian moslem students or non-native teachers who
teach English at MA/SMA/SMK. This book aims to help moslem students improve their
ability in 5 skills, Akhlaq, Listening, Reading, Writing and Speaking. It contains relevant,
highly Al qur`an and Sunnah motivating materials.

By having these competences, students can survive in English speaking environment


and access information with a good akhlaq. It also enables them to express themselves
in different kinds of texts.

Last, but far from least, we hope that this book could carry benefits for both students and
teachers. Insyaallah.

For all your support, we say jazakumullahu khoiron.

Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Medan, February 2021.

The Authors

English For Muslim Teens iv Grade X Senior High School


English Curriculum for SEMESTER I
Senior High School
Core Competence Basic Competence
Comprehending and applying 1.1 Be grateful for the chance to learn English as an
religious values. international language, which is realized in the
spirit of learning.

Comprehending and applying the 2.1 Demonstrating polite and caring attitudes in
values of honesty, responsibility, interpersonal communication with teachers and
friends.
care (mutual aid cooperation,
tolerance, peace) polite, responsive 2.2 Demonstrating honest, disciplined, confident and
and proactive; demonstrating such responsible attitudes in transactional
communication with teachers and friends.
attitudes in solving various problems
in interacting effectively with the 2.3 Demonstrating responsible, caring, cooperative
social and natural environment as and peaceful attitudes in functional communication.
well as in being a model Indonesian 3.1 Analyzing spoken and written self-introduction texts
I the global society. according to the contexts.

3.2 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing


Understanding, applying, analyzing and responding to extended compliments
factual, conceptual and procedural according to the contexts.
knowledge based on the interest in
3.3 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
science, technology, art, culture and
care and responding to it according to the contexts.
humanities with humanistic,
nationalistic and civilized insights in 3.4 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
and asking about intentions / plans according to
relation to the causes of phenomena
the contexts.
and events, applying procedural
knowledge in desired specific field of 3.5 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
studies in solving problem. and responding to extended congratulation
according to the contexts.

3.6 Analyzing spoken and written texts in telling and


asking about past experiences / activities / events
when it happened and afterwards, according to the
contexts.

3.7 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of simple descriptive texts about
people, tourism destinations and famous historical
buildings according to the contexts.

3.8 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of announcements according to
the contexts.

3.9 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of recount texts about
experiences/activities/events according to the
contexts.

3.10 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of simple narrative texts in the
form of legends, according to the contexts.

3.11 Analyzing the social function and language


features of simple poetry according to the text.

4.1 Understanding spoken and written self-introduction


texts according to the contexts.

English For Muslim Teens v Grade X Senior High School


Processing, analyzing and 4.2 Constructing spoken and written texts to deliver,
presenting developments of the ask for and respond to self-introductions, according
concrete and abstract domains of to the appropriate social function, text structure and
language as well as the contexts.
the learned materials; being able
apply various methods according to 4.3 Constructing spoken and written texts to express
scientific principles. and respond to extended compliments, according
to the appropriate social function, text structure and
language features as well as the contexts.

4.4 Constructing spoken and written texts to express


care and respond to it, according to the appropriate
social function, text structure and language
features as well as the contexts.

4.5 Constructing spoken and written texts to express


and ask about intentions/plans of actions/activities,
according to the appropriate social function, text
structure and language features as well as the
contexts.

4.6 Constructing spoken and written texts to express


and respond to extended congratulations,
according to the appropriate social function, text
structure and language features as well as the
contexts.

4.7 Constructing spoken and written texts to tell and


ask about past experiences/activities/events when
it happened and afterwards, according to the
appropriate social function, text structure and
language features as well as the contexts.

4.8 Understanding simple spoken and written


descriptive texts about people, tourism destinations
and famous historical buildings.

4.9 Editing simple spoken and written descriptive texts


about people, tourism destinations and famous
historical buildings, according to the appropriate
social function, text structure and language
features as well as the contexts.

4.10 Constructing simple spoken and written descriptive


texts about people, tourism destinations and
famous historical building, according to the
appropriate social function, text structure and
language features as well as the context.

4.11 Understanding announcements.

4.12 Constructing short, simple spoken and written


announcements according to the appropriate social
function, text structure and language features as
well as the contexts.

Understanding simple spoken and written recount


4.13 texts about experiences/activities/events.

4.14 Constructing simple spoken and written recount


texts about experiences/activities/events,
according to the appropriate social function, text
structure and language features as well as the
contexts.

4.15 Understanding simple spoken and written narrative


texts in the form of simple short stories.

4.16 Understanding the meaning behind the poetry.

English For Muslim Teens vi Grade X Senior High School


SEMESTER II

Core Competence Basic Competence


Comprehending and applyingreligious 1.1 Be grateful for the chance to learn English as an
international language, which is realized in the
values. spirit of learning.

2.1 Demonstrating polite and caring attitudes in


Comprehending and applying the values of interpersonal communication with teachers and
honesty, responsibility, care (mutual aid friends.
cooperation, tolerance, peace) polite, 2.2 Demonstrating honest, disciplined, confident and
responsive and proactive; demonstrating responsible attitudes in transactional
communication with teachers and friends.
such attitudes in solving various problemsin
interacting effectively with the social and 2.3 Demonstrating responsible, caring, cooperative
and peaceful attitudes in functional communication.
natural environment as well as in being a
model Indonesian I the global society. 3.1 Analyzing spoken and written self-introduction texts
according to the contexts.

Understanding, applying, analyzing factual, 3.2 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
and responding to extended compliments
conceptual and procedural knowledge based according to the contexts.
on the interest in science, technology, art,
3.3 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
culture andhumanities with humanistic, care and responding to it according to the contexts.
nationalistic and civilized insights in relation
3.4 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
to the causes of phenomenaand events, and asking about intentions / plans according to
applying procedural knowledge in desired the contexts.
specific field ofstudies in solving problem. 3.5 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing
and responding to extended congratulation
according to the contexts.

3.6 Analyzing spoken and written texts in telling and


asking about past experiences / activities / events
when it happened and afterwards, according to the
contexts.

3.7 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of simple descriptive texts about
people, tourism destinations and famous historical
buildings according to the contexts.

3.8 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of announcements according to
the contexts.

3.9 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of recount texts about
experiences/activities/events according to the
contexts.

3.10 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of simple narrative texts in the
form of legends, according to the contexts.

3.11 Analyzing the social function and language


features of simple poetry according to the text.

4.1 Understanding spoken and written self-introduction


texts according to the contexts.

English For Muslim Teens vii Grade X Senior High School


Processing, analyzing and presenting 1.1 Be grateful for the chance to learn English as an
international language, which is realized in the
developments of the concrete and abstract spirit of learning.
domains of the learned materials; being able
apply various methods according to scientific 2.1 Demonstrating polite and caring attitudes in
interpersonal communication with teachers and
principles. friends.

2.2 Demonstrating honest, disciplined, confident and


responsible attitudes in transactional
communication with teachers and friends.

2.3 Demonstrating responsible, caring, cooperative


and peaceful attitudes in functional communication.

3.1 Analyzing spoken and written self-introduction texts


according to the contexts.

3.2 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing


and responding to extended compliments
according to the contexts.

3.3 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing


care and responding to it according to the contexts.

3.4 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing


and asking about intentions / plans according to
the contexts.

3.5 Analyzing spoken and written texts in expressing


and responding to extended congratulation
according to the contexts.

3.6 Analyzing spoken and written texts in telling and


asking about past experiences / activities / events
when it happened and afterwards, according to the
contexts.

3.7 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of simple descriptive texts about
people, tourism destinations and famous historical
buildings according to the contexts.

3.8 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of announcements according to
the contexts.

3.9 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of recount texts about
experiences/activities/events according to the
contexts.

3.10 Analyzing the social function, text structure and


language features of simple narrative texts in the
form of legends, according to the contexts.

3.11 Analyzing the social function and language


features of simple poetry according to the text.

4.1 Understanding spoken and written self-introduction

English For Muslim Teens viii Grade X Senior High School


Table of Content
CHAPTER 1
AKHLAK WRITING
1. Assalamu’alaikum, ustad 1. Writing a simple letter to a penpal
Topic : Tauhid 1 2. Writing an invitation letter
2. Assalamu’alaikum, ustad
Topic : Tauhid 2 LISTENING
3. Assalamu’alaikum, ustad 1. Understanding a picture by making a
Topic : 6 pillars of faith question who, where and what
4. Assalamu’alaikum, ustad. 2. Question responses
Topic : subhanallah and maa syaa Allah. 3. Understanding a talk
4. Arranging the instruction
READING
1. Understanding an invitation letter GRAMMAR
2. Reading a notice about school trip 1. Pronouns (subject, object and possessive
3. Understanding a short story of Rasulullah pronouns)
4. How to read a form. 2. Present Tense (to be ; is, am, are and verb).
3. Present Continuous.
SPEAKING
1. Greeting someone in Islamic way
REVIEW TEST
2. Greeting responses in Islamic way
3. Self-introduction in Islamic way

CHAPTER 2

AKHLAK
1. Obey your parents. WRITING
2. When do we say “Jazakallahu khoir”? 1. Compliment letter about getting a new baby.
3. You mustn`t say excessive praise 2. Compliment card about competition

SPEAKING LISTENING
1. Speaking comprehension 1. Listening and filling in the missing
Compliments and responses information
2. Filling the missing information 2. Understanding the pictures
3. Speaking about the picture of the 3. Family`s sports
preposition of places 4. Appropriate responses.
4. Talking about a CAKE MAKING 5. Filling in the missing words
COMPETITION.
GRAMMAR
READING 1. Preposition of places
1. Reading comprehension about a real story 2. Singular and plural nouns
about “Ten people guaranteed Paradise by 3. Past tense
Rasulullah” 4. Question tags
2. Fact story about Abu Bakar Ash Shiddiq
(part I) REVIEW TEST
3. A compliment about a gift.
4. Fact story about Abu Bakar Ash Shiddiq
(part 2)

English For Muslim Teens ix Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 3
AKHLAK LISTENING
1. Mahrom 1. Filling in the missing words from the
2. 9 benefits of reciting Al Qur`an conversation
4. Ghibah 2. Listening to the weather forecast
3. Listening, repeating and answering the
SPEAKING questions
1. Talking about the picture to visit 4. Filling in the missing information about
2. Understanding the conversation season
3. Filling in the missing phrases from the 5. Choosing the correct responses about
conversation someone`s opinion
4. Speaking about worksheet
5. Talking about would like and would like to GRAMMAR
1. Future Tense (will and going to)
READING 2. Modals
1. Umar bin Khattab 3. Would like and would like to
2. Some common signs and gestures in some 4. Quantifiers
countries in the world
3. Notice matching REVIEW TEST
4. Read about the weather
5. Fill in the missing words from the text

WRITING
1. Writing about the function of ‘going to’
2. Writing about daily planner
3. Writing about daily intention

CHAPTER 4
AKHLAQ 2. Writing some expressions of intentions and
1. Islamic table manner responses
2. Bathroom manners 1 3. Writing an email

SPEAKING LISTENING
1. Zam Zam Tower 1. Answering the question based on the
2. Part of the body picture.
3. Personality 2. Question responses
4. Family tree and family speaking card 3. Short talk. (time identification)
5. Mini conversation “going to.” 4. Listening and understanding the dialog
5. Listening for a man leaving a message
READING
1. Reading an email and filling in the blanks GRAMMAR
2. Descriptive text (Hijab) 1. Noun (part of the body)
3. Modal verb (should) (Islamic table manners) 2. Adjectives (someone`s personality)
4. Advertisement 3. Future will and going to
5. Conditional sentences Type I and speech 4. Modal verb should
6. Descriptive text. (Madinah Islamic 5. Conditional Type I
University) 6. Active and passive
7. Degrees of comparison
WRITING 8. Preferences (would rather/would prefer/
1. Writing about the descriptive text (Nabawi prefer)
Mosque and Al Aqsa Mosque)
REVIEW TEST

English For Muslim Teens x Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 5
AKHLAQ SPEAKING
1. Bathroom manners (part 2) 1. Favorite food
2. Bathroom manners (part 3) 2. Missing conversation response
3. Bathroom manners (part 4) 3. Too and enough speaking practice
4. Vacation dialogue
GRAMMAR 5. Conversation missing words
1. Too and enough
2. Past Tense and Present Perfect LISTENING
3. Past Tense 1. Cooking program
4. Quantifiers 2. Picture identification
5. Active and Passive 3. Short dialogue
6. Pronoun 4. Listening to Umar`s and his friend’s pets
5. Sports
READING 6. Question Responses
1. Jellyfish
2. Fathu Makkah WRITING
3. Announcement about writing 1. Jellyfish writing focus
competition 2. Facebook
4. Where can we see this announcement 3. Who is the healthiest?
5. Crossword puzzle 4. Writing about Recount text
6. Best friend 5. Writing the missing words from the
7. Visiting Dubai email
8. Recount text “Berastagi”
9. Advertisement REVIEW TEST

CHAPTER 6
AKHLAK WRITING
1. Sunnah before going to sleep (Part I) 1. What you have done
2. Sunnah before going to sleep (Part II) 2. Write an email
3. Keep your tongue 3. Writing past experience
4. Suffix; ness
READING 5. Revise your writing
1. Recount Text, Imam Muslim
2. Procedure text LISTENING
3. Important years in Islam 1. Choose the correct statement
4. Read an email 2. from the picture
5. Cave Hira 3. Talk about food
6. Azwa Dates 4. Covid 19
5. Muhammad`s school trip
SPEAKING
1. Take off GRAMMAR
2. Fill in the missing response 1. Present Perfect
3. Question response 2. Past Tense
4. Talk about the people in the picture in 3. Wh – Questions
Present Continuous form 4. Review Present Simple and
5. Present Continuous
6. Suffix; ness

REVIEW TEST

English For Muslim Teens xi Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 9
AKHLAQ WRITING
1. Lick your fingers 1. Write about your personal experience
2. Qodarullah it was raining 2. Holiday experience
3. Don`t be angry LISTENING
1. First job
SPEAKING 2. Jumbled words (talk about mother)
1. First trip to Medan 3. Nobody does it like my mummy
2. Speaking between son and mom
3. Complete the conversation GRAMMAR
1. Past Tense and Past Continuous
READING 2. Adverbs
1. Personal narrative text
2. Fable story REVIEW TEST
3. Story of the tiny frog
4. Folklore; Legend of Malin Kundang

CHAPTER 10
AKHLAQ LISTENING
1. Allahu Akbar, Subhanallah 1. Jumm`ah Mubarak
2. I lost my sandal 2. Subhanallah
3. I don’t like the food 3. Assalamualaikum
4. Dunya
GRAMMAR 5. Sister with Hijab
1. Conjunction
2. Pronoun WRITING
3. Capitalization rules 1. Writing a poetry
2. 7 days
READING 3. Capitalization rules
1. Rading 1 : Poetry or Nasheed
2. 7 days REVIEW TEST
3. What make an ffective ad?
4. Fatima (Recount Text) : Personal Recount

SPEAKING
1. It`s on Friday
2. Dunya is not the place to live
3. Hijab
Islamic terms used in this book

Assalamualaikum “Peace be upon you and Semoga kedamaian


warohmatullahi God’s mercy and bersamamu serta
wabarokaatuh blessings.” pengampunan dan berkah
dari Allah SWT."
Suhanallah Exalted is Allah Maha suci Allah
MasyaAllah Whatever Allah wills Atas kehendak Allah
Allahu Akbar Allah is great Allah maha besar
Alhamdulillah Praise be to Allah Segala puji bagi Allah
Qodarullah Allah is Destined Allah telah
mentaqdirkannya
Jazakallahu khoir May Allah reward you Semoga Allah membalas
kebaikanmu
Barakallahu May Allah bless you Semoga Allah
memberkahimu
Istiqomah steadfastness konsisten

English For Muslim Teens xiv Grade X Senior High School


1 AKHLAQ 4 WRITING
1. Assalamu’alaikum ustad. 1. Writing a simple letter to
Topic : Tauhid 1 a penpal.
2. Assalamu’alaikum ustad. 2. Writing an invitation
Topic : Tauhid 2 letter.
3. Assalamu’alaikum ustad.
Topic : 6 pillars of faith 5 LISTENING
4. Assalamu’alaikum ustad.
Topic : subhanallah and
maa shaa Allah. 1. Understanding a picture
by making a question
who, where and what.
2 READING 2. Question responses.
3. Understanding a talk.
4. Arranging the instruction.
1. Understanding an
invitation letter.
2. Reading a notice about 6 GRAMMAR
school trip.
3. Understanding a short
1. Pronouns (subject,
story of Rasulullah.
object and possesive
4. How to read a form.
pronouns)
2. Present Tense. (to be ; is,
3 SPEAKING am, are and verb).
3. Present continuous.

1. Greeting someone in
Islamic way. 7 REVIEW TEST
2. Greeting responses in
Islamic way.
1. Akhlaq building
3. Self-introduction in
2. Speaking
Islamic way.
3. Reading
4. Writing
5. Listening
6. Grammar

English For Muslim Teens 1 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
CHAPTER 1

Assalamu’alaikum
AL QURAN & HADITS CORNER

AL HADITH

English For Muslim Teens 2 Grade X Senior High School


Greeting SPEAKING

Read and practice the conversation with your friends

Umar : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…


Zabir : Wa`alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Umar : May I know your name ?
Zabir : Yes of course... I am Zabir
Umar : I’m Umar. And, what is your family name ?
Zabir : Abdillah
Umar : How do you spell that?
Zabir : AB D I LLAH
Umar : Thank you. Where are you from ?
Zabir : I am from Indonesia.
Umar : How old are you?
Zabir : I am sixteen.
Umar : Are you a new student in this school ?
Zabir : Yes. I am in grade X
Umar : Welcome to our school. See you next time Zabir.
Zabir : See you Umar… Nice to meet you.
Umar : Nice to meet you.. Assalamu’alalikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Zabir : Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Complete the information about Zabir. Discuss with your friends by answering
the question and present it in front of the
1. His name is __________ class.
2. His family name is __________
1. If someone asks about your personal
3. He is from __________
information, what do you usually say?
4. He is __________
2. What do you do on your first day at school?
5. He is a new __________ in this school
3. Do you know the people around you in the
6. He is in __________
class?
Read and practice the conversation.

Mecca Medina Jakarta

Sofia

English For Muslim Teens 3 Grade X Senior High School

IAlhamdulillah...
Could
In
amshaa
from
a you
university
Allah,
Allah…
Madinah
Indonesia.
tell Ime
Assalamu’alaikum
Wa’alaikumussalam
Alhamdulillah… am
Indonesia
I`m
I`m student
about
aand
fine
Are
student
you?
too.
Indonesia
of
you
isMadinah
warohmatullahi
fine Where
aof
abig
warohmatullahi
thank you student
high
country
?are
school
Islamic
Sofia?
youand
wabarokaatuh.
and grade
from
wabarokaatuh.
how are University
Imy
you?I Sofia?
am best
X.
am And
country
semester
Sofia. you?
Zainab.
What`s
Howin I.the
your world?
arename
you?
Vocabulary Box Understanding DIalogue
Now your turn. Write “True” or “False”.
Died : Meninggal
Town : Kota 1. Zainab is Indonesian.
Built : Dibangun 2. Zainab is working in other country.
Country : Negara 3. The best city in the world is Madinah
Appointment : Janji
4 Nabawi mosque was built in 1951
Largest : Paling luas
World : Dunia 5 Sofia is in a hurry
Islands : Pulau (jamak)
Friendly : Ramah Answer the questions
Help : Membantu 1. Where is Zainab from?
By the way : Ngomong-
ngomong
Inaugurated : Diresmikan 2. What is Sofia?
Student : Pelajar
Meet : Bertemu
Mosque : Masjid 3. What is Sofia`s favorite country besides Mecca and
Accommodate : Menampung Medina?
Salah : Sholat

4. What does Zainab think about Indonesia?

5. When was the Istiqlal Mosque built?

English For Muslim Teens 4 Grade X Senior High School

Madinah...???
Maa
No
Wa’alaikumussalam
problem
shaa Allah..
Allah...
Sofia.
In But,
shaa
I We`ll
love
warohmatullahi
I Allah...
am
Madinah...
seesorry
again
Madinah
Zainab
next
Inwabarokatuh.
shaa
is
time
...the
IAllahI
have
insyaallah.
townwill
toofgo
tell
Rasulullah.
now
Ityou.
is ...
nice
ItI is
have
to
My
Istiqlal
meet
best
an mosque.
city in
Rewrite the random conversation into correct order.

Ismail : How are you Ibrahim?


-
I am from Turkey.
Ibrahim : -
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh. I am Ismail. I am a
Ismail : new student.
-
Nice to meet you Ismail. See you
Ibrahim : next time. Assalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
-
Ismail : I am from Malaysia, and you?
-
Wa’alaikumussalamulaikum
Ibrahim : warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Nice
to meet you too. See you next
time.
Ismail : -
Wa’alaikumussalam
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. My
Ibrahim : name is Ibrahim.
-
Where are you from Ibrahim?
Ismail : -
Alhamdulillah. I am fine thank you.

Study the announcement below and fill in the


blanks with the suitable words given. GRAMMAR CHECK 1
he him Pronoun

Subject Object Possesice


you our Pronoun Pronoun Adjective
I Me My book
He Him His book
She Her Her book
we he It It Its book
You You Your book
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokatuh We Us Our book
shoppers. have lost boy named Utsman who They Them Their book
was found in the sporting goods section of
store, and is looking for his mother. He`s I am a teacher.
four years old, and he`s wearing a red and white sweat He is a student.
Pronoun
Subject

shirt, short pants, and black and white baseball cap. She is a girl.
can find at the check out counter at It is a book.
the main exit. For all your attention, we say We are children
Jazakallahu khoiron. You are late.
Wasssalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokatuh. They are workers

English For Muslim Teens 5 Grade X Senior High School


She gives me a book. I am my father's son.

Possessive
Pronoun They lend him a pen. Ummu A'isyah is his mother.

Adjective
Object
Talk to her privately. It is her cat.
She gives it to me. The dog brings its food.
Allah make us happy. Rasulullah is our leader.
Allah love you so much. We are your students.
Please be kind to them She is their sister

Complete the following dialogue with the correct subject pronoun (I, We, You,
They, He, She, It), be (is,am,are), or possessive adjectives.

1. A : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi 4. A : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi


wabarokaatuh. I am Utsman, What is wabarokaatuh. Good morning. How are
_____ name? _____ today?
B: Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi B : Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh. am Abu Bakar. wabarokaatuh. Good morning.
Alhamdulillah, I ____ fine thank you.
2. A : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh. you a teacher? 5. A : Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi
B : Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. What is ____favorite
wabarokaatuh. yes, I a teacher. book?
B : Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi
3. A : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. My favorite book is the
wabarokaatuh. name is Ali. What Al Qur`an. _____ like to read it everyday.
is name? A : Maa shaa Allah… _____ is the best book
B : Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi in the world. Because it is Kalamullah.
wabarokaatuh. am Zabir. How
are Ali?
A : Alhamdulillah, ____ am fine thank you.

Greeting and Introducing

We greet our friends by saying

� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh.. good morning, good noon,
good afternoon, good evening my friend.

� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh.. good morning, good noon,
good afternoon, good evening all of my
friends.

Expression Usage In formal situation


� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh… May I tell you my name?
� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh… May I introduce myself?
� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh… Can I introduce myself?

English For Muslim Teens 6 Grade X Senior High School


Mention the name by saying (Informal � Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
situation) wabarokatuh Salamah… Have you met
Asiyah?
� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh… My name is… � Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokatuh Utsman…This is Muhammad.
� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi Muhammad, this is Utsman.
wabarokatuh… I am…
Response
Introducing others
� Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi
� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… nice to meet you.
wabarokatuh Ismail, Please meet Zubair.
� Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi
� Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…Pleased to meet you.
wabarokatuh Zainad, This is Raisa, the one I
told you about. � Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh…how do you do?

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Tauhid

Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad? May I ask you a question?


Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah. What can I do for
you?
Would you like to tell me what the meaning of the sentence “LAILAHA ILLALLAH” is?
Alhamdulillah wassholatuwassalamu `ala rosulillah. That`s the most important question
for a muslim. Insyaallah I will explain it to you. LAILAHA ILLALLAH means that there is
no worship entitled to worship except Allah. So this sentence means that there is no true
worship rights from other than Allah and set it for Allah alone. Allah said in surah Al Hajj ;
62 “That is because Allah is the Truth, and that which they call upon other than Him is
falsehood, and because Allah is the Most High, the Grand”. And Rasulullah shollallahu
`alaihi wasallam said, “ "Islam is built on five pillars: (1) Creed that no God has the right
to be worshiped properly except Allah and that Muhammad is the messenger of Allah;
(2) Enforce prayer; (3) Paying zakat; (4) Fasting in the month of Ramadan; and (5)
Pilgrimage to Baitullah. "Wallahu`alam.
Alhamdulillah. In shaa Allah finally I understand ustad. Thank you very much.
Jazakallahu khoir, ustad.
Alhamdulillah.. Wa jazakallahu khoir. You`re welcome.

English For Muslim Teens 7 Grade X Senior High School


Persentation Time SPEAKING

Fill in the form below and present it in front of the class.

Apply

Read the conversation below and answer the questions.


Khadijah Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokatuh… Today I'm interviewing
Aisyah on her experience going to a Palestine school. Now Aisyah, what time
do you go to school?
Aisyah Eight O'clock.
Khadijah Eight O'clock. And do you go by yourself, or on a school bus?
Aisyah No, I have a group that goes with me.
Khadijah So you go with a group?
Aisyah Uh-huh.
Khadijah Now what kinds of things do you take to school?
Aisyah I take my al Qur`an, and I take my bag and my other books [ Oh, okay. ] and
stuff like that.
Khadijah Okay and what is the first thing you do when you get to school?
Aisyah We read al Qur`an and memorize what we had read."
Khadijah Maa shaa Allah… Allahu Akbar… That`s a nice school.
Aisyah Yes… we do it every morning before we start any subjects.
Khadijah And by the way… how many surah have you been memorizing?
Aisyah Alhamdulillah… I have been memorizing about 2 juz
Khadijah And then….what do you study at school?
Aisyah We study Al Qur`an, Hadits, Math, Arabic, English, Computer, and sometimes
we do some sports too.
Khadijah Okay, and where do you eat lunch? Do you have a lunchroom or cafeteria?
Aisyah No, we eat in our classroom.
You eat in your classroom! [ Yeah. ]. Oh wow. That is very interesting. Now
what time do you come home from school?
Aisyah We come home sometimes at 3:00 and sometimes at 2:00.
Khadijah Okay, well thank you very much for your time Aisyah. In shaa Allah we`ll see
next time. Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
In shaa Allah…
Aisyah You're welcome. Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 8 Grade X Senior High School

Cancel
Read the conversation and answer the questions

1. How does Aisyah go to school?

2. What does Aisyah do before starting the subject?

3. How many surah have Aisyah been memorizing?

4. Where does Aisyah eat lunch?

5. What time does Aisyah come home?

Demonstrative Pronoun GRAMMAR CHECK

1 THE VERB ‘BE’

Are we at school?

2 THE VERB

Present Simple or Zaki likes reading Al Qur`an and Hadist.


Present Tense is He is a student. He studies Al Qur`an and
same. We use this
Hadith in his school but Zaki studies English,
tense to talk about
present actions or too every Tuesday. The class starts at 7.30
events that take a.m. After school, Zaki goes home, packs his
place repeatedly, or bag, puts on his Kurta and then he goes to
one after the other, Tahfidz Centre. He has to take the bus. The
general truth and
bus leaves at half past four and his Tahfidz
something that has
been scheduled. class starts at 5 o`clock.

English For Muslim Teens 9 Grade X Senior High School


Usage
FOR
1. Habitual action with signal words such as: always, never,
rarely, often YOU
to
Example:
He studies English every Tuesday.
2. Event that take place one after the other.
Example :
After school Zaki goes home, packs his bag, puts on his
Kurta and then he goes toTahfidz Centre.
3. Facts, or things that are generally valid or general truth. Kurta
Example: A kurta (or
The class starts at 7.30 a.m. sometimes kur
4. Future actions that are planned and predetermined (e.g. ti, for women)
by a timetable or programme) is a loose
Example: collarless shirt
The bus leaves at half past four. worn in many
His Tahfidz Class starts at five o’clock. regions
of South Asia
5. Stative verbs and verbs of thought/memory and now also
Example: worn around
Zaki likes reading Al Qur`an and Hadith. the world.

Located in the Old City of Jerusalem, is the third


holiest site in Islam. The mosque was built on top of
the Temple Mount, known as the Al Aqsa Compound or
Haram esh-Sharif in Islam. Muslims believe that

Al -Aqsa
Muhtammad was transported from the Great Mosque
of Mecca to al-Aqsa during the Night Journey. Islamic
tradition holds that Muhammad led prayers towards
this site until the 16th or 17th month after his migration
mosque from Mecca to Medina, when Allah directed him to turn
towards the Kaaba in Mecca.

Stative Verbs
Verb to show non-action condition.

POSSESSION SENSE EMOTION MENTAL STATE OTHER

have sound love want know understand cost


own hear like appreciate believe deny measure
posses smell dislike need doubt promise weight
pack see hate desire think satisfy owe
seem
consist look adore wish suppose realise
fit
involve taste prefer hope recognize appear depend
include touch care value forget astonish matter

English For Muslim Teens 10 Grade X Senior High School


Other examples

Do the exercises below and make into a correct present tense


1. Bob always drink / drinks coffee in the 5. We sometimes go /goes to the ice rink.
morning. 6. Where do / does your parents come /
2. What do / does she like / likes? comes from?
3. My sister don't / does't play tennis. 7. Do / does you want / wants to go home?
4. They often visit / visits their 8. I don't / doesn't watch television after
grandparents at the weekends. school.

Complete. Use the present simple

1. Who ________ Aisyah ________ in 3. What ________ she ________ on TV?


Medan? (visit) (watch)/(watch)
She ________ her aunt and uncle. She ________ the news.
(visit) 4. ________ they ________ swimming.
2. ________ Zabir ________ to school by (not like)
bus? (go) Yes, they do. But they ________
No, he doesn't. He ________ to school running. (not like)
on foot. (go)

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
6 Pillars of Faith
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustadz? Would you explain us what
faith is and what the 6 pillars of faith are?
Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, In shaa Allah. Faith means to
believe and acknowledge that something is true in the heart, in our words and actions.
And there are 6 pillars of faith namely; Faith in Allah Subhanahu wata`ala, faith in
angels, faith in books, faith in prophets, faith in apostles, faith in doomsday and faith in
qada` and qadar.
Maa shaa Allah wa taabarokallahu ustadz, Alhamdulillah. Inshaa Allah,I understand.

English For Muslim Teens 11 Grade X Senior High School


Hadith
Understanding READING
Continued hadith from Umar bin Al-
Khathab radhiyallahu ‘anhu, Next
he said,

R
eading is the
active
"O Muhammad, tell me about process of
Islam." The Prophet sallallaahu
understanding print
'alaihi wa sallam replied, "Islam,
you testify that there is no right to
and graphic texts.
worship but Allah and indeed Reading is a
Muhammad is a messenger of thinking process.
God, you establish prayer, give Effective readers
alms, fast in the month of know that when they read, what they read is supposed to
Ramadan and perform the make sense. They monitor their understanding, and when
pilgrimage to Baitullah if you are they lose the meaning of what they are reading, they often
able to do so " unconsciously select and use a reading strategy (such as
rereading or asking questions) that will help them
The person said, "You are right."
reconnect with the meaning of the text. Reading skills and
We were surprised, he asked and
then confirmed it. The man said
strategies can be taught explicitly while students are
again, "Tell me about faith." The learning subject-specific content through authentic reading
Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa tasks.
sallam replied," You have faith in Effective readers use strategies to understand what they
Allah, in His angels, His books, in read before, during, and after reading.
His apostles, in the Day of
Judgment and in the good and bad

Read the following letter and guess what it is

Letter 1

Yos Sudarso street Medan, 17 August 2019

Bismillah…
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…

Dear Umar

Thank you for your kind invitation to dinner on 19th August 2019. Unfortunately, my
plans have changed somewhat, and I am leaving to Jakarta earlier than I have
expected in order to attend a literary conference in Madinah. I am sorry to miss it,
but perhaps I could call you next time if I’m in Medan, and we would arrange to
meet.

Wassalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh….

Yours sincerely

Ibrahim

Understand the text again and complete dash below.

1 2 3 4
Who is the letter
Who wrote the Why did the writer What is offered by
likely addressed
letter? write the letter? the writer?
to?

English For Muslim Teens 12 Grade X Senior High School


After reading the text above, answer the questions below.

1. What do you know about the text?

2. What do you want to know about the text above?

3. What have you learned about the text above?

Read a notice about Aqsa school trip carefully and answer the questions

Notice

Bismillah
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh

Aqsa school trip


On 27th January 2021, there will be a school trip to Aqsa Mosque in Palestine.
Departure : In shaa Allah 08.00 a.m.
Arrive : In shaa Allah 09.00 p.m.
Programs : Knowing Islamic historical story, food sharing.
Afternoon : Distribution of social grants.
Fee : Rp. 15.000.000,-
Contact person : Ms. Maimunah

Wassalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Chair

Answer the questions from the text above.

1. What is the notice 2. This announcement is 3. Who wrote the


about? mostly addressed to announcement?
a. A trip festival _______ of school. a. Students
b. A schedule of a a. Visitor b. Maimunah
school trip b. Tourist c. Khadijah
c. Palestine is a c. Students d. Traveler
historical place. d. Travelers
d. How to get to
Palestine.
Read the text below and fill in the blanks with the appropriate pronoun.
Subject pronoun, object pronoun or possessive adjectives

I
have a friend called Abu Bakar. ___ is sixteen
years old. ___ lives next to ___house so we are
neighbors. Sometimes ___ go to madrasah
together. He is a smart boy. ___ is from Madinah
but he was born in Iraq. He is a hafidz. He
memorized 30 juz and 200 hadith. He is clever in
religion and a humble boy. ___ has a good akhlaq
like helping people, smiling to everyone, giving food
to everyone who needs it and he likes to say salam
to everyone who ___ knows or not. One day, I ask
___ why he likes doing all those things and ___
answers because Rasulullah said, “From ‘Abdullah
bin‘ Amr, someone asked the Prophet sallallaahu
‘alayhi wa sallam about how good Islam is. He
replied, "Giving food (to people in need), and saying
greetings to people who are known and unknown."

English For Muslim Teens 13 Grade X Senior High School


(Narrated by Bukhari no. 6236). And sit with you) in comarison with a bad one, is like that
finally___understand why ___ likes doinhg so. In of the musk (perfume) seller and the blacksmith.
the afternoon ___ like sitting and reading Al Qur`an The owner of perfume won't harm you; you can buy
together and when I sometimes I make some (perfume) it or at least you can enjoy its good smell.
mistakes in reading Al Qur`an and ___teaches ___ As for being friends with a blacksmith,his bellows
how to read Al Qur`an correctly. And sometimes would either burn your clothes or at least you get a
___ teaches ___ some sunnah rasulullah. He is the bad smell thereof." (Narrated by Bukhari, no. 2101)
best friend I’ve ever had. Because Rasulullah said because of this hadith, I am so happy as I have a
“The example of a good companion (befriends who friend like Abu Bakar. In shaa Allah.

Discuss with your friends about these Answer the following questions based
questions below on the text with a verity answers.
1. First, please identify and underline all the verb
in the text.
1. What do you think about Abu Bakar ?
2. Discuss with your friend what you will do if you 2. How do you describe about his
have a friend like Abu Bakar. personality?
3. Can you identify good things that you
can learn from Abu Bakar?
4. Do you think you can be like him?

Vocabulary Job
SHORT STORY OF RASULLAH
Open your dictionary

T
he Prophet sallallaahu ‘Abdul Muttallib said," I call him and find the meaning
‘alayhi wa sallam was Muhammad. " of these words to
born in the city of Mecca. understand the story.
As for his place of birth in They asked again, "How do you
Mecca, some say in a house name your grandchild a name 1. Prophet
that is in the Shani Bani Hashim. that is not the name of your 2. Midwife
Some say in a house near grandfather and is also not a 3. Different
Shafa. In addition, the person name that is known to your
4. Birth
who acted as a midwife was the people?"
mother of ‘Abdurrahman bin‘ Auf 5. Carry
radhiyallahu ‘anhu wa‘ anha. Abdul Muttallib said," I hope the 6. Slaughter
The correct opinion is that the inhabitants of the earth praise 7. Invite
Prophet Muhammad sallallaahu him and the occupants of 8. Inhabitant
'alaihi wa sallam was born in the heaven also praises him. " 9. Occupation
month of Rabi'ul Awwal. As for [Muhammad means the 10. Heaven
the date of birth, the ulama` praiseworthy] 11. Praise
have different opinion.
12. Hope
The name Muhammad was a
The year of his birth is in the rare name among Jahiliyah 13. Praiseworthy
year of the Elephant, which is Arabs, except for a few parents 14. Rare
571 Miladiyah. who knew that the end-time 15. Become
prophet is named Muhammad 16. Addition
After the birth of the Prophet and hopes that their son 17. Claim
sallallaahu wa sallam, his became a prophet, so they 18. Consider
mother sent him to his named their son Muhammad. 19. Reveal
grandfather, Abdul Muttallib. He
20. Wonder
carried him and carried her into In addition, Allah Ta'ala, kept
the Kaaba. After arriving on the every person named
seventh day, he slaughtered the Muhammad at that time from
goat and invited the Quraysh. claiming to be a prophet, or
After they finished eating, they someone considered him to be
asked, "O‘ Abdul Muttallib, what a prophet, or even revealing
is the name of your grandchild problems that made other
for whom you call us?" people wonder.

English For Muslim Teens 14 Grade X Senior High School


Letter for Penpal WRITING

How to write a letter to your pen pal. 3. The last part is closing. In this closing
Choose an appropriate topic for your letter. And part you may put some questions about your
the letter consists of three parts. They are: friend. And be patient in waiting a reply and
1. Start your greeting or salutation at the Close the letter with the word like “sincerely”
top of the page with the words, “Dear…(your and don’t forget your signature.
friend name)
2. Next, body of the letter. In this part Those are the most common rules how to
consist of paragraph. You can communicate at write a simple letter.
length with your friend. You may make it
starting from 2 till 5 paragraphs. Writing to a pen pals.

English For Muslim Teens 15 Grade X Senior High School


Writing Comprehension
Read the letter and complete the conversation below.

February, 8th 2020

BismillahAssalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh..

I`m really very happy to have a penpal from England. My name is Fatimah. I`m from
Palembang. I`m 15. I speak Indonesian, Arabic, and of course English.

I`m a schoolgirl. I go to a big school far from my house. I always go there by bus.
Every day, I have lesson from 8 in the morning to 3 in the afternoon. All my teachers
are excellent. They`re friendly, too. I`m good at math dan biology but I`m bad at
geography and science. I enjoy reading Al Qur`an. I read Al Qur`an at least a half
juz a day. My father is a doctor and my mother is a nurse. I have one sister and one
brother and they are students, too. My favorite food is Mpek-mpek and my favorite
drink is coffee. We live in a large house in a small village. I like our house because it
has a big garden. I always memorize Al qur`an and hadith there.What about you?
Please write to me.

Yours

Fatimah.

1. Complete the table with information from the text.

name age nationality occupation

Fatimah
1. These statements are false. Correct them and 2. How many languages can Fatimah speak?
details form the text.
a. Fatimah can speak two languages.
3. How does Fatimah go to school?

b. Fatima`s school is near her house.


4. What are Fatimah`s teachers like?

c. Fatimah is good at all subjects.


5. Why does Fatimah like her house?

d. Fatimah has got two sisters.


6. What does Fatimah like to do in her garden?

English For Muslim Teens 16 Grade X Senior High School


NOW Please write a simple letter to your
friend about yourself and personality.
• Favorite place
• Idol
YOUR The letter consists of: • Best friend
TURN • Name
• Personality After you have finished written the text,
• Address please present it in front of the class
• Family and let your classmates ask you at least
• Food 2 questions about your presentation.
• Drink

Invitation WRITING

The Invitation of

Tahfidz Graduation
Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

With pleasure we invite you to attend to our Tahfidz Graduation


event on :

Day Friday
Date 19 October 2019
Vanue Asrama Haji Medan. Jln. Jenderal Besar A.H.
Nasution, Pangkalan Masyhur, Kec. MedanJohor,
Medan city, North Sumatera 20219.
Boys Room Madinah room
Girls Room Mecca Room

Thank you for all your presence.

Further info please contact ;


Boys : Wa. 0893 9990 9987
Girls : Wa 0998 9878 7654

Read and answer the questions below.


1. What is the invitation about?

2. How many rooms do they need to held this event?

3. When the event will be held?

4. Where does this event take place?

English For Muslim Teens 17 Grade X Senior High School


NOW Now your turn to write an
invitation letter about Grand


Time
Place
YOUR Tabligh. The information must • Theme
TURN include :
• Name of the event


Keynote speaker
Contact person
• Day and date • Other info

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
When Do We Say...

Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustadz…. Would you explain me when do we say


Masyaallah and Subhanallah ?
Wa’alaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah I will tell you. Maa shaa Allah
Means by Allah`s will and you say this word when you see something wonderful. And Allah said in Al
qur`an at Surah Al Kahfi : 39 "Why do not you say when you enter your garden". Maa shaa Allah,
laa quwwata illaa billaah (truly by Allah's will all this is realized, there is no strength except with
God's help).
And what about Subhanallah?
Subhanallah means Allah is the almighty and you say this word when you see something bad.
Because Rasulullah told “Subhanallah, actually Muslims are not unclean.” (H.R. Bukhari 279).
Alhamdulillah… Thank you very much Ustadz. Jazakallahu khoir.
Wajazakallahu khoir. You`re welcome.

Listening Comprehension LISTENING

PART 1
In this part, you will see a picture of
people. You’ll hear statements about
the people that may ask you
information about :

Who are they?


Where are they?
What are they doing?
What do they look like?

Listen to the audio, look at the Picture 1 Picture 2


photos and choose the correct
answer by answering the question
above.

English For Muslim Teens 18 Grade X Senior High School


Picture 3 Picture 4

PART 2
In this part, listen to the audio and choose the best response to each question.

1 2 3 4 5
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C

PART 3
Listen to your teacher. Does the person accept or decline the offer?
Accept Decline Accept Decline
1. 3.

2. 4.

VOCABULARY
BOX

1. Suitcase : Kopor 4. Put : Meletakkan


2. Arms : Lengan 5. Appreciate : Menghargai
3. Carry : Membawa 6. Fit : Cocok

Listen to the talk and answer the questions.

TALK 1
1. Why does Ali need a job? 2. What does Ali usually do on weekends?
a. Because job is very important a. Work
b. Because college is expensive b. Jogging
c. He works every Monday until Friday. c. Study

English For Muslim Teens 19 Grade X Senior High School


TALK 2
1. How old is Muhammad? 2. What does his father own?
a. 60 a. A bookstore
b. 16 b. A food court
c. 6 c. A restaurant

Listen to the audio, put the instruction in the correct order.

Now read the text quickly. Answer the For homework, do exercise 2 and 4 in the
questions. language PowerBook.

Write five sentences in your notebook. Don`t do exercise 3.

Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about Do exercise 1. Don`t use the Mini-dictionary
your family. Don`t look at your books
Open your book on page 24.

Present Continuous GRAMMAR CHECK 2


Use the present continuous with normal verbs to
Use 1 (Now) express the idea that something is happening now, at
this moment. It can also be used to show that
something is not happening now.
Examples:
� You are learning English now.
Past Present Future � You are not swimming now.
� Are you sleeping?

In English, "now" can mean: this second, today, this


Use 2 (Longer action in month, this year, this century, and so on. Sometimes, we
progress now) use the present continuous to say that we are in the
process of doing a longer action which is in progress;
however, we might not be doing it at this exact second.
Examples: (All of these sentences can be said while
eating dinner in a restaurant.)
Past Present Future
� I am studying to become a doctor.
� I am not studying to become a dentist.
� I am reading the book Tom Sawyer.

Use 3 (Near future) Sometimes, speakers use the present continuous to


indicate that something will or will not happen in the
near future.
Examples:
� I am meeting some friends after work.
� I am not going to the party tonight.
� Is he visiting his parents next weekend?
Past Present Future

English For Muslim Teens 20 Grade X Senior High School


The present continuous with words such as "always" or
Use 4 (Repetition and irritation
"constantly" expresses the idea that something
with always) irritating or shocking often happens. Notice that the
meaning is like simple present, but with negative
emotion. Remember to put the words "always" or
"constantly" between "be" and "verb+ing."
Examples:
� She is always coming to class late.
� He is constantly talking. I wish he would shut up.
Past Present Future � I don't like them because they are always
complaining.

Use the words in parentheses, complete the text below with the correct tenses (Present
Tense or Present Continuous)
1. Every Monday, Salamah (drive) …………………………….. her kids to Tahfidz school.
2. Usually, I (work) ……………………………..as a secretary at Shaza al Madinah Hotel, but this
summer I …………………………….. (study) Arabic at a language school in Madinah. This is why
I am in Madinah.
3. Shhhhh! Be quiet. Ismail (sleep) ……………………………..
4. Don`t forget to take your umbrella. It (rain) ……………………………..
5. I`m sorry I can`t hear what you (say) …………………………….. Because everybody
(talk) …………………………….. so loudly.

English For Muslim Teens 21 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlak REVIEW TEST

Answer the question carefully


1. What is the meaning Tauhid?
2. What must we say before we greet someone?
3. What is the meaning of ‘LAILAHA ILLALLAH”?
4. What are the six pillars of faith?
5. When do we say “Subhanallah” and Maa shaa Allah”?

Listening
Read the email and listen to the people. Underline six differences.

Habib : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. My name is Habib, I `m from Medan. I`m


sixteen. I`ve got two sisters. I love sport. I play tennis, and volleyball and I go diving and windsurfing.
My favourite sport is basketball. I play basketball every Monday morning. Wassalamu’alaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Zain : Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. I`m Zain. I`m fifteen. I`m from Aceh. But
my father and my mother are from Java. My hobby is reading. I read many religion books. And my
favorite book is a book about history of Rasulullah and shahabah. That`s a very inspiring book. And
in my free time I like to read about Hadith book. That`s all about me. Wassalamu’alaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Ahmad: Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh..My name is Ahmad. I`m from Papua. I`m
sixteen and I`m at school. I got one brother and my grandmother lives with us. I like reading Al
Qur`an. I read Al Qur`an every day. My brother is at school. His name is Ibrahim. He is thirteen. He
likes reading about Hadith. Email me.. Wassalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Reading
Read the personal profile and write “True” or “False”.

PENFRIEND Name Marzuki


WANTED
Email marzukiali.co.net
From Indonesia
Age 16
Gender Male
Occupation School student
Languages I can speak Indonesia,
Arabic and English
Sports/hobbies I like diving and football. I
like reading school books.
Favorites My favorite idol in this
world is Rasulullah and
Shahabah. They are the
chosen men in this world.
Comments I want to find a male pen
friend from Palestine.
Please email me.

English For Muslim Teens 22 Grade X Senior High School


1. Marzuki is a Palestine man TRUE FALSE
2. Marzuki can speak more than 2 foreign language TRUE FALSE
3. A male pen friend can write a letter to reply his email TRUE FALSE
4. Marzuki is a high school student TRUE FALSE
5. Rasulullah and Shahabah are his hero TRUE FALSE

Speaking
Choose the correct response.
1. How many brothers and sisters do you 3. Well, take care…
have? a. They`re fine
a. Nothing much b. I don`t care
b. I like to exercise c. Same to you
c. Three d. Yes, I believe we have
d. He`s a doctor
4. Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi
2. Assalamu’alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh..How`s your family these
wabarokaatuh. What`s news? days?
a. Nothing much a. They`re fine
b. She works in a restaurant b. Same to you
c. She`s a teacher c. You too
d. I like jogging d. I will.

Writing
Arrange these sentences to write questions.
1. Get up/you/when/do/? 4. You/class/in/the/what/do/do/?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Your/friends/like/do/volleyball/playing/? 5. Work/parents/do/why/your/Saturday/on/?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

3. Sports/does/Saturday/your family/on/what/
6. Indonesia/your best friend/does/speak/?
play/?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Grammar
Complete the sentences with the Complete the sentences about you and
correct form of the verbs in brackets. people you know. Use positive and negative
forms.
Abdullah ……………………………………… (live) in our street. He
Example : I don`t like dogs.
……………………………………… (study) medicine at university. He

……………………………………… (read) a lot of books and he 1. I ……………………………………… cat. (like)


……………………………………… (not watch) TV at all. He 2. My English teacher ……………………………………… football.
……………………………………… (love) cats and he ………………………………………
(not play)
(not like) dogs. He ………………………………………(play) tennis
3. My friends ……………………………………… read Al Qur`an
with his friends. They ……………………………………… (go out) on
Saturdays but they……………………………………… (not stay out) every day. (read)
late. Abdullah ……………………………………… (speak) Arabic and 4. My father ……………………………………… in an office. (not work)
English. 5. In my school, we ………………………… English. (learn)

English For Muslim Teens 23 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 2

AL QURAN CORNER

Al Kahf : 39

Maa Shaa Allah

English For Muslim Teens 24 Grade X Senior High School


1 AKHLAQ 4 WRITING
1. Obey parents 1. Compliment letter about
2. When do we say getting a new baby.
2. Compliment card about
“Jazakallahu khoir”?
competition
3. You mustn`t say
excessive praise.
5 LISTENING
2 READING
1. Listening and filling in the
missing information
1. Reading comprehension 2. Understanding the
about a real pictures
2. story about Ten guaranteed 3. Family`s sports
paradise by Rasulullah 4. Appropriate responses.
3. Fact story about Abu Bakar 5. Fill in the missing
Ash Shiddiq (part I) words
4. Compliment about a gi�.

GRAMMAR
5. Fact story about Abu Bakar
Ash Shiddiq (part 2) 6
1. Preposition of places
3 SPEAKING 2. Singular and plural
nouns.
3. Pas tense
1. Speaking comprehension
4. Question tags
2. Compliments and responses
3. Filling the missing information
4. Speaking about the picture of 7 REVIEW TEST
preposition of places’
5. Talking about a CAKE MAKING
1. Akhlaq building
COMPETITION.
2. Speaking
3. Reading
4. Writing
5. Listening
6. Grammar

English For Muslim Teens 25 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Obey Parents

Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad?


Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
May I ask you a question?
Yes, please… In shaa Allah I will answer it.
What is my way to serve my parents?
Alhamdulillah wassolatu wassalamu `alarosulillah… In this case, Allah Subhanahu wata`ala said in
Surah Annisa chapter 36 “Worship Allah and associate nothing with Him, and to parents do good,
and to relatives, orphans, the needy, the near neighbor, the neighbor farther away, the companion at
your side, the traveler, and those whom your right hands possess. Indeed, Allah does not like those
who are self-deluding and boastful. And Rasulullah shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said, "Parents are
the middle gate of heaven. And Rasulullah shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said,” The two parents are
the middle gate of heaven. If you want to enter then take care of your parents. If you can trifle away
it or you can guide it." (HR. Ahmad 28276, HR. Tirmidzi 2022, HR. Ibnu Majah 3794, recommended
by Syuaib al Arnauth). So, there is excuse that we do not care to our parents. So, you have to serve
your parents in a good akhlaq.
In shaa Allah ustad… But, ustad… What is the benefit if I serve my parents?
If you serve your parents you will get many benefits. Such as :
First, answered prayer
Second, Allah will eliminate your great sins.
Third, easy fortune
Fourth, whoever serves his father, his children will serve him, and whoever is disobedient to the
two, his children will also be ungodly to him.
Fifth, he pleasure of Allah lies in the pleasure of both parents, the wrath of God in the anger of the
parents.
Sixth, acceptance of charity. Wallahu `alam.
Alhamdulillah Ustadz. I understand how to serve my parents. In shaa Allah, I`ll serve them.
Jazakallahu khoir ustad. Thank you very much.
Wajazakallahu khoir… No problem.

English Expressions SPEAKING 1

Greeting Expressing
Expression Pleasure/joy
Assalamualaikum wa Maa shaa Allah / Allahhu akbar.
rahmatullahi wa baarakaatuh, " That's great!
how are you? Maa shaa Allah / Allahhu akbar.
Fantastic!

English For Muslim Teens 26 Grade X Senior High School


Expressing Expressing
Hope Sadness
Yaa Allah I hope.. Astaghfirullah, don't be sad.
Ya Rahman, ya Rahim I Astagfirullah / Yaa Allah. I’m
hope... sorry to hear that

Expressing Expressing
Satifaction Disappointment
Alhamdulillah perfect! Subahanallah. Laa hau laa wa
Alhamdulillah, I'm so pleased laa quwwata illa billah... What
a pity.

Expressing Expressing
Relief Surprised
Alhamdulillah, I feel better. Allahu Akbar, really?
Allhamdulillah, Allah help me Allahu Akbar, oh no...

Expressing Expressing
Fear / anxiety Physical pain
A'udzubillah, I'm scared. Astaghfirullah, my feet hurts.
A'udzu billahi Astagahfirullah, my hand hurts.
minasshaitonirrajiim, I'm
worried.

Conversation SPEAKING 2

DAILY
ROUTINE
Utsman : Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Good morning, Ali… May
I ask you some questions?
Ali : Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Good morning, Ustman..
In shaa Allah no problem
Utsman : So, what`s your usual day like? You always seem so busy.
Ali : Well, I usually get up around 5.00 a.m., Take a bath and do subuh praye to the
mosque and after that I read Al Qur`an and review my study until 6.30 a.m.
Utsman : Why do you get up so early?
Ali : Well… because first, we have to pray subuh, reading al Qur`an and prepare
everything before going to school. My mom cooks the breakfast for me and I
have to catch a bus at 7.00. it takes me about ten minutes to walk to the bus
stop from my house.
Utsman : And what time do you get to school?
Ali : Well… my bus takes about a half hour to get there, but it stops right in front of
my school.
Utsman : That`s nice. And what time do you get out of school?

English For Muslim Teens 27 Grade X Senior High School


Ali : Well... around 4.00 o`clock after Ashar prayer and then arrive home at
5.00. Then we eat dinner around 6.00 and 6.30 I go to a mosque to do maghrib
prayer
Utsman : What do you do after maghrib?
Ali : Usually I read Al Qur`an and check my homework from school.
Utsman : Then ..?
Ali : After finishing ‘Isya prayer, I prepare my bag and book for tomorrow’s subject
and then witir praying. And at 9.00 p.m. I go to sleep.
Utsman : Maa shaa Allah… You have a busy day! But by the way, what does your father
do?
Ali : My father is a web designer. Sometimes he works until midnight. He is a
hardworker.
Utsman : Maa shaa Allah… May Allah bless your family, in shaa Allah. I think enough.
See you next time, in shaa Allah. Thank you very much for your information.
Assalamualikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…
Ali : In shaa Allah, you’re welcome. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

Practice the conversation above and answer the question below?


1. What time does Ali get up?
2. What time does Ali get to school?
3. What does Ali do after getting up?
4. What does Ali do after maghrib?
5. What does Ali`s father do for a living?

Giving Compliments SPEAKING 3

Listen to your teacher and repeat

RESPONSES
Maa shaa Allah… That`s a lovely cake. When you are praised by someone so you
Maa shaa Allah… That was a nice lunch. may say only : Maa shaa Allah or thank
Maa shaa Allah… You look nice in that dress. you and pray to Allah with this du'a :
Maa shaa Allah… You`re really a good cook.
Maa shaa Allah… You`re the best student.
Maa shaa Allah… The class is so clean.
Maa shaa Allah… You`re so handsome.
Maa shaa Allah… You`re doing great.
Maa shaa Allah… You have a nice handphone.
Maa shaa Allah… You have a beautiful car. Meaning :
Maa shaa Allah… That`s a big house. Ya Allah, You know my situation better
Maa shaa Allah… The taste is delicious. than myself and I know my situation more
than those who praise me. Ya Allah, make
Note : me better than they think, forgive me for
When if you want to praise someone don’t forget to what they do not know from me, and do
say Maa shaa Allah or you will get `ain diseases*. not torment me with their words] (Narrated
by Al-Baihaqi in Shu'ab Al-Faith, 4: 228,
no. 4876 See Jaami 'Al-Ahadits, Jalaluddin
As-Suyuthi, 25: 145, Ash-Syamilah)

English For Muslim Teens 28 Grade X Senior High School


Complete these dialogues with compliments and the responses from the table
below.

• Zaki, you did a great job. • It`s s really wonderful place.


• Get the trophy. • Your handwriting is very beautiful.
• Maa shaa Allah, it`s a • Thank you very much.
wonderful place.

A father and a mother are in a restaurant to have dinner together.


Mother ____________________. I like it
Father Thank you. A friend recommended it to me last week. He said that the restaurant
had a wonderful view.
Mother Your friend is right. Maa shaa Allah… I must admit that _________________
Father Maa shaa Allah…. I think so.

A grandpa is asking for help from a young boy.


Grandpa Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Excuse me, young boy. But
could you help me fill this form, please? I forgot to bring my glasses.
Young Boy Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh….insyaallah…of course
grandpa. Let me fill it for you. What`s your name grandpa?
Grandpa Abu Bakar. Maa shaa Allah, ___________________.
Young Boy Maa shaa Allah, grandpa. ___________________.

A group of friends are having a rest after a basket ball game.


Umar Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, guys. Can you believe it?
Alhamdulillah our team won the game at last.
Rafi Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Really?? Masyaallah,
Zaki. Alhamdulillah. ____________________
Ali That`s right. Zaki, You deserve ____________________
Zaki Maa shaa Allah guys…. Oke guys but I can't take all the credit. You guys did
most of the work.
Rafi That`s right Zaki. But you controlled the ball so well from the beginning.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah la quwwata illa billah. Allah won us not me guys.
Friends Astaghfirullah... You are right, Zaki.

Find and pick the proper word

Zabir Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi scenery was so missing to visit every


wabarokaatuh Zabir… Good morning. time.
(1) ____________________? Zabir Maa Syaa Allah...That`s great! So what
Ismail Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi was the best thing about (6) ________?
wabarokaatuh. Alhamdulillah... Ismail You won't (7) ____________________.
(2) ____________________. I went to The headmaster gave me an Al
Tahfidz Centre in Padang with my family. Qur'an from Mecca for free. He asked
We had an excellent time. me to read it everyday. He said that Al
Zabir Maa shaa Allah (3) ________________ Qur'an is a way of life. And I said in shaa
How long were you there? Allah, I will read it everyday.
Ismail I was there for three days. It started Zabir Maa shaa Allah wa taabarakallah, what
Saturday to Monday. a good news! (8)________________
Zabir Maa Syaa Allah... Fantastic! How was
the condition about (4) ____________ a. It was great scenery
in there? b. How was your e. Lucky you
Ismail Alhamdulillah... It was sunny, and the holiday? f. Amazing
school was (5) __________________. It c. Congratulation! g. The trip
had a big building. Meanwhile, the d. Weather and h. Believe it

English For Muslim Teens 29 Grade X Senior High School


Where Do You Put It? GRAMMAR CHECK 1

Behind Beside/Next to In

Over

Under In front of
On

Listen to your teacher and repeat

Ismail : Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi Ismail : Alhamdulillah… I think I don`t have


wabarokaatuh, guys... Would you my examination paper. I put it on the
like to help me to find my stuff? table before. But now, I can`t find it.
Ali : waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi Ravi : Be patient… In syaa Allah, we`ll find
wabarokaatuh… In shaa Allah. I`ll it for you. Ahah! Here it is! Your
help you. paper is the chair.
Ismail : I lost my keys… Do you know where Ismail : Alhamdulillah… I can find all my
my keys are? stuff. Thank you very much, guys.
Ali : In shaa Allah… Let me check. Oh, Zabir : Anything else?
here it is! Your keys are the Ismail : In shaa Allah, nothing (a few
ballpoint box. seconds later). Guys, I`m sorry. I lost
Ismail : Alhamdulillah…Thank you very my wallet… Do you know where it
much. But… Do you know where my is?
science book is? Zabir : In shaa Allah, we`ll find it. Hah! Here
Zaki : In shaa Allah… Let me check for you are… Your wallet is
you… Your science book is the the door.
cupboard. Here you are. Ismail : Alhamdulillah… Everything is
Ismail : Alhamdulillah… Thank you very complete… (a few seconds later).
much, Zaki. But, I lost my science Guys, I`m so sorry… I forgot to bring
book. my money. Would you help me?
Zabir : In shaa Allah… What is the color of Friends : Subhanallah, Ismail! Ismail, forgot
the book? everything?!
Ismail : It`s a green book. Ismail : I`m sorry.
Zabir : There it is… It is the Ravi : Okay Ismail… This is for you. I give
table. What else? you Rp. 20.000 for free… But don’t
do that again. Is it enough?

English For Muslim Teens 30 Grade X Senior High School


Ismail : In shaa Allah friends… I think Friends : waalaikumussalam
that`s more than enough Ravi. warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… You are
Thank you very much for your welcome.
help Ravi… See you tomorrow,
guys… Assalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Complete the sentences with the right preposition of place according to the
picture. The answer can be the same from previously.

Above Between Next to Under


Behind In front of On
Below In the middle On the left / right

1. The mirror is ____________ the wall. The picture is ____________ book


case.
2. The rack is ____________ the door and the drawer
3. The chair is ____________ the shelf. The ball is _________
the door. The socket is ____________ the chair.
4. There are three lamps ____________ the ceiling
5. The door is ____________ the book case.

Write similar sentences according to the picture below. Use the


correct prepositions.

English For Muslim Teens 31 Grade X Senior High School


Works in Pairs SPEAKING 4

Student A Student B
Complete the role card below. Write questions using these prompts.
Use your own ideas. Then Then ask your partner the questions
answer your partner's
questions.

Cake Making Competition Cake Making Competition

Where Where / competition?


Day What / day?
Time Start time?
Cost Prize?
Facilities What facilities?

SINGULAR AND GRAMMAR CHECK 2


PLURAL NOUNS

Add 's' to make plural Adding 'es' to nouns end


in (s, sh, ch and x)

SINGULAR PLURAL
SINGULAR PLURAL
Cottage Cottages
Dress Dresses
Year Years
Bus Buses
Month Months
Wish Wishes
Noun Nouns
Class Classes
Street Streets
Bush Bushes
Ruler Rulers

English For Muslim Teens 32 Grade X Senior High School


Noun end in 'o' Other nouns end in 'o'
(consonant + 'o') add 's' add 'es' too.

SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL


Piano Pianos Echo Echoes
Solo Solos Hero Heroes
Photo Photos Tomato Tomatoes
Kangoroo Kangoroos Potato Potatoes
Radio Radios Mango Mangoes
Cargo Cargoes

Noun end in 'y' Noun end in 'y'


(consonant + 'y') add 'ies' (vowel + 'y') add 's'

SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL


Story Stories Day Days
Diary Diaries Donkey Donkeys
Country Countries Key Keys
Lorry Lorries Way Ways
Candy Candies Boy Boys
Toy Toys

Write the right plural for each word.

Kimono Boy Video Peacock


Story Office Baby Pilot
Hero Girl Cargo Window
Box Instrument Zero Table
Bufallo Canoe Fox Ruler
Tax Paper Watch Sash
Motto Computer Volcano
Duster Class Carrot

Complete the sentences with the right plural.

1. The __________ (girl) are happy because they have got


a new __________ (toy).
2. These are the __________ (way) to school.
3. Aisyah has __________ (candy).
4. My mother has __________ (mango) for me.
5. My __________ (glass) are broken. I've got two
fish!
6. Those are the __________ (bus).
7. I capture some __________ (photo) from wild life.
8. My sister is 15 __________ (year) old.
9. Mr. Ismail has four __________ (radio).
10. I have a lot of __________ (story ) to share.

English For Muslim Teens 33 Grade X Senior High School


Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Jazakallahu Khair
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Ustadz, may I ask you a question?
In shaa Allah, you may. What do you want to ask?
Would you like to tell me why should we say “JAZAKALLAHU KHOIRON” when someone gives us
something?
Alhamdulillah wassholatu wassalamu`ala rosulillah.`amma ba’d. Yes, that’s a very good question.
From Usamah bin Zaid radhiyallahu 'anhuma, he said, the Messenger of Allah sallallaahu' alaihi wa
sallam said, "Whoever is treated well, then he said to the doer, 'Jazakallahu khairan (meaning: May
Allah reward you with kindness'), then truly he has been very well treated. flattering him. " (Narrated
by Tirmidhi. He said that this hadeeth was valid) [HR. Tirmidhi, no. 2035 and An-Nasai in ‘Amal Al-
Yaum wa Al-Lailah, 180; also from the path of Ibn As-Sunni in ‘Amal Al-Yaum wa Al-Lailah, no. 275;
Ath-Thabrani in Ash-Shaghir, 2: 148. Shaykh Salim bin ‘Ied Al-Hilaly said that the hadith of this
hadith is valid, the narrator is tsiqqah). So, it means that when you are treated by someone,
example… when you and your friend are going out eating together, and one of your friends pays for
it… so you must say jazakallahu khoiron. It`s a very wonderful word among friends.
Maa shaa Allah, ustadz. I`ll say that word all the time. Jazakallahu khoir ustadz… Thank you very
much. Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustadz.
Wa jazakallahu khoir… You`re welcome. Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Read and Answer READING 1

10 FRIENDS
Zaid) in heaven, Abu 'Ubaidah bin Al-Jarrah in heaven. "
(Narrated by Tirmidhi, no. 3747 and Ahmad, 1: 193.
Al-Hafizh Abu Thahir said that this hadith sanad is
valid).

GUARANTEED TO Following are the details of their names mentioned in the


hadith:

ENTER Paradise 1. Abu Bakr, namely Abdullah bin Uthman At Taimi, was
named Ash Shiddiq Al Akbar. Died in Jumadil Early in
the year 13 H at the age of 63 years.
There are ten people from the companions
of the Prophet Muhammad guaranteed to 2. Umar, namely ibnul Khaththab Al ‘Adawi, Abu Hafsh,
enter into heaven. Their names are in the was called Al Faruq. Syahid in the month of
following shahih hadith: Dhulhijjah year 23 H.
3. Usman, the son of Affan Al Umawi, Abu Abdillah, was
"Abu Bakr in heaven, 'Umar in heaven,' named Dzunnurain. Syahid in the month of Dhulhijjah
Uthman in heaven, 'Ali in heaven, Talha in after Eid al-Adha in 35 H at around 80 years old.
heaven, Az-Zubair in heaven,' 4. Ali, namely the son of Abi Talib Al Hasyimi, Abul
Abdurrahman bin 'Auf in heaven, Sa'ad Hasan, was named Abu Turob. The son of the
(bin Abi Waqqash) in heaven, Sa'id (bin uncle of the Prophet ‫ ﷺ‬and the husband of his

English For Muslim Teens 34 Grade X Senior High School


daughter, Fatimah radhiallahu ‘anha. 8. Abdurrahman bin ‘Auf, Abu Muhammad
Syahid in the month of Ramadan in the Az Zuhri. Including friends who first
year 40 H at the age of 63 years. converted to Islam. Died in 32 AH
5. Talha, namely bin Ubaidillah At Taimi, Abu 9. Sa'id, namely bin Zaid bin ‘Amr bin Nufail
Muhammad. Dubbed with Talha Al Fay Al‘ Adawi, Abul A’war. Died around 50 AH.
yadh. Syahid in the Jamal war in 36 H 10. Abu Ubaidah ibnul Jarrah, namely Amir
at the age of 63 years. bin Abdillah Al Fihri. Being named Aminu
6. Az Zubair, namely ibnul ‘Awwam Al Asadi, Hadzihil Ummah (The most trusted
Abu Abdillah. Syahid in 36 H after person in this community). Including
returning from the Jamal war. members of the Badr War squad. Syahid
7. Sa'd, namely the son of Abi Waqqash Az was caused by an infectious plague of
Zuhri, Abu Ishaq. The first person to shoot Amwas in 18 H at the age of 58.
in the jihad fi sabilillah. Died in Aqiq in
55 H. He was the last to die among ten
friends who were guaranteed to enter
heaven.
Complete the sentences with the right plural.
1. Who said that Abu Bakar in heaven? 7. Who is the first shooter in Islam?
2. When did Uthman die? 8. Why did Abu Ubaidah die?
3. How old did Talha die? 9. Who died after Jamal war?
4. Who is Abi Thalib? 10. Please rewrite the 10 Friends Guaranteed by
5. Who is the lastest to die? Rasulullah to Enter Paradise.
6. What is the title of Umar ?

Completing The Text READING 2

Complete the passage below with the right form of present tense

In our life, we always say jazakallahu khoir or thank you when someone
gives us something. A thank you note (be) an important, polite
courtesy. It (serve) as a pleasant way to show our appreciation for
something or someone. Writing a jazakallahu khoir or thank you note
(be) a quick, easy task that can yield positive results. A simple jazakallahu
khoir or a thank you note (go) a long way. Read this book and tell
us that we (be)right.
Maa shaa Allah wa taabarokallahu… Jazakallahu khoiron and thank you so
much for your hadith book. I (enjoy) the book and (agree)
with you and the book about “ SHAHIH BUKHORI” I hope one day I will be
able to return your compliment. I have just come back from my hometown.

Descriptive Text READING 3

Fact Story
A
bu Bakar As Shiddiq, every moslem must know this name.
It is very familiar in every moslem`s ears. He’s the one of
the Prophet main friends, and the first caliph after the death

Abu Bakar
of the Prophet Muhammad.

Abu Bakr's birth name was Abdul Ka'bah (meaning 'servant of the
Ka'bah'), which the Prophet later changed to Abdullah (meaning
'servant of Allah').

English For Muslim Teens 35 Grade X Senior High School


His full name is 'Abdullah bin' Uthman bin Amir bin He has four wives, their names are Qutailah binti
Amru bin Ka'ab bin Sa'ad bin Tamim bin Murrah ‘Abdul ‘Uzza, but Abu Bakar divorced her because
bin Ka'ab bin Lu'ay bin Ghalib bin Quraish. she didn`t want to embrace islam, and the second
wife is Zainab binti ‘Amir or Ummu Rumman (died
Abu Bakr was born in the city of Mecca around the in 628), the third is Asma binti ‘Umays, and the
year 573, to a wealthy family in Banu Tamim fourth is Habibah binti Kharijah. And he has three
Abu Bakr's father was named Uthman Abu Quhafa sons and three daughters. His sons` name are
(nicknamed Abu Quhafa) and his mother was Abdullah (son of Qutailah), Abdurrahman (son of
named Salma binti Sakhar (nicknamed Umm-ul- Ummu Rumman) and Muhammad (son of Asma),
Khair). and the names of his daughters are Asma
(daughter from Qutailah, Aisyah (daughter from
Abu Bakr usually attended the annual fair in Ukaz Ummu Rumman) and Ummu Kultsum (daughter
and took part in poetic symposiums. from Habibah).
He has a good memory and a good understanding
of the genealogy or origin of the Arab tribes, their Ath-Tabari is in line with the narration above that
history and politics. Sayyid Abu Bakr as-Sidiq r. a. died on the 8th day
of Jumadil Akhir of the 13th year of Hijriah or (23rd
Ibn Sa'ad narrated from Ayesha that a man said to August 634). When he died, he was the same age
him, "Describe to me about Abu Bakr." Aisyah as when the Prophet died, which is 63 years. Jarir
replied, "He is a light-skinned man, thin, not too bin Abdillah r.a. narrating, "When I was with
big, slightly bent, unable to hold his clothes down Mu'awiyah bin Abi Sufyan, he said, 'When the
from his waist, the structure of his facial bones Prophet died, he was 63 years old. Abu Bakr also
protruding, his eyes are sunken, his forehead died at the same age as the Prophet and so was,
protrudes and the bases of his fingers are flat." with the age of Umar who died because of being
killed '. "[Sahih Hadith, HR Imam Bukhari in' al-
Abu Bakar is the neighbour of Rasulullah and they Tarikh al-Shaghir, Juz I, p. 30, Ibn Sa'ad in
are both the same age and only 2 years and 1 'Tabaqot Kubra', Juz III, p. 202, Imam Tabari in
month younger than Muhammad, and he is a very 'Tarih Tabari', Juz III, p. 420].
smart merchant.
May Allah repay his kindness Radhiyallahu anhu.

Complete the table below and write true or false

1. Abu Bakar`s name was Abdullah true


2. He knows well about his family tree
3. He knows well how to trade properly
4. Abu Bakar is older than Rasulullah
5. Aisyah, Abu Bakar`s daughter was born by his second wife.

Write the answer from the questions below based on the text above.
1. Who changed the name of Abu Bakar? 4. At what age Abu Bakar died?
2. What are the name of Abu Bakar`s father and 5. Please describe about Abu Bakar As Shiddiq.
mother? his personality and appearance.
3. What is the name of the son from his second
wife?

Singular and Plural GRAMMAR CHECK 3


(Simple Past Tense)

� I visited my grandmother, stayed for 1 or 2 hours, chatted with her


We can use it for
and went to my home.
a series of completed � My brother woke up, took a bath, prayed, eat breakfast, got
actions in the past. dressed and left home
false

English For Muslim Teens 36 Grade X Senior High School


We can use it for � He went to Jakarta two days ago.
completed actions � We saw him last Friday.
in the past. � I heard a terrible explosion last night.

We can use it for � He had a best friend for 3 years


single period with � My father talked on the phone for 5 minutes
� She chose to stay with her mother all day.
time expression

� I always did my homework on time when I


We can use it for was a student.
the habit in the past � My father often read me al Qur`an before I
if it is used adverbs went to bed
of frequency � When I was a young. I walked 10 miles to
workplace everyday.

FORM OF THE PAST TENSE


[ NOMINAL SENTENCE ]
+ - ?
POSITIVE FORM NEGATIVE FORM QUESTION FORM
subject + TO BE (was/were) + ... subject + TO BE (was/were) + NOT TO BE (was/were) + subject

He was ill. He was not (wasn't) ill. Was he ill?


She was happy. She was not (wasn't) happy. Was she happy?
We were young. we were not (weren't)young. Were we young?
They were at home. They were not (weren't) Were they at home?
at home.

FORM OF THE PAST TENSE


[ VERBAL SENTENCE ]
+ - ?
POSITIVE FORM NEGATIVE FORM QUESTION FORM
subject + did NOT (didn't) + DID + subject +
subject + VERB 2 VERB 0 (base word)
VERB 0 (base word)

She took (take) my toy. She didn't take (take) my toy. Did she take (take) my toy?
My brother ate (eat) a cake. My brother didn't eat (eat) a cake. Did he eat (eat) a cake?
They played (play) together. They didn't play (play) together. Did they play (play) together?
We listened (listen) to We didn't listen (listen) to Did he listen (listen)
the holy Quran. the holy Quran. to the holy Quran?

English For Muslim Teens 37 Grade X Senior High School


Write the sentences below in the simple past
1. My brother has a terrible disease.
2. I go to mecca with family.
3. We don't have much money.
4. Zahid lives in Malaysia.
5. I forget his name.
6. Where do you live?
7. My sister is a student.
8. I don't remember this.
9. How old is he?
10. Mr Sam start a new business.
11. I know some of them.
12. He break his car.
13. How does he come?
14. Ali needs new shoes.
15. I do not steal your phone.
16. Is this free?
17. I'm not sure with this.
18. I'm a tough guy.
19. She doesn't love it.
20. Is that your bag?

Complete the compliment cards using the verbs provided.

TOPIC
National competition congratulation
Bismillah… PICK YOUR
ANSWER
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh
HERE
Dear Sarah.
Maa shaa Allah. wa taa barokallah. I ________ that your essay ________ first
place in national competition. Congratulation! I know how strongly you ________
about the issue, and how long you ________ on developing your arguments. Worked
You are a good example of how commitment and hard work pay off. Felt
This honour indicates a promising future in journalism and public service. We
Won
hope you the very best.
Heard
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Hajar.

PICK YOUR
Bismillah… ANSWER
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. HERE
Maa syhaa Allah... watabarokallah… I heard a news from Sofia that you get a
bachelor degree this year. And she ________me that you ________ your study
not more than 2 years. She also ________ that you ________the best student Were
in the class. Studying while doing some extra work is a marvelous achievement.
I`m sure your parents must be very proud of you. I think you are a good role Told
model. Hope the best for you in the future. In shaa Allah. Said
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… accomplished
Raisa

English For Muslim Teens 38 Grade X Senior High School


Suplementary Text WRITING 1

You have an aunt.


Your aunt lives in note Before you praise someone don't forget to praise Allah first.
Jogjakarta. Last
week she got a
new baby. Write to Bismillah…
her a compliment
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…
about a new baby
and pray.

Your friend won an


International note Before you praise someone don't forget to praise Allah first.
Arabic public
speaking
competition in Bismillah…
Madinah. Write a Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…
compliment about
your friend.

English For Muslim Teens 39 Grade X Senior High School


Works in Pairs SPEAKING 5

Work in pairs and build up a conversation about congratulation


with these topics or conditions.

nished ner has g


o t
ner has fi Your part job.
Your part rabic course
his/her A a new
on her/his
r/him
atulate he r/him on
1. Congr atulate he
ev em en t. ted to 1. Congr achievement. ted
achi iment rela her/his iment rela
your compl your compl
2. Give 2. Give .
at. to that could do
that. could do th . w she/he
w she/he hy 3. Ask ho
3. Ask ho she/he feels and w
w
4. Ask ho t on her/his reason
s. that. feels and
w she/he
en
5. Comm ur partner & end th
e 4. Ask ho s.
yo why . r/his reason
6. Thank tion ent on he
5. Comm your partner & end
conversa 6. Thank nversation
the co

Listen and Repeat LISTENING 1

Listen and repeat these words.

1. Maa shaa Allah 6. Well done


2. Laa quwwata illa billah 7. Nice work
3. Congratulation 8. Great job
4. Great 9. That’s a lovely cake
5. Subhanallah 10. You’re doing great!

Dialogue of Compliment SPEAKING 6


Work in pairs and build up a conversation about congratulation with these topics
or conditions.

DIALOGue 1
Abdurrahman Maa shaa Allah… laa quwwata illah billah... What a great

NICE CAR Ismail


car you have, Ismail...
Alhamdulillah alladzi azhara al-jamila wa satara al-
qabiha
"Praise be to Allah, the One who shows the goodness
and covers the badness". It`s just an old car. My father
and I repaired it yesterday and after that we painted it.
Do You mean this is the old car that your father used to
_____________?

English For Muslim Teens 40 Grade X Senior High School


Abdurrahman Yes, it is. You are ____________right.
Ismail Maa shaa Allah… Laa quwwata illah billah. Now your father's car looks ____________
Abdurrahman What did your father do to it?
Ismail Not much. We had it ____________ with a brighter color and added some new
accessories.
Abdurrahman Maa shaa Allah… Laa quwwtata illa billah… ____________

DIALOGue 2

A NEW BEAUTIFUL KURTA


Father Maa Shaa Allah Ibrahim… ____________
Tulbii wa yukhlifallahi ta'ala
"Wear it until it's worn out. May Allah give the change to
you" (H.R. Abu Daud and Tirmidzi)
Ibrahim In shaa Allah…..Jakallahu khoir, father. That`s a very nice
du`a.
Father Where did you ____________ ?
Ibrahim I bought it at at the ____________ yesterday.
Father Maa shaa Allah… Laa quwwata illah billah… You look
____________ with that Kurta.
Ibrahim … (Say nothing)

DIALOG 3

DELICIOUS FOOD
Ummi __________ ! dinner’s ready!
Son Ma shaa Allah... watabarokallahu `alaihi ya ummi… what a
yummy Pecal! It looks ____________.
Ummi In shaa Allah, but before you eat, you must say Bismillah,
____________ hand and get the ____________ from you
because this is from Allah.
Son Of course! ____________. Bismillah… Ummi, this pecal is
out of this world! (slang : very delicious)
Ummi If you ____________more, I`ll give it..

Conversation LISTENING 2

Listen to five short conversations, there is one question


for each and choose the right picture (A, B and C)

1. What is Utsman doing now?

English For Muslim Teens 41 Grade X Senior High School


2. Where did Abu Bakar find the ball?

4. What job does Umar’s brother do?

5. What's the date of Muhammad's meeting?

JUL AUG

3 TOMORROW
3
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Praise Someone

Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad… May I ask you a question?


Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…. In shaa Allah….what can I do for you?
May we praise our friend because he wears a new cloth or because of his handsomeness or her
beauty or because of his kindness?
Alhamdulillah… wassholatuwassalamu`ala rosulillah. Praise someone, first if you want to praise
someone you must say, AS LONG AS I KNOW or ALLAH KNOWS MORE THAT HE IS GOOD or
other similar expression but...
What`s that ustad? Why do you say but?
There are some rules if you want to praise someone.
What are those ustad?
First , a moslem must not say an excessive praise,
Second, when you praise someone, you must say the truth,

English For Muslim Teens 42 Grade X Senior High School


Third, make sure that he is not proud of the praise. But if you want to praise a kid, it is a must, why?
When you praise the kid, so the kid will be motivated by your words to do more but be careful, even
to a kid... Don`t tell a lie.
Is there a hadith about praising, ustad?
Yes, of course. So many hadiths about that but I will tell you some.
First :
From a friend of Abu Musa radhiyallahu ‘anhu, he said," The Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa sallam
overheard someone praising others excessively. Then the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa sallam
said,
"You destroy or you cut off your friend's back."
(H.R. Bukhari no. 2663 and Muslim no. 3001)

Second :
The fake praise according to the ulama's explanation is what Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi
wa sallam means ,
"If you see anyone who praises, then spread dust on his face."
(HR. Muslim no. 3002)
I think two Hadith are enough for you.
Maa shaa Allah ustadz… Finally I understand why Rasulullah prohibit us to praise
someone. Because it is very dangerous. It can destroy someone's charity. Jazakallahu
khoir ustadz. Thank you so much for your explanation. May Allah bless you and your
family. In shaa Allah… assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatu ustadz.
In sha Allah. Jazakallahu khoir…you`re welcome. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

Question Tag GRAMMAR CHECK 4

VERB TENSE sentence (+) tag (-) sentence


sentence (-)
(-) tag
tag (+)
(+)

Present be She is a student, isn't she? She isn't a student, is she?

Present Simple You study English, don't you? You don't study English, do you?

Past Simple He was in the class, wasn't he? He wasn't in the class, was he?

Past Continuous We were studying, weren't we? We weren't studying, were we?

Present Perfect She has read 3 books, hasn't she? She hasn't read 3 books, has she?

Past Perfect You had had dinner, hadn't you? You hadn't had dinner, had you?

Will He'll take this cake, won't he? He won't take this cake, will he?

Modal Verbs She can walk alone, can't she? She can't walk alone, can she?

Complete the questions with question tag.

1. You can do this job,


2. My brother walked his kid,
3. I won't go there,
4. My parents didn't know where my key are,

English For Muslim Teens 43 Grade X Senior High School


5. Some people wait for me,
6. She has stopped the bus,
7. They hadn't had good intention,
8. Ali remembered where he lived,
9. Mr. Zakir has no fear except to Allah,
10. You wasn't here last night,
11. Your mother was a tailor,
12. I must help her soon,
13. This house needs to be repaired,
14. You had met my son before I went,
15. My car has been painted,

Match The Words LISTENING 3

Listen to Zabir talking to a friend about his family. Which sport does each person
do now? Make a line to connect it.

PEOPLE SPORT
Climbing
Father
Football
Brother
Hockey
Uncle
Sailing
Sister
Skiing
Mother
Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball

Question Response LISTENING 4

Listen to the questions and choose the best response for each
question.

1 a. At the end of the month. I 2 a. Yes, he never comes late for


hope. anything.
b. It's my office. b. Yes, he looks much thinner.
c. I don't go to the movies often. c. Yes, it will take a long time.

3 a. Next Tuesday will be his 4 a. About three and a half hours.


first day. b. About six miles.
b. I knew him in university.
c. About two people in the class
c. She goes to work on foot.

English For Muslim Teens 44 Grade X Senior High School


5 a. It leaves for Banda Aceh. 6 a. It's tomorrow morning.
b. It leaves from gate 6. b. It's in my office.
c. It leaves at 6.30. c. It's Mr. Zaki’s appointment.

Complete The Words LISTENING 5


Listen and complete the function file with the words below.

Changeable degrees like rainy snow sunny

Weather zero the temperature

Ali Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Ibrahim. May I ask you


some questions?
Ibrahim Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… In shaa Allah, yes,
please.
Ali What's the weather _____ in your country?
Ibrahim It's very cold in the mountains. It's often below _____. Sometimes the
temperature gets to minus twenty five _______.
Ali Maa shaa Allah... minus twenty five… Subhanallah, that's very cold.
Ibrahim Yeah... And we sometimes get two metres of _____.
Ali Maa shaa Allah… really?? Two meters? And what's the _______ like in
spring?
Ibrahim In spring? Well, it's _____. There are sunny days but it's sometimes rainy
and cloudy.
Ali I see. And in the summer?
Ibrahim Well. It's usually very _____and hot.
Ali What's __________ ?
Ibrahim Twenty five degrees. That's hot for us.
Ali Yes. Twenty five is hot for Turkey, too! And what's it like in the autumn?
Ibrahim A bit of everything. Really. Sometimes it's sunny and sometimes
_________. And it starts to snow in November.
Ali Maa shaa Allah Ibrahim… You have a nice country! I hope I'll be in your
country someday. In shaa Allah… Nice talking to you. See you next time.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Ibrahim In shaa Allah… Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 45 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlak REVIEW TEST

Read the statements below, write “True” or “False”


1. There is no obligation for a child to take their parents TRUE FALSE
2. Our sins will be eliminated by serving our parents TRUE FALSE
3. Most people like to upgrade their worship to Allah in Ramadhan TRUE FALSE
4. We may praise people in anytime and everywhere TRUE FALSE
5. Kids need to be praised. TRUE FALSE

Speaking

Make a compliment about the situation below and practice in


front of the class with your partner and praise Allah before you
make the conversation.

na
r p a r t n e r has giveion
You tat
u c c e s s f ul presen
s
r/his
la te h e r/ him on he
tu
1. Congra ent.
ie v e m ted to
a c h
u r c o m p liment rela
yo
2. Give
th a t. ld do that.
s k h o w s he/he cou nd why.
3. A feels a
ow she/he is reasons.
4. Ask h r/ h
ent on he the
5. Comm ur partner and end
a n k y o
6. Th on
conversati

English For Muslim Teens 46 Grade X Senior High School


Reading

Complete the conversation between two friends. What does Naira say
to Rara.

Rara Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi


wabarokaatuh Naira… It`s good to see A. Alhamdulillah… Not really. In
you. How was your holiday? the summer you can even swim
Naira (1) _______________________________ in the sea.
_______________________________ B. No… We have some friends
_______________________________ there and we slept at their
_______________________________
house.
Rara Where did you go this year? To your C. No, but did you enjoy your
uncle`s again? holiday?
Naira (2) _______________________________ D. Alhamdulillah… Allah help us.
_______________________________ Because hotels are very
_______________________________ expensive there.
_______________________________ E. Waalaikumussalam
Warohmatullahi
Rara Never… Maa shaa Allah… Isn`t it very wabarokaatuh…Maa shaa
cold here?
Allah… Laa quwwata illa
Naira (3) _______________________________
billah… Alhamdulillah…It was
_______________________________
_______________________________ great. Thank you.
_______________________________ F. No… I don`t like to take any
photos.
Rara Maa shaa Allah… Laa quwwata illah G. We didn`t have enough money.
billah… Great! did you take any photos? H. We did something different – we
Naira (4) _______________________________ went to Iceland. Have you been
_______________________________ there.

Rara Yes. Please! Did you stay in a hotel?


Naira (5) _______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________

Rara Maa shaa Allah… Alhamdulillah….that`s


a lucky.
Naira (6) _______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________

Rara I didn`t know that. You must tell me


more about it soon.
Naira In shaa Allah… see you next time.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.
Rara In shaa Allah… See you,
waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh…

English For Muslim Teens 47 Grade X Senior High School


Writing

Make a compliment chat about the situation above and Praise Allah
before you praise someone or something

s
rtner ha I did it!
Your pa plished
a c c o m ject
ano pro
the volc
/her on
ulate him
1. Congrat achievement.
d
him/h er ent relate
ur complim
2. Give yo
to that. that.
could do
w she/he
3. Ask ho he feels and why.
e/ .
4. Ask sh t on her/his reason
5. Comm
en d the
yo ur pa rtner & en
6. Thank n.
conversatio

Name
Online

Type amessage

English For Muslim Teens 48 Grade X Senior High School


Listening
Listen to the audio and complete the note

ADVENTURE WORLD
Near : Uptown
Opens on : (1) ………………………… March.
Price of a child's ticket : (2) Rp. ………………….
Day of shows for older children : (3) ………………………..
New ride travels at : (4) …………………… Km Per hour.
New animal in the zoo : (5) …………………………

Grammar Check
Look at the picture and make a story based on their position. Use the usage of
preposition above.

Look at the picture and make a story based on their position. Use the usage of
preposition above.

1. The plane __________ (land) ten minutes ago.


2. Zakir __________ (not arrive) at school on time, so he ________(not be)
allowed to enter the classroom.
3. Ibrahim __________ (buy) a very expensive dress yesterday.
4. Zabir and Ali ______(receive) the invitation that I _______ (send) them last
week.
5. (he/cook) this delicious meal?
6. The kid _______ (tidy) up their room two hours ago.
7. We ________ (go) to the tahfidz centre and we _______ (see) many
students there.
8. She _______ (speak) to her boss and _______(ask) for a raise.

English For Muslim Teens 49 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 3

HADITH CORNER

The Prophet sallallaahu'alaihi Wasallam said:

"The best of human beings is the most beneficial to other humans” (Narrated by
Ahmad, ath-Thabrani, ad-Daruqutni. This hadith was justified by al-Albani in Shahihul
Jami ‘no: 3289).

English For Muslim Teens 50 Grade X Senior High School


OUR
1 AKHLAQ 5 LISTENING
1. Fill in the missing
1. Mahrom words from the
2. 9 benefits reciting Al conversation
Qur'an 2. Listen to the weather
3. Ghibah forecast
4. Bathroom manners 1 3. Listen and repeat and
answers the questions
2 SPEAKING 4. Fill in the missing
information about
season
1. Talk about the picture to 5. Choose the correct
visit response about
2. Understanding the someone's opinion
conversation
3. Fill in the missing
phrases from the
6 GRAMMAR
conversation
1. Future tense. (will and
4. Speaking worksheet going to)
5. Talk about would like 2. Modals
and would like to 3. Would like and would
like to
3 READING 4. Quantifiers

1. Umar bin Khattab 7 REVIEW TEST


2. Some common signs and
gestures in some countries 1. Akhlaq building
in the world 2. Speaking
3. Notice matching 3. Reading
4. Read about the weather 4. Writing
5. Fill in the missing words 5. Listening
from the text 6. Grammar

4 WRITING
1. Write about the function
of ‘going to’
2. Write about daily planner
3. Write about daily intention

English For Muslim Teens 51 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Mahram
Assalaamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad, May I ask you a question?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh... In shaa Allah… Yes, please.
I have a friend, she is a girl. She is so beautiful, Sholihah, white skin, brown eyes, sharp
nose and maa shaa Allah ustad. She is like an angel on my eyes. I like her, but ustad...
What but?? You want her to be your girlfriend?
Subhanallah ustad… How do you know that ustad?
Let me explain to you. Alhamdulillah... wassholatu wassalamu'alarosulillah.
Subhanllah… I will tell you why Allah strictly prohibit people from zina (adultery) because
it is very dangerous. Allah said in Al qur`an Surah Al Isra` : 32 :
Meaning :
And do not approach unlawful sexual intercourse. Indeed, it is ever an immorality and is
evil as a way.
And Allah said in Surah An Nur : 30
Meaning :
Tell the believing men to reduce [some] of their vision and guard their private parts. That
is purer for them. Indeed, Allah is Acquainted with what they do.
And Allah said in Surah An Nur : 31
Meaning :
And tell the believing women to reduce [some] of their vision and guard their private
parts and not expose their adornment.
And Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said:
From Jarir bin Abdillah, he said:
Meaning :
"I asked the Prophet sallallaahu‘ alayhi wa sallam about the views that are only fleeting
(accidentally). Then the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa sallam ordered me to
immediately turn my eyes away." (HR. Muslim no. 5770)
That`s the reason why we mustn`t get close to zina… so what do you think Abu Bakar?
Astaghfirullah ustad... I made a big mistake! Ya Allah forgive me. Thank you very much
for the answer ustad. Jazakallahu khoir… Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.
Wajazakallahu khoir... Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Making A Conclusion SPEAKING 1

Please look at the picture below


and discuss in pairs. You can use Masjidil Haram Nabawi Mosque
these questions to guide you
making a conclusion.

a. Do you know these places?


b. What can people do there?
c. Which one do you prefer to visit?
d. Why do you choose this place to
visit?
e. What will you do in the place that
you visit?

English For Muslim Teens 52 Grade X Senior High School


Al Quds Al Istiqlal Mosque AL Mashun Grand Mosque

Make a note about your intention above, and present it in front of the class.

Conversation SPEAKING 2

Amir, Umar and Ustman are talking about their plan for the next semester holiday.
Read the conversation below and circle True or False.
Amir Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Umar. What are you doing here?
I am looking for you in the class, but nothing and finally I you are here eating fried rice. By
the way, do you have any plan for the next semester holiday?
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… In shaa Allah... My family and
I will perform Umroh. We take a complete package. The routes are Indonesia - Madinah –
Mecca – Madinah – Palestine and Indonesia.
Amir Maa shaa Allah watabarokallahu! that`s a nice holiday! I hope I will be there one
day with my family. That's my favorite city in this world. How many days will you be there?
Umar In shaa Allah, we`ll stay there about 15 days. And by the way, what is your plan for
your holiday?
Amir In shaa Allah I and my family will go to our grandmother's house in Jogjakarta.
We'll go by plane.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… Jogyakarta... That's an antique city. Many ancient building and historical
stories.
Amir That's right! In shaa Allah we will perform to Malioboro. The city of Batik
Ustman Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, guys! I heard that you talked
about your holiday.
Amir Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. You are right, Ustman. We just talk
about our plan for the next holiday. Umar will go Umroh with his family..
Ustman Are you sure Ustman? Baarakallah… That`s amazing
Umar In shaa Allah, Ustman. We`ll stay there about 15 days. And what about you, Ustman, what is
your plan for your holiday?
Ustman So far... I have no plan. Because I have to find a part time job. You know, I have no
father so I have to work to fulfill my family's life. My mother can't work anymore and I have
one younger brother and sister. They are still in school. So they need some money for their
school and some money for our daily life.
Amir Maa shaa Allah... watabarokallahu, Ustman! We are sorry to hear that but surely
you are better than we are. Why? Because Rasulullah said ; From 'Abdullah bin' Amr bin al-
'Ash Radhiyallahu' anhuma, he said, "There was a man approaching the Prophet sallallaahu
'alaihi wa sallam while saying,' I pledge to you to migrate and wage jihad by expecting
merit from Allah. 'He asked,' is one of your parents still alive? 'He answered,' Yes, still, even
both. 'So he said.
"Then you want the reward from Allah?" He answered, "Yes. He said:"Come back to your
parents, then treat them well" [HR. Muslim]
Ustman : Maa shaa Allah Amir. I just heard that Hadith. It`s amazing! Thank you very much.
You're raising up my spirit. I`m very happy now.

English For Muslim Teens 53 Grade X Senior High School


Amir Don't mention that, Ustman. By the way, Ustman… In Jogyakarta I'll buy a special present
for you and your family.
Umar I will, too. I'll bring you Ajwa dates, Zamzam and special Kurta from Madinah.
Ustman Maa syaa Allah, guys. I don't want to bother you.
Amir Ustman, if you are happy, we'll be happy, too. In shaa Allah we'll go together.
Ustman In shaa Allah but I'm sorry, guys. I have to go now. I am going to buy something
for my mother. See you next time… Jazakallahu khoiron.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…
Amir Wajazakallahu khoiron... wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh!

Read the dialog again say True or False from the statement below.

1. Amir is eating in the class. TRUE FALSE


2. Umar will go to three cities. TRUE FALSE
3. Umar will stay for more than 10 days. TRUE FALSE
4. Amir will drive to his grandmother's house. TRUE FALSE
5. Ustman's brother is working with his brother. TRUE FALSE
6. Ustman is in a hurry. TRUE FALSE

Simple Future Tense GRAMMAR CHECK 1

+ S + shall/will + Verb (base form) - S + will not / won't + Verb (base form)

? will + S + Verb (base form) + ...?

USAGE EXAMPLE

1. For actions decided at the moment of 1. I have toothache. I'll take some
speech. medicine.
2. For unplanned future actions. 2. Winter will come soon.
3. For offering, asking for request 3. I'm afraid we will get wet.
promising, ordering, threatening. 4. Summer will come soon.
4. For unpreventable actions in future 5. When I arrive at home, I will call you.
5. With conditional, time and purpose 6. I promise I won't tell this to anyone.
clauses.
6. For thoughts, predictions,
assumptions, sureness, fears about
future.

Simple Future Tense S + BE (am, is, are) + going to + Verb (base form)
+
With ‘Be Going To’

MAKE PREDICTIONS PLANNED ACTIONS

1. Be careful! The bee is going to bite 1. Umar is going to organized the


you. celebration.
2. Watch out! The vase is going to fall on 2. I have brought my ticket. I'm going
you. to fly to Medan.
3. Aisyah is pregnant. She is going to 3. I am going to go to make my
have a baby soon daughters a cake.

English For Muslim Teens 54 Grade X Senior High School


Put the verbs from the brackets into Present Simple or Present Continuous.

1. The train _________(leaves) at nine 4. _____you _________(do) anything later?


o`clock. 5. My uncle _________(meet) me for
2. I _________(go) to bed in a minute. lunch later.
3. Sofia _________ (take) her final exam
next week.
Complete these sentences with will or going to (intention).
1. I need to write this down, please hold on, I 3. When ______ you ______ (go) skiing this
__________ (get) a pen. year?
2. I have won the competition, I __________ 4. Do you need help? Okay, In shaa Allah, we
(travel) to Europe. ______(help) you with the dishes.

Complete the sentences with will or going to (certainty)


1. Be careful! You __________(fall) into the 3. I think my friend __________ (win) the
hole. competition.
2. I hope she __________ (come) to your house 4. Look out! You __________(crash) into that
on Saturday. car.

Circle the correct future form of the verbs.


1. Usman definitely __________ / might be 3. School will start / __________ in 8`clock.
exhausted after travelling for 10 hours. Monday to Friday.
2. Abu Bakar __________ / will move to 4. I`m sure we __________/ are never going to
Jakarta. He`s still considering it. speak to animals.

Fit The Tenses SPEAKING 3

Syafakallah… You must be getting cold father.


SCENE 1
Ali Assalamualaikum, I am sorry father, I`m late. Qodarullah, I got caught in traffic.
Father Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. No problem Ali.
Ali Astaghfirullah…you don`t look very good father.
Father I must be getting a cold. I have had this headache since I got up, and I been
sneezing all day..
Ali Syafakallahu father.
Father Thank you.
Ali Why don`t you go upstairs and lie down? Let me help you. I`ll bring you some
aspirin.

SCENE 2
Ali Qodarullah, I don`t see any aspirin in the medicine cabinet.
Father We must not have any more.
Ali Oh, wait. Here`s the bottle, behind the cough medicine. Hmmm... there`s only one
left. I`ll go to the drugstore and get some more. Is there anything else we need?
Father Could you get some more tissues? There are only a few left in the box.
Ali Syafakallahu father.
Father Jazakallahu khoir..oh…and could you get some more tea? We just ran out of tea
bags.
Ali Any special kind?
Father No, I don`t care.

English For Muslim Teens 55 Grade X Senior High School


Ali No what did I do with my car keys?
Father Take mine. They`re in my bag.
Ali Where`s your bag, father?
Father It must be downstairs. Look on the kitchen table. It its not there, it
might be on the coffee table in the living room.

SCENE 3
Ali Assalamualaikum, could you tell me where the tissues are, please?
Pharmacist Waalaikumussalam, all the way in the back against the wall.
Ali Alhamdulillah, I see them

Figure it out from the conversations above

1. a. Ali walked home from work 4. a. ________________________


b. ________________________ b. Father just bought some tea
bags.
2. a. Father got home just before Ali
did. 5. a. Ali left his car keys downstairs.
b. ________________________ b. ________________________

3. a. Father felt fine when he got up. 6. a. The drugstore doesn`t sell
b. ________________________ anything except drugs.
b. ________________________

Work in Pairs SPEAKING 4


Do the instructions correctly.

STUDENT A
Ask your partner this question Read the following situation. These
What are you going to do are your plans for this weekend.
this weekend? Your partner is going to ask you
some questions your plans for this
Next ask your friend with the question below weekend. Give short answers to all
of your partner's questions.
a. When are you going to go?
b. Whom are you going to go with? You are going to go swimming at the
c. What are you going to (do, buy or see)? Youth swimming pool this weekend.
d. Where are you going to go? Your friends, Aisyah and Zainab are
e. How are you going to get there? going to go with you. You are going to
take a bus there.

STUDENT B
Read the following situation. This is your Ask your partner this question
plan for this weekend. Your partner is
going to ask you some questions about What are you going to do
your plans for this weekend. Give short this weekend?
answers to all of your partner's questions. Next ask your friend with the
You are going to go shopping this weekend. question below
Your sister, Sarah and your friend. Salamah is a. When are you going to go?
going to go with you too. Your friend is going b. Whom are going with?
to drive her new car. You are going to buy a c. What are you going to do, buy or see?
d. Where are going to go?
backpack and your friend is going to buy a e. How do you get there?
pair of shoes.

English For Muslim Teens 56 Grade X Senior High School


Modal Verbs GRAMMAR CHECK 2

could
can can't coudn't
He can ride a bike You can't go to the library. Could I get this ticket freely?
General ability Absence of ability Past ability / absence of it
Ask / give permission Deny permission Asking permission / request
Request something Request something (more polite than 'can')
General possibility Imposibility Possiblity / impossibility
Conditional (2nd and 3rd)

must mustn't have to


You must study harder from now. You mustn't smoke here. It's bad. I've got an accident. I have to call
police officer.
Obligation Probihition
Recomendation Strong recomendation Obligation (less strong than
('should' is often used instead) ('should' is often use instead) 'must')
Certainty Certainty

don't
have to may needn't
It's sunday. I don't have to wake I'm so dizzy. I may catch a cold You needn't to pay for this food.
up earlier. It's free now.
Possibility
It expresses absence of Asking permission It is used to express absence
obligation Request something of obligation. It is similar to
'don't have to'.
*DON'T USE IT TO EXPRESS
PROHIBITION!

should shouldn't ought to


You should go before dawn. You shouldn't sleep after shubuh. The power is off. I ought to
light a candle.
Advice / obligation Advice / obligation
Probability or expectation Probability or expectation Advice
(it's similar to 'be supposed to’) (it's similar to 'be supposed to’) Probability or expectation
(it's similar to 'be supposed to’)

shall will would


Shall I help you carry your case? Will you lend me your money? I would go to the beach If I had
leisure time.
Promises Predictions
Past of will
Suggestion Instant decisions
2nd conditional
Offers Requests
3rd conditional (would + have +
Promises
past participle
Offers
Past habits

English For Muslim Teens 57 Grade X Senior High School


Would Like GRAMMAR CHECK 3

We use would like or `d like to say politely what we want, especially when making offers
and requests:

� Would you like a biscuit with your coffee?


� Can you order for Aisyah? She’d like the gado-gado, please.

Verbs that follow would like are in the to-infinitive form:


� Would you like to listen to that again?
� I’d like to get a return ticket for tomorrow.

We use Do you like …? to ask about preferences in general. We don’t use Do you like
…? to make offers or requests.

Now you
COMPARE
Asks about likes and Asks about likes and
Offers some rice Invites you to drink
dislikes in general dislikes in general
Would you like some Would you like to drink
Do you like rice? Do you like coffee?
rice? coffee?

Would like to have + ed form


We use would like to have + -ed form when talking about things in the past that we have
missed:

I’d like to have watched the football but I had to go out. (I wanted to watch the football, but I
didn’t.)

I’d like to
We can use I’d like to as a short answer to an offer or invitation:

A: You must have dinner with us.


B: Yes, I’d like to.
A: Good. Is Sunday night any good?

Grammar Worksheet

Would like (+ noun) / Would like to (+ noun)


I I
We Would a cup of We Wouldn’t a cup if tea
You like tea You like
They They drink tea
He Would He Wouldn’t
like to drink tea like to
She She
It It

English For Muslim Teens 58 Grade X Senior High School


Yes No
I I I
We a cup if We We
You like tea You You

Wouldn’t
Would
They They They
Would
He He He
She like to drink
She She
It tea
It It

Grammar Note
� “I would like a cup of tea” is a more polite way to say, “I want a cup of tea”.
� “I would like a cup of tea” (etc) is often contracted to “I`d like a cup of tea” in
speaking.
� “Yes, I would” is never contracted to “yes, I`d.”
� In response to an offer, “No, thank you” is considered more polite than “No, I
wouldn’t”
Study the above boxes and fill in the blanks to complete the sentences.
1. I`m thirsty, I _______ a glass of water, 7. My friends _________ come to my
please. house next week.
2. A : _______you _______a break? 8. A : _______you _______to work on
B : yes, we _______ Saturday?
3. I don’t understand this. I _______ some B : No, I _______
help with my homework. 9. _______you _______chocolate ice
4. Umar ________go to the supermarket. cream or vanilla ice cream?
He needs milk. 10. A : what _______you _______ do
5. A : _______ Ali _______ come with us? tomorrow?
B : yes, he _______.
6. A : Can I help you?
B : Yes, I _________a ticket to Jakarta,
please.

Find the best answer between would like and would like to
1. I ………..……….. travel to Jakarta next summer, 6. your kids ………..……….. play at the park
………..………..

but I don`t have enough money. next weekend?


a. Would like a. Would like
b. Would like to b. Would like to
2. ………..……….. you ………..……….. see a Tabligh Akbar 7. A : Would you like a cup of tea?
tomorrow night? B : yes, I ………..……….., thank you!
a. Would / like a. Would like
b. Would / like to b. Would like to
A : Are you ready to order? 8. I feel sick, so I ………..……….. go home early
3. B : Yes, I ………..………..a sandwich, please. today.
a. Would like a. Would like to
b. Would like to b. Wouldn`t like to
How many chocolate chip cookies 9. A : ………..………..you ………..……….. some apple pie?
4. ………..……….. you ………..………..? B : We would.
a. Would / like a. Would like
b. Would / like to b. Would like to
5. I am bored, what ………..………..you ………..……….. do 10. Which restaurant ………..……….. you ………..……….. go
this weekend? tonight?
a. Would / like a. Would like
b. Woiuld / like to b. Would like to

English For Muslim Teens 59 Grade X Senior High School


Would Like / Would Like To SPEAKING 5
Complete the dialog with correct expression using the modal would like or would
like to.

Waiter Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh….welcome to Jannah Café. I`m Ismail. May I


take your order?
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…oh..yes…I ___________the
mutton Bariani rice, please…
Waiter In syaa Allah….okay… ___________ fries, bread, or rice with your meal?
Umar Ummm… No, thanks.
Waiter ___________ anything to drink?
Umar In shaa Allah….I`ll take a glass of orange juice.
Waiter I am so sorry. We only have small and medium.
Umar Well, in that case, uh…I`ll have a small one.
Waiter Okay… A small juice. And what kind of dressing ___________ for your Bariani? It
comes with food.
Umar What dressing do you have?
Waiter We have French, Indian, Turkey, Curry soup, and chili sauce.
Umar Oh… Curry soup, please.
Waiter ___________nything else?
Umar Well… ___________ give me your pie menu? That`s the main reason why I ___________ dine
here.
Waiter Oh… I am sorry, but we aren’t serving pies today.
Umar Subhanallah… This restaurant is very well known with its pies.
Waiter Well, it usually is… But Ibrahim, our baker, slipped on a banana peel in the kitchen two days ago
and hurt his leg. He`ll be out for at least two weeks. In the meantime, we`re serving banana and
chocolate ice cream instead. Sorry.
Umar Innalillahi wainna ilaihi rojiun….I am sorry to hear about Ibrahim. Well, in that case, I _________
banana ice cream.
Waiter In syaa Allah… I`ll be back with your order in a few minutes. Wassalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Umar In syaa Allah… Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

FOR
YOU
to 9 GREAT BENEFIT
OF RECITING QURAN
1 Reading and reflecting over the 6 Your status in this life will be raised.
Qur`an fulfills an Islamic duty.
There are 10 rewards for each letter
2 The Qur`an will intercede for you on 7 you recite from the Qur`an
the day of judgment. Your position in Paradise is
3 You will be the best of the people.
8 determined by your understanding
with Qur`an
The reciters of the Qur`an will be in
4 the company of the noble. 9 Al Qur`an will lead you to Paradise.

5 The Qur`an will be a proof for you on


the day of judgment.

English For Muslim Teens 60 Grade X Senior High School


Match The Line READING 1

Make a line from the notice below. Which notice (A-H) say this (1-5)?

You are told if your favorite team A


HOBBS SPORTS SHOP
has won. SALE
Starts next week
Come on this day and find out why
sport is good for you. B
SPORT CENTER
Boys` changing Room
You can watch a sports competition (for dry sports only)
here this afternoon.

If you like this sport, go to the


C Volleyball team
D
meeting this evening. Players needed
– learn more 7
p.m tonight

Some people can get ready to play Sport Hall

tennis or football in here.

G
E F H
Talk by school visitor
Play sport and stay fit
4 p.m. March 15th

READING 2
Key Words
Archangel-
miracle religious literature devine
messages
provide describe purpose Recitation particular

Al Quran
Al Qur`an is the central religious
text of Islam, believed by Muslims to be a revelation from
Allah subhanahu wata`ala. It is widely regarded as the finest work
in classical Arabic literature. It is organized in 114 (chapters)
surah which consist of verses (ayat).
Muslims believe that Al Qur`an was orally revealed by Allah
Subhanahu wata`ala to the final prophet, Rasulullah Muhammad
Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam, through the
archangel Gabriel (Jibril), incrementally over a period of some 23
years, beginning in the month of Ramadan, when Muhammad

English For Muslim Teens 61 Grade X Senior High School


Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam was 40; Al Qur`an describes itself as a book of guidance
and concluding in 632, the year of his for mankind and there is no doubt in it. Allah
death. Muslims regard Al Qur`an as Muhammad's subhanahu wata`ala said : “This is the Book!
Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam most There is no doubt about it1—a guide for those
important miracle; a proof of his prophethood; and mindful ˹of Allah˺ (Al Baqarah : 2), It sometimes
the culmination of a series of divine messages offers detailed and specific historical events, and
starting with those revealed to Adam, including it often emphasizes the moral significance of an
the Tawrah (Torah), the Zabur ("Psalms") and event over its narrative sequence. Supplementing
the Injil ("Gospel"). The word Quran occurs some Al Qur`an with explanations for some cryptic
70 times in the text itself, and other names and Quranic narratives, and rulings that also provide
words are also said to refer to the Quran. the basis for sharia (Islamic law) in most
denominations of Islam, are hadiths—oral and
Al Qur`an is thought by Muslims to be not simply
written traditions believed to describe words,
divinely inspired, but the literal word of Allah or
actions, determination and agreement of
Subhanahu wata`ala or Al Qur`an is
Rasulullah Muhammad Shollallahu `alaihi
Kalamullah. Rasulullah Muhammad Shollallahu
wasallam. During prayers (shalat), Al Qur`an is
`alaihi wasallam did not write it as he did not
recited only in Arabic.
know how to write. According to tradition, several
of Muhammad's Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam Someone who has memorized the entire Quran is
companions served as scribes, recording the called a hafiz ('memorizer'). An Ayah (Quranic
revelations. Shortly after the prophet's death, Al verse) is sometimes recited with a special kind
Qur`an was compiled by the companions, who of elocution reserved for this purpose,
had written down or memorized parts of called tajwid. During the month of Ramadan,
it.[ Caliph Uthman established a standard version, Muslims typically complete the recitation of the
now known as the Uthmanic codex, which is whole Quran during tarawih prayers. In order to
generally considered the archetype of Al Qur`an extrapolate the meaning of a particular Quranic
known today. There are, however, variant verse, most Muslims rely on exegesis, or
readings. commentary (tafsir).

Based on the text above, give a tick (v) in the coloum ‘Yes’ or ‘No’
1. Al Qur`an is not a creature but it is words of Allah or
Kalamullah. TRUE FALSE
2. Al Qur`an is a holy book for any religion. TRUE FALSE
3. There are 30 juz with 141 chapters in Al Qur`an TRUE FALSE
4. Al Qur`an is a holy book for moslem with uncertainty in it. TRUE FALSE
5. Al Qur`an was revealed step by step for twenty years. TRUE FALSE
6. In Shalah, every moslem has to read Al Qur`an in Arabic. TRUE FALSE

Read And Choice READING 3


Read the article about robots and choose the best answer a,b, or c for each space.

ROBOT
an artificial man
Most people have seen films (1) …………………………………… robots, and Maa shaa Allah robots are also used in real
life. Maa shaa Allah robots can do (2) …………………………………… different things. They can, for example, make
things in factories (3) …………………………………… help astronauts in space.

Maa shaa Allah laquwwata illa billah. One new robot from japan can (4) …………………………………… walk, run and
climb stairs. Insyaallah Engineers hope that in the future (5) …………………………………… robots will be able to help
people in their homes. (6) …………………………………… new robot is special because it can have a conversation (7)
…………………………………… you.

English For Muslim Teens 62 Grade X Senior High School


A Canadian scientist has just (8) …………………………………… a robot that has hands that can move in 24 different
ways. This is easy for people but (9) …………………………………… now it wasn’t possible for a robot to do this.

But if we compare robots with human, of course, human is the most perfect creature in the world. Why?
Because Allah subhanahu wata`ala is the creator directly. He (10) …………………………………… this world. Robots are
controlled by humans and humans are controlled by Allah subhanahu wata`ala. We cannot run away
from Allah subhanahu wata`ala. Allah always knows what you do and you feel in your heart.
1. a. About 3. a. Or 5. a. Some 7. a. For 9. a. Since
b. In b. Because b. This b. To b. Until
c. Over c. If c. These c. With c. From

2. a. Lots 4. a. Ever 6. a. Other 8 a. Made 10. a. Owe


b. Much b. Even b. Both b. Making b. Own
c. Many c. Yet c. Another c. Makes c. Won

Procedure Text READING 4

Lets Cook

Mutton
Fried Rice

Main Ingredients How to cook


� 500 grams of white rice � Boil mutton with sliced ginger until
� Mutton as much as 200 grams tender. Lift then diced then set aside
� 1 piece of ginger, sliced thick � Saute garlic, onion, red chili, and
� Red chili according to taste cayenne pepper until fragrant. Then add
� Sliced cayenne pepper according to the mutton, stir well.
taste � Add rice, soy sauce, soy sauce, pepper,
� Sliced 1 leek, roughly cut and shrimp paste. Stir until the spices
are well mixed.
Seasoning � Remove and serve together with
supplements.
� 2 cloves of garlic, chopped
� Put some cucumber slices, lettuce, and
� Onion as much as 3 cloves, thinly sliced
a tomato slice.
� 2 tbsp sweet soy sauce
� 1 tablespoon soy sauce
� 1 tsp pepper powder
� shrimp paste as much as ¼ tsp

English For Muslim Teens 63 Grade X Senior High School


FOR BLESSING year so that it gives peace to the owner. Goats
YOU ON MUTTON
also make their owners humble and gentle
to towards others "
Goat
meat has a blessing, meaning a It is said that every Prophet has tended goats, the
lot of good in this goat meat. clerics explained that the wisdom is that tending
There is an order that we keep and goats requires patience and perseverance that
use goats because there is a blessing will shape the character of kindness to someone.
to it. Rasulullah sallallaahu ‘Alayhi wa Sallam The Prophet sallallaahu'alaihi wa Sallam said,
said,

"Maintain (take advantage) by you goats because


there is barakah in it". (H.R. Ahmad)
"Not a Prophet was sent but he was herding a
In addition to goat meat, blessings also exist in goat". the friends ask, "are you also?" He replied,
milk and skin. Milk can be drunk and the skin can "yes, I used to herd the goats of the inhabitants of
be used like fabric or clothing. Al-Qurthubi Mecca with a wage of several qiraths" (H.R.
interpreter rahimahullah explained, Bukhori)
“ Allah has made blessings on goats where goats
can be used for clothing, food, drinks, many
children, because goats give birth three times a

Going To WRITING 1

Write sentences using “going to” based on the picture above. One has been done for you.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

English For Muslim Teens 64 Grade X Senior High School


Daily Plan WRITING 2

Write about your daily planner and present it in front of the class.

English For Muslim Teens 65 Grade X Senior High School


Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Ghibah
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad? Do I disturb you? Because I want to ask you
a question?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… In shaa Allah no. Yes, please… What can I do
for you?
What is that Ghibah?
Alhamdulillah wassholatu wassalamu`ala rosulillah… `amma ba`ad. That`s a nice question. It is a very
important question. Because many people don`t care about this case. Ghibah is a very dangerous
thing. Rasulullah shollallahu `alahi wasallam said, “From Abu Hurairah radhiyallahu ‘anhu, the
Prophet sallallaahu‘ Alayhi wa Sallam said, "Do you know what it is ghibah?" They answered, "Allah
and His Messenger know best better." He said, "You are talking about your brother in a manner he
does not like. He was asked, “What if what is stated is true?" The Propher replied. “if the failing is
actually found in him, you in fact backbitted him (ghibah), and if that is not him, it is a slander.” (HR.
Muslim no. 2589). So it means that Haram.
Would you like to give some examples?
Ghibah is to say something about your brother in a manner he does not like. Ghibah in Engllish is
“gossipping”. It means to mention a matter to a muslim in his absence. Topics of ghibah can be varied
such as phsycal form, poverty, wealth, clothes, etc. It is commited orally, in writing, or in gestures like
playing sign with eyes, hands, head, or mocking secretly. Ghibah can be through oral, written, gesture,
or playing signs with eyes, hands, head, or something like that.
"And because of that Rasulullah shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said, “Whoever believes in Allah and the
End Times must say good words or quiet. " (Muttafaq ‘alaih: Al-Bukhari, no. 6018; Muslim, no. 47)
Astaghfirullah… That`s a very big case. Ya Allah forgive me… In shaa Allah ustadz, I will keep my
mouth. In shaa Allah… Jazakallahu khoir ustadz for your explanation… wassalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh..
In shaa Allah… Wa jazakallahu khoir… Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Listen The Dialogue LISTENING 1

Muhammad and Umar have a special trip. Read and listen to the dialog. Complete it with the
verbs in the list.

Be camp comeback cycle go (2x) start stay

Zaki Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Umar….Do you have a special plan for this
semester's holiday?
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Zaki… In shaa Allah.
Zaki What exactly are your plans, Umar?
Umar In shaa Allah… I am going to ………..…………… from Medan to Parapat.
Zaki : Maa shaa Allah... laquwwata illa billah… How far is that?
Umar : If I am not mistaken, it is about 150 km.
Zaki : Are you going to ………..…………… alone?
Umar : No, I am not. I am going to ………..…………… with Muhammad.
Zaki : Where are you going to ………..……………?
Umar : We are going to ………..…………… and may sometimes stay in a mosque.
Zaki : When are you going to ………..…………… your trip?
Umar : In shaa Allah... in June. And we are going to ………..…………… until July.

English For Muslim Teens 66 Grade X Senior High School


Zaki One month… That`s a long time. Are you excited?
Umar In shaa Allah I am. It`s going to ………..…………… a fantastic trip.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah… have a nice trip. May Allah protect you all the time. In shaa Allah.
See you Umar. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Umar In shaa Allah, Zaki… Jazakallahu khoir. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Weather Forecast LISTENING 2


What`s the weather like?
Listen to the weather forecast. Write the temperature of the map. Which season is it?

LONDON C OSLO C ROME C

BERLIN C ATHENS C
WARSAW C

LISBON C C ISTANBUL C
BUDAPEST

PARIS C MOSCOW C
NICE C

MADRID C

Quantifiers GRAMMAR CHECK 4

Quantifiers form a sub class under determiners. They are adjectives or phrases that serve to
answer two possible questions.
1. How many?
2. And how much?

For example :
a few, a little, much, many, most, etc…., are quantifiers.
Quantifiers that describe quantity
� Countable nouns : Answer the question how many?
Example : a few, a number of, several, etc.
� Uncountable nouns : answer the question how much?
Example : a little, a bit of, etc.
Some of them are also used with both. These are the ones that answer both questions.
Example : such as no/none, some, a lot of, etc.
Quantifiers that express attitude
� The words few, little, a few and a little serve to describe the speaker`s attitude to the
quantity being described.
� The first two carry negative suggestions, whereas the last two carry positive
suggestions.

English For Muslim Teens 67 Grade X Senior High School


Comparative Quantifiers
Much, many, more and most describe (in Few, fewer, fewest, little, less and least chart
ascending order) increase ; much is used only decrease. The first three (in descending order)
with uncountable nouns, many only with plural are used only with countable plural nouns. The
countable nouns, and more and most with both. last three (in descending order) are used only
with uncountable nouns.

Quantifiers Lists
Countable Uncountable
nouns nouns Both

Many Much All Some


few / few / very A little / little / very Enough Any
few little More / most A lot of
A number (of) A bit (of) Less / least Lots of
Several A great deal of No / none Plenty of
A large number of A large amount of Not any
A great number of A large quantity of
A majority of

Read the conversation and circle the correct word


Sofia How about making a / an apple pie?
Hajar Maa shaa Allah, great idea. Do we have some / any apples?
Sofia Yes, there are a few / a little in the kitchen. How much / many do we need?
Hajar A lot / a little, about a kilo.
Sofia There aren`t many / much. We can buy some / any in the store.

Hajar And we need a little / a few sugar, too.


Lucy How many / much do we need?
Alan A half kilo
Sofia Oh, no! there isn`t some / any.
Hajar Oke. Write it on the list. We also need some /any eggs. How many / much
are there in the fridge?
Sofia A little / a few. There are four
Hajar Oke. Let`s go to the supermarket to buy all the ingredients.

Read the conversation and circle the correct word

1. A : Can I have ………..……… lemonade, please? 5. A : Subhanallah, there is ………..………. bread left.
B : I`m sorry, but there isn`t ………..……… B : Let`s buy a loaf, then and ………..……….
bananas.
2. A : Would you like ………..………. orange juice?
B : Alhamdulillah, yes, please. 6. A : How ………..………. peppers do we have?
B : Very few. Get some more.
3. A : What are you eating for lunch?
B : ………..………. tuna sandwich and ………..………. apple. 7. A : Is there ………..………. milk in the fridge?
B : Not ………..……….. We need to buy a bottle.
4. A : Are you going to buy ………..………. lemons for
the salad? 8. A : The soup need ………..………. more salt.
B : No, there are ………..………. in the fridge. But B : Really? It tastes fine to me.
there aren’t ………..………. tomatoes, just a few.

English For Muslim Teens 68 Grade X Senior High School


9. A : Are there ………..………. cookies left? 10. A : How ………..………. oranges are there?
B : I`m afraid not. B : I have ………..………. oranges, only apples.
Fill in with (a) few – (a) little – a lot of.
1. There are ………..………… mangoes in the bowl. Bring some more from the supermarket just in case.
2. Is there any honey in the bottle? – Alhamdulillah, ………..………… but enough for this meal.
3. Ravi has a stomachache and that is because he ate ………..…………chocolate.
4. We have ………..………… knowledge about this subject. We need to look for much more information.
5. Let get out of here. There are ………..………… people in this room.
6. We have ………..………… money on us, we can`t buy this jacket.
7. My father has ………..………… money in his house, so we can buy an apartment.
8. There are ………..………… vegetables, so I can`t make a salad.
9. He was sad because he had ………..…………friends.
10. All she wanted was ………..………… love and happiness.

Short Talk LISTENING 3

pOCKET

1. What is the article about?


a. Household chores
b. Pocket money
c. Jobs for teenagers

2. Complete the statement below with information from the article.


a. Average age to start getting pocket money.
b. Average amount of pocket money (12 – 13)
c. Average amount of pocket money (14)
d. Differences between girls and boys
Boys
Girls

MONEY
English For Muslim Teens 69 Grade X Senior High School
Talking About Favorite LISTENING 4

Listen to four students talking about their favorite seasons in their country.
Complete the table.

Country Country

Canada Canada

Favorite Season Favorite Season

Zaki Spring (March - ……………) Ibrahim …………… (June – August)

Country Country

Favorite Season Favorite Season

Ravi Autumn Ali Summer


( – November) (December - ……………..)

English For Muslim Teens 70 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlak REVIEW TEST
Choose true or false
1 Dating is prohibited in Islam. TRUE FALSE
2 We must treat our parents well to get reward from Allah. TRUE FALSE
3 Umar bin Khattab is the third Khalifah. TRUE FALSE
4 Telling the best thing of someone is called Ghibah. TRUE FALSE
5 Ghibah can be through oral and written except gesture. TRUE FALSE

Speaking

Student A. You don`t know anything about the Tahfidz Centre. Ask student
B about it.

STUDENT A STUDENT B
TAHFID TAHFIDZ
QUARANTINE QUARANTINE
NURUL ULUM
Where?
Cost?
CENTRE
Wear special clothes?
For everyone? Every day, 8 am – 8 pm
Lesson Saturday? Free
Over 50s only
Wear Muslim and
comfortable clothes

Reading

THE TREE HOUSE MAN


a. “I love trees.” says Abu Bakar, ‘so building treehouse is a great job for me.’ Abu Bakar
works for a company called Kampung Pohon, in Sumatera, Indonesia. He builds treehouses
of all shapes and sizes, for people of all ages.
b. Ever since Abu Bakar was a child he loved making things with wood. He learned a lot
from his uncle when he worked with him during the holidays. That helped him get the job with
Kampung Pohon. ‘it`s great fun, but it`s also hard work,’ says Abu Bakar. ‘it can be very tiring,
and I often have to work in bad weather. I`ve got a tent, and sometimes I camp next to the tree
until I finish the job.
c. One of Abu Bakar`s favorites is ‘ Ustman Tree House.’ It is used for the tahfidz
quarantine program with two bedrooms, a living room, a kitchen, and a bathroom. It has got a
real fire in it.
d. So what is the best part about building tree houses? For Abu Bakar, it is the
people. They are always so excited when they see their new treehouse for the first time. It`s
like the best gift in the world – a new house in your garden.

English For Muslim Teens 71 Grade X Senior High School


Read the questions and underline the keywords. Then answer the questions.
1. All the treehouses Abu Bakar build are 5. You can cook and sleep in Ustman`s
for children. Treehouse.
a. Right a. Right
b. Wrong b. Wrong
c. Doesn`t say c. Doesn`t say
2. Abu Bakar`s uncle taught him about 6. Abu Bakar likes meeting his customers
working with wood. a. Right
a. Right b. Wrong
b. Wrong c. Doesn`t say
c. Doesn`t say 7. Abu Bakar has got a treehouse in his
3. Abu Bakar thinks building tree house is garden.
easy. a. Right
a. Right b. Wrong
b. Wrong c. Doesn`t say
c. Doesn`t sa
4. Abu Bakar never sleeps in his tree
houses.
a. Right
b. Wrong
c. Doesn`t say

Writing
Read question 1 – 5, and write your answer from the choices given.
1. It is possible to swim in the evening now. 4. You can pay for our journey differently if
2. This is cheaper because it isn’t new. necessary.
3. All our prices are lower for a short time. 5. If you are 15 or younger, you may get
some money
Choices
a. Buy train tickets at the machine when the office is closed.
b. FOR SALE. Boy`s bike, only 2 months old Half the usual price.
c. TICKETS FOR TONIGHT'S DINNER ARE ON SALE HERE. From 7 pm.
d. PLEASE PUT ALL LUGGAGE ABOVE YOUR SEAT.
e. SALE ENDS NEXT TUESDAY – 15% OFF EVERYTHING UNTIL THEN.
f. UNDER 17s GOLF COMPETITION. FIRST PRICE Rp. 545. 500,-
g. SPEND Rp. 250.000 AND GET A FREE SPORTS BAG.
h. POOL OPENING HOURS NOW LONGER. 7 am – 10 pm (was 7 pm)

LISTENING

Listen to five short conversations. There is one question for each conversation.
Choose A, B or C as your answer.

1. What is the man buying for his dinner?

English For Muslim Teens 72 Grade X Senior High School


2. When is Ali`s exam?

4th 2nd 5th


MONDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY

3. Look at the picture. You will hear four statements about a picture on your paper and
select the one statement that best describe what you see in the picture

a. The motorcycle is running down the road.


b. The windows are sitting against the wall
c. The signs are hanging between the windows.
d. The bike is leaning against the tree

a. The man at the podium is making a speech.


b. The accountant is sitting at his desk
c. The waiter is pouring water.
d. The speaker is pointing at the microphone.

Listen to the questions which are followed by three responses. They will not be
written out for you. Choose the best response to each question.

4 5 6 7
A B C A B C A B C A B C

Listen to Ali talking to his father about his friend`s dinner invitation, Umar. Check
your answer.
1. Where does Umar live now?
a. Wahidin 50 b. Wahidin 15 c. Wahidin 30
2. Umar`s dinner invitation is on …
a. Wednesday b. Saturday c. Sunday
3. When does the dinner start?
a. 6.13 b. 6.30 c. 11.00

English For Muslim Teens 73 Grade X Senior High School


Grammar

WILL (‘LL) GOING TO


• Spontaneous decision - I think I • Previous plan – I am going to
will go to bed. Medan next week.
• Offer – I`ll carry that for you. • Evidence – by the look of those
• Promise – don`t worry. In shaa Allah clouds, I`m sure it is going to
I`ll be there at 8. rain.
• Threat – I`ll call the police. • Prediction – You are going to
• Refusal – I won`t listen to this. marry a rich person.
• Prediction – Arabic will be the 1st
language in the world.

Fill in with the correct form of ‘will’ or ‘going to’

1. Based on their findings, scientists say we are _________ have a bad winter this year.
2. The driver _________help you with your bags.
3. That dog _________ bite you if you tease it.
4. My sister is _________ study at UI next year.
5. I can`t decide. I guess I _________buy the blue dress.
6. We are _________have a picnic on Saturday. Can you come?
7. She doesn’t like vegetable. She _________eat that salad.
8. My friends are _________come to my home tomorrow.
9. The telephone is ringing. I _________answer it.
10. What _________ you _________do next weekend?

Fill in the blanks with ‘will’ or ‘won`t’.

1. I will / won`t have a steak medium rare, please.


2. You will / won`t pass if you don`t study.
3. It`s 6.00 but Umar will / won`t get up.
4. I know you will / won`t like your wonderful present.
5. It`s sunny. You will / won`t need an umbrella.
6. It`s cold. I will / won`t close the window.
7. Oh dear. My pen will / won`t write.
8. Hurry! The train will / won`t wait for you.

English For Muslim Teens 74 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 4

Allah Subhanahu wa Ta'ala has established Mecca as a holy city, that is, since the creation of
earth. The Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said on the day of the defeat of Mecca:

Meaning :
"Indeed, this city has glorify God on the day of creation of the heavens and the earth. It is a holy
city with the glory that God has ordained until the Day of Judgment. "

English For Muslim Teens 75 Grade X Senior High School


OUR
1 AKHLAQ 5 LISTENING
1. Islamic table manner 1. Answer the question based
2. Bathroom manners 1 on the picture.
2. Question responses
2 SPEAKING 3. Short talk. (time
identification)
4. Listen and understanding
1. Zam Zam Tower the dialog
2. Part of the body
5. Listen for a man leaving a
3. Personality
4. Family tree and family message
speaking card
5. Mini conversation “going
to.”
6 GRAMMAR

3 READING 1. Future tense. (will and going


to)
2. Modals
1. Read an email and fill in the 3. Passive - Active Voice
blanks 4. Conditional Type I
2. Modal verb (should) (Islamic
table manners)
3. Conditional sentences type I 7 TEST
and speech
4. Descriptive text. (Madinah
1. Akhlaq building
Islamic University)
2. Speaking
5.
3. Reading
4 WRITING 4. Writing
5. Listening
6. Grammar
1. Write about the descriptive
text (Nabawi Mosque and Al
Aqsa Mosque)
2. Write some expression of
intention and responses
3. Writing an email

English For Muslim Teens 76 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Bathroom Manners 1
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad? Do I disturb you? May I ask you
something?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah no, what can I do for you, Zaki?
I want to ask you about, is there any special prayers (du`a) in and out of the bathroom?
Alhamdulillah Wassholatu wassalamu`ala rosulillah..` amma ba`ad. Yes, of course. Rasulullah
had taught us everything in this world. Nothing even anything left. Even about entering and
going out of the bathroom. But before I answer your question. I will explain to you some manners
before you enter the bathroom.
Maa shaa Allah, ustad… Is there a manner to enter the bathroom?
Of course… Because Rasulullah had the best manner in the world. So we must imitate him.
Even when enter the bathroom. Oke Zaki… 10 manners to obey when entering the bathroom.
Today, I will tell you 2 and the rest will be at the next meeting, In shaa Allah.
In shaa Allah, ustad… Would you like to tell me what those are?
In shaa Allah… First , Cover yourself and stay away from humans when defecating. From Jabir
bin ‘Abdillah radhiyallahu‘ anhu, he said,

"We once went out with the Prophet sallallaahu‘ Alayhi wa Sallam during safar, he did not fulfill his
intentions in open areas, but he went to a place far away until it was not visible and invisible. "
Second, Do not carry anything that says the name of Allah. Like wearing a ring with the name of God
and the like. This is forbidden because we are commanded to glorify the name of God and this is
known by everyone for certain. Allah Ta'ala said in surah Al-Hajj; 32

Meaning; That [is so]. And whoever honors the symbols of Allah - indeed, it is from the
piety of hearts.
And the rest, we`ll discuss it in the next meeting, InsyaAllah
In shaa Allah, ustad… I`ll be waiting for that. See you, ustad… Wassallamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh..
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 77 Grade X Senior High School


Part A SPEAKING 1

How to say
The expressions of congratulation are…

CONGRATULATING RESPONDING
• Barakallah… I`d be the first to • Maa shaa Allah… It`s very good of
congratulate you on… you to say so.
• Barakallahu… I`d like to congratulate • Maa shaa Allah… How nice of you to
you on… say so.
• Barakallah… Please accept my • Maa shaa Allah… Thank you very
warmest congratulations. much for saying so.
• Barakallah… May I congratulate you • Maa shaa Allah… I`m glad you think
on…? so.
• Barakallah… I must congratulate you. • Maa shaa Allah… Oh, it`s nothing
• Barakallah… It was great to hear special actually.
about… • Maa shaa Allah… I have a lot to learn
• Barakallah… Congratulations! yet.
• Barakallah… Congratulations on… ! • Maa shaa Allah… Oh, not really.
• Barakallah…well done / Fantastic. • Maa shaa Allah… Oh, nothing to it,
actually.
• Maa shaa Allah… Oh, thanks.

Getting a new job


Abu Bakar Assalamualaikum Umar?
Umar Waalaikumussalam, How are you?
Abu Bakar Alhamdulillah, I fine. Thanks. And how about you?
Umar Alhamdulillah I fine too. By the way, I heard that you`re looking for a job. Is that right?
Abu Bakar Yes, that`s right. But I just accepted at a company. Rasyaad TV studio.
Umar Barakallah…that`s great. Congratulations!
Abu Bakar Maa shaa Allah…Thank you.
Umar May I know what are doing in Rasyaad TV studio?
Abu Bakar Alhamdulillah, they put me as program editor.
Umar What is that?
Abu Bakar I have to check the quality of the picture, sounds, make the title of the video and finishing.
Umar Barakallah Abu Bakar. You have a nice job. You`re very lucky to work in a
company like that.
Abu Bakar Maa shaa Allah. I guess so. But Actually, I don`t have an idea why they
chose me out of all candidates.
Umar Barakallah, Abu Bakar. Allah give you this job because you have a good
potential to have this job.
Abu Bakar Alhamdulillah, Allah answer my prayer and I got this job and you are right. Enough talk
about me, And by the way, how about you? Where are you working now?
Umar Actually, yesterday, Basnul Coffee called me to work for them.
Abu Bakar Isn’t it the company you have dreamed to work for?
Umar Alhamdulillah, that`s why I am very happy. They put me as store manager.
Abu Bakar Barakallah, Umar. I`m happy for you.
Umar Why don`t you come to our store some day? I will treat you.
Abu Bakar Barakallah… What about tomorrow?

English For Muslim Teens 78 Grade X Senior High School


Umar In shaa Allah that`s fine… I`ll be waiting for you tomorrow at 2. We`ll have lunch together.
Abu Bakar In shaa Allah... By the way Umar, I have to go now. See you tomorrow.
Wassalamualaikum.

When Does Someone Have to Say


‘Maa shaa allah Wa Tabarakallah’?
When They See Things that Make Them Amazed
Ash Shaykh Abdurrahim bin Abdillah As Suhaim *) So this shows that it is obligatory for someone to
hafizhahullah answered: see something amazing in him in the form of his
The saying "masyaAllah tabaarakallah" has the property or his child, he should say: masyaAllah
foundation of As Sunnah. Because the Prophet laa haula wa laa quwwata illa billah. And if he sees
sallallaahu'alaihi Wasallam said to Amir bin something amazing in others he may say:
Rabi'ah radhiallahu'anhu: "why don't you pray for masyaAllah tabaarakallah. Or you can also
blessings when you see your amazing thing?" mention lafadz dzikir in general, so that the
(HR. Ahmad). In the history of An Nasa-i in Al disease in his heart will disappear.
Kubra uses lafadz: "Why don't you pray for
blessings? Because 'ain is true'

*) He is a scholar who is active as a preacher of the ministry


of religion of Saudi Arabia in the city of Riyadh
Source: https://www.almeshkat.net/fatwa/903

Remarks mentioned when seeing amazing things are of several variations:

1. Say "subhaanallah" 4. Say "maa shaa Allah" only


2. Or say all the prayers that mean 5. Say "maa shaa Allah laahaula walaa
blessing prayers such as: quwwata illa billah",
"baarakallahu fiih", "Allahu 6. Say "Allahu Akbar", and others.
yubaarik fiih", "buurika fiik" 7. Say dzikr in general.
3. Say “innal 'aisya' aisyal Akhirah”

Then it's a very loose matter, no need to be too strict with a lafadz or two. Allah knows best.
Translated from :
https://muslim.or.id/55957-hukum-definition-masyaallah-tabaarakallah.html

Part B
Practice the conversation below about hotel reservations. After practicing the conversation,
answer the question based on the conversation.
Hotel clerk Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Zam Zam Tower Hotel. May I help you?
Ibrahim Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… I would like to reserve a room for two
on the 25th of June.
Hotel clerk In shaa Allah, sir… Let me check our computer here for a moment. The 25th of July, right?
Ibrahim I am sorry… No, I mean June. 25th of June. Not July
Hotel clerk Oh… I am sorry, let me see here. Hmmm….
Ibrahim Are you all booked that night?
Hotel clerk Well… We have one suite available, complete with a kitchenette and a sauna bath. And
the view of Masjidil Haram directly, too.
Ibrahim Okay… How much is that?
Hotel clerk It`s only Rp. 5.500.000,- per night.
Ibrahim But is that room enough for my family members?
Hotel clerk How many of you?
Ibrahim In shaa Allah, we are about 7. What do you think?

English For Muslim Teens 79 Grade X Senior High School


Hotel clerk I suggest you take a family suite. It`s on the second floor.
Ibrahim That`s fine…how much is that?
Hotel clerk It`s only Rp. 8.500.000 per night. Include breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
Ibrahim All right… In shaa Allah, we would like to stay there for ten days.
Hotel clerk Okay sir… Could I have your name, please?
Ibrahim Yes… Ibrahim Umar, I-B-R-A-H-I-M U-M-A-R.
Hotel clerk Oke Mr. Ibrahim… You want to pay it cash or by card?
Ibrahim In shaa Allah, in cash. I have no card.
Hotel clerk All right Mr. Ibrahim. In shaa Allah, we look forward to seeing you and your family on
June 25th.
Ibrahim In shaa Allah… See you, wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Hotel clerk Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Answer the questions
1. Ibrahim finally makes a reservation for ………..……….………..……….
2. What kind of room does the man prefer?
3. Why doesn`t he want to reserve the standard suite?
4. The room costs ………..……….………..………. with no………..……….………..……….
5. How do you spell the man`s name?

Physical Description SPEAKING 2

head hair
face
ear
neck

armpit chest
elbow arm
back
hand
fingers
palm

waist
thigh
knee
calf
shin

ankle heel

foot sole
English For Muslim Teens 80 Grade X Senior High School
Now, what do you and your friend look like? Look at the table below, write about
your friend and speak about him/her in front of the class.

DESCRIBING A PERSON
FACE BUILD NOSE HAIR

• Square • Slim • Straight • Dark / fair


• Oval • Full figured • Hooked • Long / short
• Round • Slight • Flat • Straight /
• Triangular • Thin • Tall curly
• Bald
• Heart- • Fat • Long
• Blond /
shaped • Skinny • Small
ginger /
• Thin • Chubby • Big
brown / black
• Wide • Large • Pointed
• Chiseled

EYES HEIGHT AGE MOUTH

• Big • Short • Young • Large


• Small • Medium • Teenager • Even teeth
• Round Height • Middle • Cute
• Bright • Tall aged
• Narrow • About … • Old
• Dark cm tall. • In her / his / • Thin lips
• Hollow • Of average early / mid / • Full lips
• Tear filled height late 20s, 30s • Crooked lips
• Curved lips

LIPS GENERAL APPEARANCE


• Thin lips • Beautiful • Handsome
• Full lips • Pretty • Gorgeous
• Crooked lips • Ugly • Polite
• Curved lips • Funny • Cute
• Elegant • Attractive
• Smart • Scruffy

Talk About Personality SPEAKING 3

PERSONALITY AND CHARACTER


Warm Positive Unfriendly Talkative Reserved
Kind Optimistic Gloomy Communicative Shy
Pleasant Cold Pessimistic Cheerful Taciturn
Sweet Unkind Extrovert Easygoing Negative
Good Unpleasant Sociable Introvert Miserable
Natured Horrible Outgoing Quiet

English For Muslim Teens 81 Grade X Senior High School


Practice the dialog in front of the class and underlined the adjectives to show someone`s
personality.
Umar Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Maa shaa Allah, Alli. Are those pictures of
your family?
Ali Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Yes, he is my father and here is my mother
and those are my sisters.
Umar So, are you the only boy in your family?
Ali Yes… Something like that.
Umar You and your father look so alike. Are you similar in personality, too?
Ali It`s a funny question. My father and I are always saying how different we are from
one another. My father is an intelligent man, a hard worker, and an optimistic person, but he is a
little bit calm. My father and my mother are my second hero.
Umar Maa shaa Allah! But by the way, why do you say that your father and your mother
are the second heroes? So, who is your first hero?
Ali Yes, Umar….They are my second hero but my first hero is Rasulullah Muhammad
shollallahu `alaihi wasallam.
Umar Maa shaa Allah, Ali… I see. Would you like to explain to me why?
Ali Because he is the best man in the world and he has the best personality too. He has the best
physical appearance and the highest personality.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… Would you like to tell Rasulullah`s physical appearance and
personality?
Ali In shaa Allah… As long as I know, I will tell you a physical characteristic of
Rasulullah based on some of Rasulullah`s companion`s.
From Anas bin Malik Rahimahumullah said that Rasulullah (stature) is not too tall, not too
short, not very white (the skin) is also not brown. He has no thick curly hair, nor straight down.
al-Mukhtashar hadits no. 1]
From Ali bin Abi Thalib said that The Prophet was not a tall person, nor was he a short person.
His palms and legs are thick. His head is big. Large long bones. Long chest hairs. If he walks,
he walks upright like a person on a downward slope. I have never seen anyone like him before
or after ". [al-Mukhtashar hadith no. 4]
And from Jabir Radiyallahu `anhu said "I saw the Prophet sallallaahu‘ Alayhi wa Sallam on the
full moon night, he wore a red cloth. I started to look at him and the moon, he was more beautiful
than the moon ” [al-Mukhtashar hadits no. 8]. And many others of sahabah of Rasulullah said
that Rasulullah is the perfect man in the world.
Umar Maa shaa Allah, Ali…This is the first time I heard about Rasulullah's Physical appearance. And
what about his personality?
Ali He is Al Amin or trustful man or an honest man and very attentive man, humble, intelligent,
hardworking. he never tells a lie in his life even once. All that he said is true.
Umar Maa shaa Allah, Ali… That`s right! He is the perfect man in the world. That`s why we must follow
what he said. Because he is directly directed by Allah subhanahu wata`ala.
Ali So, if we follow everything that he said we call it As Sunnah. So Sunnah means everything that
comes from the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa Sallam in the form of qaul (speech), fi'il (deeds),
taqrir (determination), the nature of the body, and the morals intended by him as tasyri' (words)
shari'ah) for Muslims. And if we do something based on Sunnah, Allah subhanahu wata`ala will
love us.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… It`s clear for me now. Who is Rasulullah and why you choose Rasulullah as
your first hero in your life and I know what is Sunnah. But, sorry… The teacher is coming. In
shaa Allah, I want to ask you more later after the class. See you, Alli… Wassalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh,
Ali Alhamdulillah….Insyaallah Umar…see you after class. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 82 Grade X Senior High School


Family Tree SPEAKING 4

Grandfather Grandmother

Father Mother Uncle Aunt

Me Brother Cousin Cousin

Use these cards below and tell to your friends about your family

Father Mother Me
Name Umar Nama Raisa Name Zainab
Job businessman Age 38 Age 16
Height 178 cm (medium) Job Housewife Job student
Weight 72 kg (slim) Height 60 cm (short) Height 170 cm (tall)
Hair short, straight, Weight 54 kg (slim) Weight 49 kg (thin)
brown. Hair Short, wavy, fair. Hair long, wavy, red
Eyes small, black Eyes Big, green Eyes big, blue
Looks handsome Looks nice Looks pretty
Clothes smart clothes for Clothes syar`i dress Clothes syar`i clothes
work (suit, shirt,tie). Personality helpful, friendly, Personality cheerful, friendly,
Casual clothes in free time. happy, careful. intelligent.
Personality hard working, Sport aerobics Sports jogging, tennis.
honest, determined. Free time Reading Al Qur`an Free time reading and
Sports football, squash. Likes Vegetables, fruit. memorizing Al Qur`an
Free time reading Al Qur`an Dislikes Meat, chocolate. Likes chicken,salad, fish
Likes vegetables, beef. Dislike cola, beans
Dislikes junk food, sweets.

English For Muslim Teens 83 Grade X Senior High School


Talk about your family members and choose one of your favorite family members in front of
the class.

Umar’s Sister Me
Family
Place : Jakarta Name : Salamah Name : Zainab
Age :5 Age : 16
Address : Jln. Mangunkusumo 50
Job : preschool girl Job : student
Type of Height : 105 cm (short)
house : Flat Height : 170 cm (tall)
Weight : 28 kg (thin) Weight : 49 kg (thin)
Members : Hair : long, wavy, red Hair : long, wavy, red
� Father → Umar, 46, factory Eyes : big, blue, long Eyes : big, blue
worker eyelashes. Looks : pretty
� Mother → Hajar, 34, manager Looks : beautiful Clothes : syar`i clothes
� Child → Sarah, 12 Clothes : dresses, skirts Personality : cheerful, friendly,
Personality : lovely, cute, cheerful, intelligent.
Relatives : three uncles, two
shy. Sports : jogging, tennis.
grandmas, a grandpa, Sport : swimming
five cousins Free time : Reading and
Free time : Memorizing Al Qur`an memorizing Al Qur`an
Pets : no pets Likes : junk food Likes : chicken,salad, fish
Dislike : spinach. Dislike : cola, beans

Will And Going To SPEAKING 5

WHAT’S THE DIFFERENCE


WILL GOING TO
1. We haven`t made a decision yet, or we make 1. We expect something to happen
a prediction or there is an evidence in the present.
2. We make offers or suggestions. 2. We have already made arrangements to do
3. We make a decision at the time something in the future.
of speaking (for example, a promise). We talk
about events that are certain to happen in the
future.

Practice the dialog with your friend.

Your name is Umar. A reporter just asked Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi


you. ‘what are you going to do next wabarokaatuh. Well, what am I going to do next
weekend?’ read aloud your answer. weekend? Well, I`m not sure, but I think I will
probably stay at home all day on Saturday and
clean my apartment. I know that sounds pretty
boring, but my apartment is a bit messy. It`s
about time I cleaned it up! On Sunday, however,
I have some more interesting plans. I`m going to
Assalamualaikum, meet two or three friends at a restaurant at eight
excuse me, what
o`clock and have breakfast. We usually do that
are you going to
do next weekend? once or twice a month. After that, we`re going to
go our friends`s house. At noon, we are going to
have lunch. We are going to go to eat at an
Indonesian restaurant. I love Indonesian food.
And then, we will probably visit a museum. I
don`t really like museums. But I think I`ll still
have a good time.

English For Muslim Teens 84 Grade X Senior High School


Fill the blanks with ‘will or be going to’

1. A : Why are you wearing your old clothes?


B : Because I (wash) …………………………… wash the car.
2. A : I`ve got a headache. Have you got any aspirin?
B : InsyaAllah, they are in the bedroom. I (get) _______ get some for you Syafakallahu.
3. A : Don`t forget to tell me if I can help you.
B : Alhamdulillah, InsyaAllah I (give) ________ give you a ring if I think of anything.
4. A : Assalamualaikum father, would you like to lend me Rp. 100.000,- please.
In shaa Allah, I (give) ________ back tomorrow.
B : Waalaikumussalam, I don`t know what (do) _________ do?
A : I (buy) _________ buy a new book.
5. A : Your exam starts in two weeks` time. When (start) _________ start revising? You haven`t
done any revision yet.
B : I know. In shaa Allah, I (do) _________ do some tonight.
A : You`re going out tonight?

6. A : Why are you making sandwiches?


B : Because we (have) _________ have a picnic on the beach.
A : Maa shaa Allah, what a lovely idea. I (get) _________ get the towels and the swimming
costumes

Part A READING 1
Read the following congratulation letter and answer the questions.

Setia Budi Residence


Blok AA
Jln. Setia Budi No.507
Medan

Zainab binti Amir


Aluminium Residence
Blok A
Pekan Baru

Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Dear Zainab
Maa shaa Allah watabarokallahu fii, I would like to sincerely congratulate you on
your recent graduation from University of North Sumatera with your MBA
(Marketing).

I must say that I was not surprised at your success. As an employee in our
company, I noted how bright you are and how you have a very quick mind for
business. I can only hope that your working experience working with us contributed
in some small way to your success and may Allah bless you and your knowledge.

On behalf of the management and staff at Rasyaad TV Studio, I wish you all the
best in your future career and life endeavors, whatever they may be.

Sincerely yours

Sofia binti Hasyim


President Director

English For Muslim Teens 85 Grade X Senior High School


1. What is the letter about? 4. Why did she write the letter?
2. To whom is the letter addressed? 5. Where did Zainab graduate from?
3. Who wrote the letter?

Part B
Read the following e-mail

Subject Please come to Medan.

YOU GOT MAIL!


From Ali_Akbar@Yahoo.com
Date Sat, March 27, 2020; 10:30.

Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. I am Ali from Medan. I
am a student of Madrasah Aliyah in Medan. I am 15 Years old and I have a
dark hair and slanted eyes. I have two brothers, their names are Abu Bakar
and Ustman. I also have a sister, her name is Zainab. Abu Bakar is 27 years
old and he`s an engineer. He has mustache and short hair. Ustman is 24
years old. He has slanted eyes and he is a university student. My sister,
Zainab, she is 17 years old and she studies at vocational high school,
majoring in culinary art. She has a sharp nose and curly hair. She is a very
attractive and friendly girl. I Love my brothers and sister.

After school, I work at a café as waiter. I usually get home at 7.00 or 7.30
p.m. every night. But on Sundays, I am free. My favorite hobby is reading
Al Qur`an. I like reading Al Qur`an in my free time.

That`s all for now. Please let me know if you come to Medan. I`ll show you
the beauty of Medan and foods of course! Email me soon.

Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.


Ali

Complete the table below using the information above.

NO NAME AGE APPEARANCE RELATION JOB ACTIVITES


Has a mustache
1 Abu Bakar 27 Brother Engineer Work
and short hair.

2 Utsman

3 Ali

4 Zainab

English For Muslim Teens 86 Grade X Senior High School


Descriptive Text READING 2

In English, there are many kinds of text, starting from descriptive text, narrative text, recount text,
and report text. But today, we will focus on Descriptive text. Descriptive text is a text that describes a
person, things even in shapes, characters, and quantity.

SUMMARY
Descriptive Text
a. Descriptive text is a text which says what a person or thing is like.
b. The purpose is to describe and reveal a particular person, place, or things.
c. The generic structure of the descriptive text.
- Identification: Identifying the phenomenon to be described
- Description: Describing the phenomenon in parts, qualities, or and
characteristics.
d. The language feature of the descriptive text.
- Using attribute and identifying process.
- Using adjective and classifiers in a nominal group
- Using simple present tense.

Noun Phrase
A noun phrase is a noun with modifiers. Noun phrases act as adjectives, or as a participle, infinitive
prepositional, or absolute phrases. A noun phrase includes a noun and the modifiers which
distinguish it.
Example :

Assalamualaikum black, dark blue, dark brown, dark green. And In

Hijab warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh, my friends...
I am Sofia. I am from Medan.
shaa Allah, it can protect us from man`s eyes.

Hijab is an obligation for every Muslimah. They


I want to share my experience with you all. have to cover their aurat from the man`s eyes.
Recently I found myself falling in love with a hijab Why? because Allah said in Al Qur`an in surah
that I just received as a gift from my best friend al Ahzab ; 59. Allah said, “ O Prophet, tell your
who has just returned from Madinah. I wear a wives and your daughters and the women of the
hijab every day and I like it so much but believers to bring down over themselves [part] of
something about this one is just different and it their outer garments. That is more suitable that
feels so special. I like the design and also the they will be known and not be abused. And Allah
material that it is made of, it is very comfortable is Forgiving and Merciful.” And Rasulullah
to put on. shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said too that There
are two classes of inhabitants of hell that I have
There are so many kinds of Hijab. But I like the never seen: (1) People who have a whip-like a
Syar` i one. And I will tell you about the material cow's tail to beat humans and (2) Such women
of my favorite hijab is Khimar Syar` i. The will neither entter heaven not smell its odour
texture is silky and shiny. It is very soft and light whereas it can be smelt from such and such a
so when I wear it. My neck does not feel any distance." (HR. Muslim, no. 2128).
fatigue. The material also provides coolness for
my head and my hair so I can wear it all day Since I know the dalil about Hijab, I never put off
without worrying about sweating. The size is very my hijab when I go anywhere, even sometimes
loose, when I put it on me, it covers my head and my mother asks me to go to a store beside our
also my body up to my knee and completed with house. I have to wear my hijab because Allah
the veil (niqob), it is a perfect suit I think. The and Rasulullah ask us to wear a hijab. Allah will
appearance is very beautiful, but this khimar glorify His slaves who obey His rules.
Syar` i has no many variant colors. It only has

English For Muslim Teens 87 Grade X Senior High School


Answer the questions based on the text above
1. What is Hijab Syar` i?
2. What are the benefits of putting on Hijab Syar` i?
3. Why does Sofia love Hijab?
4. Why does Muslimah have to wear Hijab?
5. How many classes of inhabitants in hell? Who are they?

Understanding The Information READING 3

From Ismail

MUSEUM To Ali You got mail!

OF RASULULLAH Bismillah.
IN MADINAH Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

First period
The Museum of Rasulullah has just opened.
10 – 14 June
Rasulullah History So let`s go to see it, besides the history of
Rasulullah we can see who are his
Second period companions. It opens in two periods. It
20 – 25 June starts from 10 a.m.. so I`ll see you in front of
The companion of
door 8 of Nabawi Mosque at 9.30 a.m. and
Rasulullah`s history
we`ll walk together to the museum. We can
Tickets get the cheaper tickets because we`re
Adults : 25 reyal students.
Students :5 reyal Wassalamu`alaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

Ali’s Note
Museum of Rasulullah
Place

First period program

Second period date

My ticket price

Time to meet Ismail

Place to meet Ismail

English For Muslim Teens 88 Grade X Senior High School


Conditional Sentence Type 1 READING 4

USES � If the class is over, in shaa Allah I will go


• Predictions to canteen.
• Promises � �n shaa Allah I will send him an invitation
• A possibility if I find his address.
• Cause and consequence � If you study hard, in shaa Allah you will
pass the exam.
� If it doesn`t rain, in shaa Allah I will come
STRUCTURE
to your house.
• If + present simple + future simple
� If you lend him some money, in shaa
• If + present simple + imperatives
Allah he may not give it back to you.
� �n shaa Allah she will be fine if she
doesn`t leave the house

Read Abu Bakar`s speech about “ it`s time for change”. Do you agree with his opinion?

It’s time for a change


If you want …
a. Safer roads
b. More recreation areas for your children
c. A quieter town…

Bisimillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

First of all, I want to thank all of you for coming along to this meeting tonight. It`s
great to see that so many of you care about where you live in, and care about
changing for the better. I think we all agree that it`s time for a change here.
The traffic problem is intolerable. If you agree with me, things will change. I will
prohibit heavy lorries from entering the city center, so there`ll be no more pollution
and noise from those dirty vehicles. Not only that, I will install more traffic lights
and pedestrian crossings, so that we can all cross the streets safely.
Another problem is the noise from the bars and café clubs in the city centre, more
and more bars are opening, and the problem is just going to get worse. Many bars
in the city, and they stay open far too late. But if you agree with me, I`ll change
that, no more bars will open. And all cafe clubs close before midnight and they
must sell halal food then all can get some sleep.
Many of you are also worried about your children. I know, of course you are, when
there is nowhere for them to play. If you agree with me, I will build a park right here
in the area. Children will have a place to go and play happily and, most
importantly, safely.
It`s time for change. If we pray to Allah subhanahu wata`ala and we work together
to make the change, insyaallah what we will, Allah will fulfill that for something
better in the future.
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 89 Grade X Senior High School


1. How does Abu Bakar start his speech? Do you think it is an effective way to get the
audience`s attention?
2. What is Abu Bakar`s speech title?
3. How does Abu Bakar end his speech? Do you think it is a good ending?

Telling About Places WRITING 1

Write a short writing what you know about these places

1 2

EXPRESSION OF INTENTION WRITING 2


Complete the expressions of intention below and the responses to the following
situations with a variety of answers. However don’t forget to use the words Maa
shaa Allah, Subhanallah, In shaa Allah, Alhamdulillah, Allahu Akbar, Qoddarullah.
See the example.

NO SITUATION INTENTION RESPONSES


1 Your friend has been Well, In shaa Allah I am Maa shaa Allah, That`s a
very sick going to visit him good idea

2 Your English is very


good

3 A friend invites you for


her dinner.

4 Your mother is very


angry because you`re
always late

6 Your team`s project is


not going very well.

7 Your brother has


saved from a car
accident.

English For Muslim Teens 90 Grade X Senior High School


Complete The Mail WRITING 3

Complete the email. Write one word for each space.

From : Aisyah
To : Raisa

Compose Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Raisa.
inbox
Thank you (1) your email. (2) you busy on Saturday?
sent
(3) you like to come shopping with me? My cousin is (4) to
draft have lunch together with our old friends at her place (5) week and I
don`t have anything to bring to her house.
I want to buy (6) fruits. I think, if someone invites me, I don`t bring
anything. (7) you know the best fruit store in this city? It has (8)
be a cheap place because I only have Rp. 100.000,-
(9) you can come, I`ll meet you at your house. Is morning (10)
afternoon better for you?

Text and let me know.


Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Aisyah.

Actice And Passive GRAMMAR CHECK 4

ACTIVE
The man kicks the ball
The subject performs the action

PASSIVE
The man is kicked by the boy
The subject does not perform the
action

English For Muslim Teens 91 Grade X Senior High School


TENSES ACTIVE FORM PASSIVE FORM
Present Tense Verb 1 or be (is,am,are) Be (is,am,are)
Past Tense Verb 2 or be (was, were) Be (was, were)

Future Tense Will/shall Verb 1 Will/shall be


Present Continuous Be (is,am,are) Verb ing Be (is,am,are) being
VERB 3
Present Perfect Has/have Verb 3 Has/have been
Present Perfect Has/have been Verb-ing Has/have been being
Continuous
Modal Modals (can, must, may) Verb1 Modal (can, must, may)
be

Rewrite these sentences into passive voice

1. Teenagers read a Hadist book everyday.


____________________________________
+
Special Cases
-
____________________________________ 1. International designers introduce many clothing
____________________________________
?
styles.

2. Girls watched a laptop


+
____________________________________ 2. People appreciate comfortable clothes.
-
____________________________________
____________________________________
?

3. I wear cotton clothes.


3. The visitors are taking their seat now.
+
____________________________________
-
____________________________________ 4. They sell nice and cheap clothes in this shop.
____________________________________
?

4. Fashion will influence young teenagers 5. All moslem wear moslem clothes for their
+
____________________________________ identity.
-
____________________________________
____________________________________
?

5. Zabir has wore Kurta


+
____________________________________
-
____________________________________
____________________________________
?

Complete The Words LISTENING 1


Look at the picture and choose the best statement that matches the picture.

1. 2.
A B
A B

C D
C D

English For Muslim Teens 92 Grade X Senior High School


3. 4.

A B A B

C D C D

5.
A B

C D

Question Response LISTENING 2

Listen and choose the best response to each questions about response
1. a. He paid those bills yesterday 4. a. It`s Zainab`s
b. I think he`s called Ahmad b. Ali is working on it with me.
c. He`ll fill those orders for you. c. Yes, it`s very important

2 a. It`s under the table 5. a. Let me give you the directions


b. It`s under my name b. We have the same one
c. It`s the same c. It`s Mr. Ravi

3. a. Zabir wasn`t there 6. a. No, the picnic`s not a night


b. Yes, he did, and he told me all b. Everybody in the office
about it. c. We`ll go inside if it rains
c. It was a very informative meeting

Short Conversation LISTENING 3


In this chapter, there is only one question for each conversation. This one
question focuses on a particular strategy. We will learn how certain words will
help you identify the purpose of a question.
Now, let`s focus on Identifying Time
Listen to the conversation and then choose the statement that best answers the
question.
1. When did the package arrive? 3. When will Mark start his new job?
a. This morning a. This afternoon
b. Two days ago b. On Monday
c. Last Tuesday c. In eight days
d. On Friday d. In two weeks
2. How long ago did the speakers visit 4. How often does the woman travel
Makkah? Madinah?
a. A month ago a. Once a month
b. Two months ago b. Four times a month
c. A year ago c. Once a year
d. Eight years ago d. Four times a year

English For Muslim Teens 93 Grade X Senior High School


Expressing Preferences GRAMMAR CHECK 6

WOULD RATHER / WOULD PREFER


To express specific preference

Use would rather or would prefer when we Example :


speak about specific preference. Both have the • I would rather you came with me than stay
same meaning. After would prefer we can use a here alone.
noun or to infinitive. • It’s dangerous to cross the park at night.
After would rather we use an infinitive without to’ • This work is quite heavy. I`d rather
Example : you didn`t take it.
We went to Berastagi last weekend. Today I
would rather stay at home. When we compare things we use would rather
Or … than / would prefer … rather than.
We went to Berastagi last weekend. Today I Example :
would prefer to stay at home • It`s such a fantastic working
environment. I would rather work here
We use a past tense after would rather when than in my office.
we speak about the actions of other people. • It`s such a fantastic environment. I
Even though that action may be in the present or would prefer to work here rather than
future. in my office.

WOULD RATHER / WOULD PREFER


To express general preference

When we speak about a general preference Prefer can be followed by a noun, gerund or
we can use prefer + gerund… to + gerund/ infinitive.
prefer + to infinitive … + infinitive Examples :
Or • I prefer a computer to a typewriter.
Would rather + infinitive ….. than + infinitive. • I prefer working with a computer to using a
Example : mobile phone.
• I prefer studying Maths to writing poetry. • I prefer to work with a computer rather than
• I would rather study Maths than write poetry. use a mobile phone.

Conclusion
Would rather ... than… Prefer … to … Would prefer to … rather than …

Let`s complete the following sentences with one of the above structures
1. I ___________ not to become a computer 4. My best friend ___________ chatting online
programmer. to alking on the phone.
2. They ___________ to interview you at 5 p.m. 5. I ___________to go to the cinema than go to
3. ___________come on Monday or Tuesday? the course.

Fill in the gaps with the verbs in the most suitable form.
1. She prefers ___________ (work) alone to ___________(work) in a team.
2. They would prefer ___________ (receive) weekly ___________ (be paid) monthly.
3. She prefers ___________ (study) to ___________(work).
4. He would prefer ___ (be) an engineer ___________a doctor.
5. Would you prefer ___________ (work) in Jakarta or Medan?

English For Muslim Teens 94 Grade X Senior High School


Complete The Message LISTENING 5
You will hear a man leaving a message about a bike. Listen and complete each
question.

Message
Name of person calling : Abdurrahman
Day to collect bike : (1) ……………………………………….
Color of bike : (2) ……………………………………….
Price of bike : (3) ……………………………………….
Address to go to : (4) ……………………………………….
Shop closing time : (5) ………………………………………. p.m.

NOTE

English For Muslim Teens 95 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlaq REVIEW TEST
Choose true or false
1. When someone get something good, we should say
Barakallahu fiik. TRUE FALSE
2. We have to say Maa shaa Allah to protect us from pride. TRUE FALSE
3. We have to be in a closed place when we are defecating TRUE FALSE
4. Rasulullah asked his ummah to shave their hair with a Qoza
style. TRUE FALSE
5. Makruh is the opposite of Sunnah. TRUE FALSE

Speaking
Ustman Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Are you Ali?
Ali Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Yes, I am. May I know you?
Ustman I am Ustman, your classmate in junior high school.
Ali Maa shaa Allah, what a surprise! I don’t believe it. What are you doing here in Jakarta?
Ustman Oh… I just spent a few days with my parents. Now I`m on my way back to Medan.
Ali Maa shaa Allah! It`s been a long time.
Ustman It sure has. Say, I hear you started your own computer business
Ali How did you know?
Ustman My mother. She keeps track of all my old friends.
Zabir (cough)
Ali Oh, I am sorry… Have you two met each other?
Ustman No, I don`t believe we have.
Ali Ustman, this is my brother Zabir. Zabir, I`d like you to meet Ustman. Ustman and I went to
school together.
Zabir It`s nice to meet you, Ustman.
Ustman Nice to meet you too.
Announcer (over loudspeaker) Garuda Airlines Flight 301 to Medan is now boarding at gate 5.
Ustman Oh, that`s my flight. I have to go.
Zabir We`ve got a plane to catch, too.
Ustman Where are you off to?
Zabir We`re taking a week off and going to Palembang. I have a different flight with my brother.
Ustman Maa shaa Allah, really? have you been there before?
Zabir Alhamdulillah….a few times.
Ustman Well, enjoy yourself.
Zabir Syukron… in shaa Allah, we will.
Ustman Great seeing you, Ali. Nice meeting you Zabir. In shaa Allah we`ll meet again.
Wassalamu`alaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Ali Same here.
Ali & Zabir Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Read the conversation above and choose the correct answer.
1. Ustman and Ali 3. Ustman is going to
a. Have known each other a long time. a. Come back to Jakarta.
b. Haven`t known each other a long b. Come back to Medan.
time.
2. Zabir is
a. Ali`s friend.
b. Ali`s brother.

English For Muslim Teens 96 Grade X Senior High School


Read the conversation again, and say True or False.
1. Ustman lives in Jakarta. TRUE FALSE
2. Ustman and Ali are from the same home town. TRUE FALSE
3. Ustman and Zabir have met before. TRUE FALSE
4. Zabir has a week off. TRUE FALSE
5. Ustman is driving to Medan. TRUE FALSE

Look at the question 1 – 10 and choose the best response from A – J.


1. Why are you late?
2. You live in Medan, don`t you?
3. When did he arrive?
4. Who are you waiting for?
5. It`s supposed to rain later.
6. Which chair is yours?
7. How long have you worked here?
8. Where did you park your car?
9. What should I do now?
10. The meeting starts at ten, doesn`t it?

a. My watch stopped. f. Mine is the one on the left.


b. Yes, in Medan. g. Only for a few months
c. Shortly after lunch h. In the lot across the street
d. My wife, she is meeting me here. i. Why don`t you make some coffee?
e. Then, I`ll wear my raincoat. j. At 10 a.m. sharp

Reading

Islam after Masjdil Haram in Makkah. This


mosque is open every day.

This mosque is a former house of the Prophet


Muhammad, who he lived in there after the
Hijrah (moved) to Medina in 622 AD. The
building of the mosque was built without a roof.
At that time it was used as a gathering place for
communities, assemblies, and religious
scholars. The progress of this mosque is
inseparable from the influence of the progress of
Islamic rulers.

In 1909, this place became the first place in the


Arabian Peninsula illuminated by electricity. This
mosque is under the protection and supervision

M
asjid Nabawi or Al-Masjid an-Nabawī is a of the Guardians of the Two Holy Lands. The
mosque that was founded directly by the mosque is located right in the middle of the city
Prophet Muhammad, located in the of Medina, with several hotels and markets
center of Medina in Saudi Arabia. The Nabawi surrounding it. This mosque is the main
Mosque is the third mosque built in Islamic destination for pilgrims or Umrah. Some
history and is now one of the largest mosques in worshipers visited the grave of the Prophet
the world, and is the second holiest place in Muhammad to trace his life in Medina.

English For Muslim Teens 97 Grade X Senior High School


Answer the questions.
1. What kind of text is it? 3. Where did Rasulullah live in Madinah?
2. What are the other two mosques built in 4. What were the functions of this mosque?
Islamic history? 5. What could we find near the mosque?

Writing
Complete the conversation between two friends.

Umar Not bad, but I`ve got a lot of maths homework to do tonight
Ali __________________________________________________________
Umat Qoddarullah, My laptop is broken. I`m going to Ismail`s house to use his.
Ali __________________________________________________________
Umar It`s quite a long bus journey from here.
Ali __________________________________________________________
Umar Alhamdulillah… Are you sure? Don`t you need it this evening?
Ali __________________________________________________________
Umar Alhamdulillah… Really? That`s sounds great. And maa syaa Allah you`re good at maths.
Ali __________________________________________________________
Umar In shaa Allah, you`ll be able to help me. Of course.

a. I suppose I am, but why do you say e. So why aren`t you at home doing it
that. now?
b. How far away is that? f. Ok, thank, Umar. And you?
c. It`s easier than anything else. g. It`s fine. I can use my brother`s instead.
d. What`s wrong with your computer. h. Well, my house is nearer. Why don`t
you come and use my computer?

Listening Grammar Check


Listen to Zabir talking to a friend Complete these sentences to score your
about a new sports center. What knowledge of COMPARATIVE grammar.
is the problem with the different
places at the sport center? 1. Medan is big, but Jakarta is …….
than Medan.
1. Car park a. big
2. Cafe b. biggest
3. Sports shop c. bigger than
4. Quran club
5. Basketball club 2. Ali is 185 cm tall. He is ……… Umar
a. taller than
b. tall
a. Big c. taller
b. Boring
c. Crowded 3. I think that summer is ……… than
d. Dirty winter.
e. Early a. good
f. Expensive b. better
g. Hot c. the best
h. Small

English For Muslim Teens 98 Grade X Senior High School


4. My brother thinks this restaurant is 7. Asian elephants are heavy, but
………… than that restaurant. African elephant are even …….
a. more worse a. heavy
b. badder b. heavier
c. worse c. heavier than
8. My uncle is taller than my father, but
5. Do you think math and science my father ……..
…….. history and English? a. older
a. is more difficult than b. is older than
b. are more difficult than c. is older
c. difficulter

6. Umar thinks that chocolate cake …….


Banana cake.
a. is more delicious than
b. delicious than
c. more delicious

Complete the sentences to score your knowledge of passive and active

1. Football is a popular sport. It …… in 5. The restaurant chef ….. really great


may countries in the world. food.
a. plays a. is cooked by
b. play b. cooks
c. is played c. cook

2. Many Al Qur`ans ……… in Madinah. 6. Our final exams …….. at the end of
a. printed the school year.
b. are printed a. are given
c. is printed b. give
c. is given
3. I often go to the library and …… some
books to read. 7. Most people ……… English in
a. borrow Singapore.
b. borrowed a. speak
c. am borrowed by b. are spoken by
c. spoken
4. Our office ……. the cleaning crew
every evening. 8. Our newspaper ……… every morning
a. cleaned before eight o`clock.
b. cleans a. delivered
c. is cleaned b. is delivered
c. delivers

Complete these sentences to score your knowledge of the first conditional

1. If you……. some eggs, I …… some


coffee. 3. Umar …… some books if he ….. to
a. will cook / make the library.
b. cook / will make a. will borrow / goes
c. cook / make b. borrows / will go
c. borrow / will go
2 My brother …… his car this afternoon 4. If I …… more money, I ….. a bank
if he ……. enough time. machine.
a. will wash / has a. need / will find
b. wash / will have b. will need / find
c. has / will wash c. need / find

English For Muslim Teens 99 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 5

Maa Shaa Allah


Zamzam Water Is
Over Much!
Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said "The best water on the entire surface of the
earth is Zamzam water, in which there is food (for nourishment and a cure various diseases)
tastes, cures from various diseases" (HR. Ath-Thabrani in Al-Mu'jam Al-Kabir 11/98)

English For Muslim Teens 100 Grade X Senior High School


OUR
4. Writing about the Recount
text
1 AKHLAQ 5. Writing the missing words
from the email
1. Bathroom manners (part 1)
2. Bathroom manners (part 2)
3. Bathroom manners (part 3) 5 LISTENING

2 SPEAKING 1. Cooking program


2. Picture identification
3. Short dialogue
1. Favortie food 4. Listen to Umar’s and his
2. Missing conversation friend’s pet
response 5. Question responses
3. Too and enough speaking
practice
4. Vacation dialogue 6 GRAMMAR
5. Conversation missing word
1. Too and enough
2. Past Tense and Present
3 READING Perfect
3. Past tense
4. Quantifiers
1. Jellyfish 5. Active and Passive
2. Fathu Makkah 6. Pronouns
3. Announcement about writing
competition 7 TEST
4. Where can we see this
appointment?
5. Crossword puzzle 1. Akhlaq building
6. Best friend 2. Speaking
7. Visiting Dubai 3. Reading
8. Recaount text “Brastagi” 4. Writing
9. Advertisement 5. Listening
6. Grammar

4 WRITING
1. Jellyfish writing focus
2. Facebook
3. Who is the healthiest

English For Muslim Teens 101 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Phsycal Descripstion SPEAKING 1

Umar wants to give a surprise to his mother. He goes to a restaurant and he


orders his mother`s favorite food. Read and practice the conversation and answer
the questions.

Chef Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Welcome to our resto, what can I


do for you, sir?
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. I would like to order my mother`s
favorite food. It is Kebuli rice.
Chef Maa shaa Allah… We are a specialist in it. We`ll make it for you a special one. How
many portions would you like to order?
Umar One, please.
Chef Large, medium, or small?
Umar Large, please.
Chef And what would you like to order for a drink?
Umar Cappuccino iced blended coffee, please.
Chef How many cups?
Umar Two, please
Chef I see… Size? Large, medium, or small?
Umar Large, please.
Chef Oke…
Umar But, do not put too much salt in Kabuli rice, please.
Chef In shaa Allah… Anything else?
Umar And I like the whole mutton thigh for the topping.
Chef In shaa Allah... Do you want it cooked or half-cooked?
Umar Cooked, please. Until the meat soft.
Chef Alright. Anything else?
Umar I think enough.
Chef Well, sir. You may enjoy your time while waiting for the cook in our waiting room.
In shaa Allah your order will be ready in 30 minutes.
Umar In shaa Allah…

Now, practice the conversation above in front of the class before you answer the
questions below.
1. Umar orders the food for his family. TRUE FALSE
2. Umar orders the food from the right place. TRUE FALSE
3. His mother likes salt very much. TRUE FALSE
4. Umar orders medium size for drink. TRUE FALSE
5. The chef will cook the mutton until half-cooked. TRUE FALSE

Choose your family's favorite foods and drinks below and make a short
conversation between you and your friend.

FOOD DRINK
Your turn!

Fried Uduk Orange Mineral Honey Black


Pecal Kolak
rice rice juice water tea coffee
Herb
Bariani Fried Mutton Avocado Coffee
Lontong Iced tea honey
rice noodles soup juice milk
tea
Iced
Gado- Meat- Apple
Satay rendang Hot tea lemon soda
gado ball juice
tea

English For Muslim Teens 102 Grade X Senior High School


Planning SPEAKING 2
Complete the conversation between two friends. What does Ahmad say to Zaki?
Zaki Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Ahmad, do you want to come
and watch the hockey game this evening?
Ahmad ______________________________________________________________
Zaki Alhamdulillah… Let`s meet at the entrance to the sports hall.
Ahmad ______________________________________________________________
Zaki It doesn`t begin until seven, but you can get there by six.
Ahmad ______________________________________________________________
Zaki We`ll get good seats at the front if we do that.
Ahmad ______________________________________________________________
Zaki I don`t know yet, but they won`t be expensive.
Ahmad ______________________________________________________________
Zaki In shaa Allah… They will go too. I spoke to them this afternoon. Don’t you
anyone else who would like to come?
Ahmad ______________________________________________________________
Zaki In shaa Allah… I`ll call him now.

A. In shaa Allah, no problem. But why so E. Maa shaa Allah… How much are the
early? tickets?
B. That`s good. Are Ravi and Ismail going F. In shaa Allah… When does the game
too? start?
C. Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi G. The bus goes at twenty past.
wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah, that sounds H. Me too.! I`ll have time to buy a burger in
great! town.
D. I think Zabir enjoys watching hockey.

Answer the questions below based on the text above?

1. Where will they go? 4. Will Zabir go to the game?


2. Why do they come so early? 5. Where will they meet?
3. How many people are going to go to the
game?

Planning SPEAKING 3
Read the conversation. Two friends are talking on the phone. They are planning to
go to the swimming pool. So, focus on quantifiers “too” and “enough”.
Ali Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Umar. How are you? Long time no see.
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Ali. Alhamdulillah, I am fine. What
are you doing now?
Ali Not much. I just stay at home. Do you have a plan?
Umar In shaa Allah, let`s go to the swimming pool. It`s good enough to go swimming.
Ali Maa shaa Allah… That`s a good idea. But actually, it`s too hot now to go to the swimming
pool. But I am bored at home.
Umar Don`t worry, Ali. Furthermore, there aren’t too many people there. We can have fun together.
Ali Is the swimming pool special for men?
Umar Of course. This is special for men.
Ali May we swim by covering our aurat?

English For Muslim Teens 103 Grade X Senior High School


Umar It is one of the rules in that swimming pool. So, when we want to swim, we must cover our
aurat and the swimming area is only for men. So it is safe enough for us. There are no
woman inside.
Ali Maa shaa Allah… I like that. I feel so free to hear that. How many of us will be going to the
swimming pool?
Umar In shaa Allah, I will ask Ustman to go with us.
Ali That`s a good idea. Ustman will teach me how to swim.
Umar Subhanallah… It means that you can`t swim.
Ali In shaaAllah, I can swim, but I am not good enough.
Umar You are right. Ustman is a good swimmer. He can swim in a 3-meter-depth pool.
Ali Maa shaa Allah… It is too deep. I am afraid. By the way, what time will we go?
Umar In shaa Allah, we`ll go at 8.30 a.m. so, right now is 8.00, it is time for us to prepare anything.
Ali Subhanallah, it is too hurry. But that`s oke. Insyaallah I`ll be ready in 10 minutes.
Umar In shaa Allah… I will drop by your house in 20 minutes more. See you Ali…
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Ali In shaa Allah… I`ll wait. See you. Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Part A
A : Oh! It`s too heavy to lift!
Too / B : I`m not strong enough to lift weights.
Enough A : I`m too short to play basketball.
B : Yes, You`re not tall enough to play
basketball.

Too and Enough are used with adjectives, Complete with too or enough
adverbs, and nouns.
� Too means more than what is necessary. 1. She is clever ______ to pass the test.
� Enough means as much as necessary. 2. The skirt is ______ long for you.
3. Sarah is ______ young to drive a car.
Examples:
1. Too + adjective ; 4. There is ______ meat in the fridge for
He is too short to play basketball. the whole week.
5. I didn`t work hard ______ to pass the
2. Too + adverb exam.
You are driving too fast. 6. We can`t buy the car because it is
______ expensive.
3. Adjective + enough
7. He can`t sleep because he drinks ___
They aren`t rich enough to buy a big house.
She`s old enough to get married. much coffee.
8. Are you tall ______ to reach that shelf?
4. Adverb + enough 9. They often take the bus to school
Hurry up, we aren’t walking quickly enough. because it`s ______ far to walk.
10. She isn`t fast ______ to win the race.
5. Enough + noun
11. There`s ______ food for everyone to eat.
We have got enough eggs to make a cake.
You`ve got enough time to revise your lessons. 12. She isn`t speaking clearly ______. I can`t
understand her.
6. Too much + uncountable nouns
I can`t sleep at nigh because they make too
much noise.

7. Too many + uncountable nouns.


Too many people came to the party yesterday.
We didn`t have enough plates.

English For Muslim Teens 104 Grade X Senior High School


Part B Present
perfect
Present Perfect &
Past Simple past now

PRESENT PERFECT PAST SIMPLE


Unfinished actions that started in the past Finished actions:
and continue to the present: I knew Umar for ten years (but then he
I've known Umar for ten years (and I still moved away and we lost touch).
know him).
A finished action in someone's life (when
A finished action in someone's life (when the person is dead):
the person is still alive: life experience): My great-grandmother went to Sibolga
My brother has been to Sibolga three times. three times.

A finished action with a result in the present: A finished action with no result in the
I've lost my keys! (The result is that I can't present:
get into my house now). I lost my keys yesterday. It was terrible!
(Now there is no result. I got new keys
With an unfinished time word (this week, yesterday).
this month, today):
I've seen Ravi this week. With a finished time word (last week, last
month, yesterday):
I saw Ravi last week.

PRESENT PERFECT & PAST SIMPLE


1. I have visited Sibolga three times but my father visited there last year.
2. My friend has prepared everything before we left
3. The plane has been arrived before we checked in.

Change the verb into the correct form of the past simple or present perfect

1. Last night I __________ (lose) my keys - I had to call my flat mate to let me in.
2. I have __________ (lose) my keys - can you help me look for them?
3. I __________ visit) Palembang three times.
4. Last year I __________ (visit) Jakarta
5. I __________ (know) my great grandmother for a few years - she died when I was eight.
6. I __________ (know) Raisa for three years - we still meet once a month.
7. I __________ (play) Hockey since I was a child - I'm pretty good!
8. He __________ (play) football at school but he didn't like it.
9. Sorry, I __________(miss) the bus - I'm going to be late.
10. I __________(miss) the bus and then I (miss) the airplane as well!

English For Muslim Teens 105 Grade X Senior High School


Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Bathroom Manners 2
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad? Do I disturb you? May I ask you
something?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah, no… What can I do for you,
Zaki?
I want to remind you that you promised me that you wanted to teach me about the bathroom
manners
Astaghfirullah… Jazakallahu khoir that you remind me. Alright. I will tell you the third step. The
third step is before you enter the bathroom you should read the Basmalah and ask for protection
from Allah (read ta'awudz) before entering the toilet. Because Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi
wasallam said, “From Anas bin Malik, he said,
"The Prophet sallallaahu‘ alayhi wa sallam when entering the toilet, he said: Allahumma inni
audud bika minal khubutsi wal khobaits (Ya Allah, I seek protection in You from male and female
devils. (H.R. Bukhori)
Oh… I see… And the next ustad?
Ok, and the forth is, Enter the toilet first with your left foot and exit the place with your right foot,
Rasulullah likes to start anything good with his right hand or foot. "The Prophet sallallaahu‘
alayhi wa sallam prefers doing anything on the right part when wearing sandals, combing hair,
when washing and in every case (which is good). (H.R. Bukhori)
And the fifth is Hadith Rasulullah from Abu Ayyub Al Anshori, the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa
sallam said, "When you detecate, don’t face towards the Qibla nor turn your back towards it.
Rather face towards the east or the west." (H.R. Bukhori)
Alhamdulillah Ustad… I got 5 manners for today. I think it`s enough ustad…
No, Zaki… We still have 5 manners more. In shaa Allah, it will be continued next time.
Subhanallah, ustad… We still have 5 manners more? In shaa Allah, ustad… I`ll be waiting for
that. See you, ustad. Wassallamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh..
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Role Play SPEAKING 4


Do a role-play. There is a dialog that tells vacation.
Ibrahim Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Umar. How was your vacation?
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… My family and I went to perform
Umroh.
Ibrahim Maa shaa Allah, it`s amazing. You visited the best place in the world. I had performed
Umroh too with my family with a regular package last year. Did you take a special package
or regular package?
Umar Alhamdulillah…My father took a special package. After Madinah and Makkah we went to
Palestine and Egypt.
Ibrahim Maa shaa Allah… You must be getting a memorable experience.
Umar In shaa Allah... But before I tell you about my journey in detail, I want you to tell me your
experience first.
Ibrahim In shaa Allah, you know. Once I arrived in Madinah I cried a lot of because this is the city of
Rasulullah and I was so happy. I prayed in the Nabawi mosque. We stayed for 4 days in
Madinah. And the fifth day we went to Makkah.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… So, what did you do first when you saw Ka`bah?

English For Muslim Teens 106 Grade X Senior High School


Ibrahim Maa shaa Allah…My family and I cried because we were so happy. After all, it was the first
time we saw Ka`bah Allah gave us peace in our hearth. We stayed in Makkah for 4 days
too, and on the fifth day, the tour guide brought us to the market and we bought Azwa
dates. It is the best dates from Madinah and we came back from Makkah to Indonesia on
the sixth day.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… It`s amazing. I had the same experience as what you had. My famlily and
I cried a lot, too. But we stayed in Makkah and Madinah for 7 days. On the 8th day, we went
directly to Palestine, and we prayed at Aqsa mosque. We stayed in Palestine for 2 days and
on the 10th day, we went to Egypt. We saw the pyramid.
Ibrahim Maa shaa Allah… How long had you stayed in Egypt?
Umar We stayed there for only two days. And on the 13th day, we went back to Indonesia. But
Qodarullah, we stayed in Singapore for 1 day.
Ibrahim Subhanallah… What happened?
Umar I don`t know for sure. But my father told me that there was something wrong with the plane.
But Alhamdulillah… I knew Singapore accidentally and alhamdulillah we arrived in
Indonesia safely.
Ibrahim Alhamdulillah… You were safe.
Umar But, Ibrahim, I bring you something. I bring Azwa dates and Zam Zam water for you and
some nuts.
Ibrahim Alhamdulillah…. My father and mother like Azwa dates and Zam Zam water. I`ll give it to
them and nuts are for me because they don`t like nuts.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… But by the way Ibrahim. I have to come back home. I want to take more
Azwa dates and Zam Zam water for our friends.
Ibrahim Maa shaa Alla watabarokallahu, Umar… (May Allah bless you). See you next time. In shaa
Allah. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Umar Wafika barakallahu (May Allah bless you too)… In shaa Allah… Waalaikumussalam
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Answer the questions based on the conversation above
1. Where did they go on their vacation? A. He Prayed.
2. What kind of package did Ibrahim take? B. Azwa dates
3. What did Ibrahim do when he arrived in Madinah? C. They went Umroh
4. What is the best date from Madinah? D. Because there was
something wrong with
5. Why did Umar and his family stay in Singapore?
their plane.
E. Regular package
Say True or False
1. Umar took a special package for his Umroh journey TRUE FALSE
2. The regular package is only 12 days TRUE FALSE
3. Umar arrived in Indonesia on the 13th day TRUE FALSE
4. Ibrahim parents like nuts TRUE FALSE
5. Umar stayed in Egypt for 2 days TRUE FALSE

Complete The Words SPEAKING 5

Complete the missing words in the dialogue below with the words from the list. Then take
a turn and say the words with your partner.

Zabir Assalamualaikum, Good morning. Casel Travel. Zabir`s speaking. May I help you?
Ustman Waalalikumussalam, Good morning, this is Ustman from the textile industry. I`d like to
speak to Mr. Rocky, please.
Zabir In shaa Allah, I’ll see if he is available. I am putting you on (1) ____________
Ustman In shaa Allah, I`ll hold

English For Muslim Teens 107 Grade X Senior High School


Zabir Thank you for waiting. Sorry, Mr. Rocky is in a (2) ____________ at the moment. Can I take
a message?
Ustman Yes, please. Can you ask Mr. Rocky to call me (3) ____________?
Zabir In shaa Allah... Can I have your phone number, please?
Ustman It is 0813 7007 1979.
Zabir May I check that? 0 8 1 3 7 0 0 7 1 9 7 9
Ustman That`s right
Zabir Thank you. May I tell him (4) ____________ you are calling?
Ustman Yes, I am calling about his (5) ____________ because a few weeks ago he
(6) ____________ some kinds of cloths and his order is (7) ____________ right now.
Zabir Thank you. I`ll leave this (8) ____________ for him.
Ustman Thank you for your (9) ____________ Jazakallahu khoir. See you next time.
Zabir Wa jazakallahu khoir. (10) ____________ you wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.
Ustman Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

A. Meeting C. Help E. Ready G. Ordered I. Order


B. Why D. Hold F. See H. Back J. Message

Complete the 15 sentences with the words on the left


1. Did you remember to call the manager and arrange a
meeting?
2. When I called him, he was already talking on the phone with
another person. The phone was ____________
3. I`m sorry, but Zaki isn`t here right now. Can I take a A. Call
____________ ? B. Busy
4. Another way to say ‘cell phone’ is ____________ C. Message
D. Mobile phone
5. Did you hear the phone ____________ ?
E. Ring
6. The ____________ for Medan is 061. F. Country code
7. I can hear the phone ringing. I should ____________ G. Answer the phone
8. When you finish talking on the phone, you should H. Hang up
____________ the phone. I. Wrong number
9. Ms.Sofia? I`m sorry, but there is no one here by that name. I J. Operator
K. Extension number
think you have the ____________
L. Dial
10. If you have any trouble calling an international number, call M. Pay phone
the ____________ and ask for help. N. Phone number
11. First, call Mr. Ismail at this company’s phone number. Then O. text
dial 459. 459 is his ____________
12. Of course, it`s always dangerous to talk on the phone of
____________ while you are driving a car.
13. Look! There`s a ____________ outside. Let`s use it to call a
taxi to the airport.
14. My ____________ Is 555-8742
15. How can you ____________ a phone number? It`s easy. Just
push the correct numbers, here.

English For Muslim Teens 108 Grade X Senior High School


Descriptive Text READING 1
In this text, we`ll report you about jellyfish. Read the text and answer the
questions.
the world around them, but no brains. They are
JELLY made almost entirely of water, which is why you
can look through them.
FISH Some jellyfish can glow in darkness by making
their light. The light is made by a chemical
reaction inside the jellyfish. Scientists believe
jellyfish glow for several reasons. For example,
they may glow to scare away predators or to

J
ellyfish are not really fish. They are attract animals they like to eat.
invertebrate animals. This means that unlike
fish or people, they have no backbones. In Most jellyfish live in saltwater, apart from a few
fact, they have no bones at all. types that live in freshwater. Jellyfish are found in
oceans and seas all over the world. They live in
Jellyfish have stomachs and mouths, but no warm, tropical seas and icy waters near the North
heads. They have nervous systems for sensing and South poles.
Choose the right answers
1. Which one creates Jellyfish’s light? 3. What is the text about?
a. Ocean a. Kinds of all not fish
b. Stomachs and mouths b. Jellyfish
c. Chemical reaction c. Saltwater animals
d. Saltwater d. Some kinds of sea animals
e. Freshwater e. Animals that live in warm & tropical seas
2. Based on the text, we know that….
a. They don’t have a brain, only stomachs,
and mouths
b. They glow when they sleep
c. They live in the lake
d. They are part of fish
e. They are vertebrate animals
find the meaning of these words based on the text above.
1. Glow : 6. Chemical :
2. Invertebrate : 7. Attract :
3. Nervous : 8. Found :
4. Sensing : 9. Warm :
5. Unlike : 10. South poles :

WRITING 1
After you read the text above, write and make your
conclusion about jellyfish in a piece of paper. What do you
know about jellyfish and present it in front of the class?
These questions below will help you to write.
1. What is jellyfish? 7. Does jellyfish have eyes to see?
2. Is it an ancient creature? 8. Does jellyfish have poison?
3. Is it a kind of fish? 9. Do you dalil about sea creatures in Al
4. Does it have a brain and liver? Qur`an?
5. Can we eat jellyfish? 10. Can we eat any creatures that come from
6. All its body full of water. Is it true or not? the sea?

English For Muslim Teens 109 Grade X Senior High School


Conclusion

Past Simple Tense GRAMMAR CHECK 2

TO BE VERB
Subject + was / were + ... Subject + verb-ed + ...
They were friends She worked yesterday
Subject + was not / were not + ... Subject + did not + verb (base verb)
They weren`t friends She didn`t work yesterday
Was / were + subject + ...? Subject + subject + verb (in base verb)
Were they friends? Did she work yesterday?

USAGE
• To express completed action in the past. I saw your father last Friday.
• To describe a series of completed I walked to the beach and found a nice place
action in the past. to swim.
• To express habits in the past. When I was young, I read Al Qur`an a lot.
• For stative verbs (have(own), be, think He had a small cottage in the woods.
(believe), know, dislike, need, owe,wish.

Find and correct the mistakes below. Change into Past Tense.

A flight to Jakarta
Last month is very special. I fly by myself for the the plane takes off. After a few hours, the flight
first time! I am little nervous but it is exciting. attendants serve us dinner and then I talk to the
First, I take a taxi to the international airport passenger next to me. His name is Usman and I
terminal. Then, I check in at the check in counter am surprised to find out that he is also travelling
and walk to the departure lounge at Gate B65. I to Jakarta to study English for this season.
am early, so I don`t have to wait a long time to go Finally, I listen to my mp3 player. I listen to Al
through immigration and security. Then, I wait in Qur`an and then our plane lands soon after that.
the departure lounge for about 25 minutes before I have a wonderful time in Jakarta. I is really fun
I get on the plane. After I board the plane, I walk I make lots of new friends from all over the world.
along the aisle and find my seat. Then I sit down Next week, I will fly back to Bandung but I will
and fasten my seatbelt. I am lucky because my never forget my time here.
seat is a window seat, so I can look outside as

English For Muslim Teens 110 Grade X Senior High School


A flight to Jakarta
Last month _______ very special. I _______ by myself for the first time! I _______ little nervous but
it _______ exciting. First, I _______a taxi to the airport terminal. Then, I _______ at the check in
counter and _______to the departure lounge at Gate B65. I _______ early, so I _______have to wait
a long time to go through immigration and security. Then, I _______ in the departure lounge for about
25 minutes before I _______on the plane. After I _______ the plane, I _______along the aisle and
_______ my seat. Then I _______down and _______my seatbelt. I _______lucky because my seat
_______a window seat, so I _______look outside as the plane takes off. After a few hours, the flight
attendants _______ us dinner and then I _______ to the passenger next to me. His name
_______Usman and I _______surprised to find out that he _______also travelling to Jakarta to study
English for this season. Finally, I _______to my mp3 player. I_______to Al Qur`an and then our plane
_______ soon after that. I _______ a wonderful time in Jakarta. I _______really fun. I _______ lots
of new friends from all over the world. Next week, I will fly back to Bandung but I will never forget my
time here.

Answer the questions about you. Use the past simple in your own answer

1. What did you do yesterday?


__________________________________________________________
2. What time did you go to bed last night?
__________________________________________________________
3. What time did you get up this morning?
__________________________________________________________
4. What did you have for breakfast this morning?
__________________________________________________________
5. What time did you arrive in class today?
__________________________________________________________
6. What did you watch on TV yesterday?
__________________________________________________________
7. How much money did you spend yesterday?
__________________________________________________________
8. Did you go on line this morning?
__________________________________________________________

WRITING 2

SOHIB
messanger
Assalamualaikum Zaki, I didn`t see you last
weekend! Where were you? what did you do?

English For Muslim Teens 111 Grade X Senior High School


Asking your friend by using the questions below

Did you do your


homework last night? Yes, I did

What kind of homework Arabic lesson


did you do?

Questions clue Classmate’s Name Additional Information


(who,what, where, when, why, how)
homework - last night - Arabic Lesson
clean - last weekend
eat - yesterday
traveled - last year?

get up - this morning

sneez - five minutes ago

Announcement READING 3
Are you familiar with the announcement? Fill in the blanks. Think of one thing that might be
announced in the following places.
a. Shops : e. Hospital :
b. Schools : f. Internet rentals :
c. Public libraries : g. Travel agents :
d. Airports : h. Restaurants :

Announcement of the Auction


No. UM.002.02/PANITIA.521/2017

The procurement committee of Goods and Service PT. Semen Baturaja (Persero) Tbk, for the
company that are interested can follow the auction with explanation as follows.

Procurement of Goods (email:Pengadaanbarang@semenbaturaja.co.id)


Flow/Temperature Monitoring System For Kiln Shell.

Registration :
Day / Date : 04th December 2017 – 06th December 2017
Time : 08.00 – 15.00 WIB
Requirement : Submit a letter of interest to follow the auction above.
The letter can be sent to the email above.

Palembang, 04 December 2017


The Procurement Committee of Goods and Services
PT. Semen Baturaja (Persero) Tbk
Chief

English For Muslim Teens 112 Grade X Senior High School


Examine the announcement above and answer the following questions with .
1. Write the important information from the announcement above
2. Does the text tell the readers about a story or activity in the past?
3. Is it a short text?
4. Where can you read this announcement?
5. What does the text tell about?

Identifying The Invoice READING 4


Where can you see this notice?

a. In a school a. In a school a. On a lorry


b. In a bakery b. In a library b. On a bicycle
c. In chemist`s c. In a shop c. On a skateboard

a. In a school a. In a cake shop a. in a mosque


b. In a library b. In a public service b. in a station
c. In a the park c. In a zoo c. in a amusement park

Fill the blanks with the correct answers

My Best Friend
Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
My best friend,Salamah is an Acehnese. She (1) _______ in Aceh. I visit her every summer and she
visits me (2) _______ March and April. We (3) _______ have a great time. When I go to Aceh, her
mum and dad (4) _______ very kind and friendly and they give me lots of lovely food. When she
stays with us, we (5) _______ shopping in Medan and see the sights. I like Salamah because we (6)
_______ a lot of in common. She is solehah. She does 5 time praying, sunnah fasting and she has a
good akhlaq. We both (7) _______ to read al Qur`an. Because Rasulullah said,” A person depends
on the religion of his friend. Therefore, one of you should pay attention to whom he makes friends

English For Muslim Teens 113 Grade X Senior High School


with”. (HR Abu Dâwud no. 4833 dan at- Tirmidzi no. 2378. (ash-Shahîhah no. 927) and I am very
lucky to have Salamah as my best friend. We send messages via whatsapp every day and usually
phone once or (8) _______ a week.

Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…

1. a. Live 3. a. Always 5. a. Go 7. a. Loving


b. Lives b. Every b. Goes b. Loves
c. Living c. Very c. Going c. Love

2. a. On 4. a. Is 6. a. Having 8. a. Two
b. Once b. Am b. Has b. Double
c. Every c. Are c. Have c. Twice

Quantifiers GRAMMAR CHECK 3

Quantifiers form a sub class under determiners.


They are adjectives or phrases that serve to answer two possible questions:
1. How many?
2. And how much?
For example : a few, a little, much, many, most, etc., are quantifiers.
Quantifiers that Describe Quantity
• Countable nouns
Answer the question How many?
Example : a few, a number of, several, etc

• Uncountable nouns
Answer the question How much? Example; a little, a bit of, etc.
Some of them are also used with both. These are the ones that answer both questions.
For example; such as no/none, some, a lot of, etc.

Quantifiers Meaning Countable Noun Uncountable Noun


Litte Small, minor

Few Small, slight

A large number of
A lot
amounts

Many Very, numerous

Much Very, too, a lot

Any Never, at all

Lots of A lot of

An unspecified
Some
amount of number

English For Muslim Teens 114 Grade X Senior High School


Note
STATEMENT NEGATIVE QUESTION 1. With questions in which we
expect the answer to be ‘Yes”,
we use
Plural nouns ‘some’ instead of ‘any’
I have some I don`t have Do you have Example :
cookies any cookies any cookies? Could you please give
me some bananas?
Uncountable 2. Some common uncountable
Nouns nouns include?
I need some I don`t need Do you need Coffee, food, homework,
water any water any water? information, milk, money,
paper, rice, salt, soup, sugar,
tea, time, water.

Fill the blanks with the correct answers Fill the blanks with the correct answers
1. I don`t need _____ money, because I`m 1. There aren`t some/any help
going to bring my lunch to school. 2. Do you know some/any Indonesians?
2. He doesn`t have _____ pens, but I have 3. We need some/any more coffee.
some pens. 4. She`s got some/any interesting friends.
3. Our teacher didn`t give us _____ homework 5. I didn`t have some/any breakfast today.
yesterday.
4. I`m tired. Do we have _____ time to take
a nap?
5. A : Do they have _____ library cards?
B : No. they don`t have

Write some sentences with some. Write some sentences with some.
Example : 1. I haven’t got ______ time.
A : Would you like some more coffee? or, 2. Do you eat ______candies?
A : Could I have some bread? 3. I like to eat ______ chocolates.
4. There aren`t ______people here.
1. (Ask for coffee) 5. We don`t have ______ rain in summer.
________________________________ ?
2. (Offer read) Fill in the blanks with much, many
and a lot of.
________________________________ ?
3. (offer rice) 1. Zaki hasn`t ______money.
2. There is ______gold in the bag.
________________________________ ?
3. I can see ______ birds in the sky.
4. (ask for tomatoes) 4. There aren’t ______ cars in the street.
________________________________ ? 5. Are there ______ apples on the tree?
5. (offer more potatoes) 6. Umar spends ______ money at the
________________________________ ? shops.

Fill in a little or a few. Put in much or many.


1. ______ lemonade. 7. ______ friends. 1. I haven’t got ______time.
2. ______ men. 8. ______ houses. 2. Do you eat ______ candies?
3. ______ milk. 9. ______ snow. 3. I like to eat ______ chocolates.
4. ______sweets. 4. There aren`t ______ people here.
10. ______friends.
5. ______ women.
5. We don`t have ______ rain in summer.
6. ______ money.

English For Muslim Teens 115 Grade X Senior High School


Choose the correct item.
1. Have you got ……… friends? 4. How …….. money has Ismail got?
a. Many a. Many
b. Much b. Little
c. A lot of c. Much
2. There are …… people in the room? 5. There are …… monkeys at the
a. Much zoo.
b. A little a. Much
c. A lot of b. A few
3. Can I have …….. sugar, please? c. Little
a. A few
b. A little
c. Many

Who’s The Healthiest? SPEAKING 5

Read the piece below and decide who is healthiest, Zaki, or Ustman?
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

My name is Zaki and I am an architect. I get up every morning at 4.30, do


Tahajjud prayer and at 5.00 I do Shubuh prayer and at 6.30 I have
7 Azwa dates for breakfast. I also have a spoon of honey. I drink too much
honey and I really like it. For lunch, I have a fruit and sandwich. I do some
exercises like jogging once a week. For dinner, I usually have pasta or salad.
My brother is called Ustman, and he works in an office. He doesn't eat
breakfast in the morning, but he has a salad and a glass of orange juice for
lunch. He does a lot of exercises and goes to the gym every day, but he eats
too many cakes. He works very hard and sometimes just has a sandwich for
dinner. I don’t think he gets enough sleep.

Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Write your own daily story. Use some quantifiers in your writing.

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Bathroom Manners 3
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad? Do I disturb you? I want to ask you
something?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah, no… What can I do foryou,
Zaki?
I want to remind you that you promised me that you wanted to teach me the next step about the
bathroom manners.

English For Muslim Teens 116 Grade X Senior High School


Alhamdulillah… I remember now. OK, the fifth is Do not face the Qibla or turn it back.
From Abu Ayyub Al Anshori, the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa sallam said, "If you go to the
toilet, let none of you face the Qibla and don’t have your back towards it, but have to east or
west of you. " (H.R. Bukhori)
Oh, I see… And the next, ustad?
OK… And the sixth is, you are forbidden from speaking absolutely unless it's an emergency. The
proof is the hadith of Ibn ‘Umar radhiyallahu‘ anhuma, he said, "A man passed by while the
Prophet salallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam was urinating. The man greeted him, but he did not return the
greeting.” (H.R. Bukhari and Muslim)
Oh, I see… I can only reply someone`s calling when it is very important to be replied. Is that
right, ustad?
Yes, in shaa Allah…
And the next, ustad?
In shaa Allah, it will be continued next time?
Alright ustad…. jazakallahu khoiron, ustad…. Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Wa jazakallahu khoiron… Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh

WRITING 4
Now, write your recount text about your trip.
Recount text is a text that telling the reader about one story, action, or activity. Its purpose
is to entertain or informing the reader. Or a text which retells event or experiences in the
past.
Writers should remember that while the purpose is to retell, they still need to craft their
retelling to be interesting to the reader.

English For Muslim Teens 117 Grade X Senior High School


Vocabulary About Food LISTENING 1

Open your dictionary and find the meaning of these words.

1. Butter _____________________ 6. Eggs _____________________


2. Carrot _____________________ 7. Grapes _____________________
3. Cereal _____________________ 8. Jam _____________________
4. Cheese _____________________ 9. Lemon _____________________
5. Coffee _____________________ 10. Mango _____________________

Complete the phrases with the food word.

A bowl of ______ A glass of ______ A bottle of ______ A box of ______ A can of ______

Ask your friend what she or he likes to eat


for breakfast, lunch, and dinner.

You will hear a TV cook explaining a recipe. Listen and complete each question.

Today`s recipe
MINESTRONESOUP
How much water? _______ liters
Which vegetables? Onion, potato______and green vegetables.
Fry the vegetable for? ______minutes
How much pasta? ______ grams.
Just before eating, add some : _______

Analyzing Photography LISTENING 2


To analyze these photographs more effective, always ask yourself these WH - Questions
about each picture

WHO WHAT
a. People a. What is the main subject?
b. Relation with other people b. What can I see?
c. Attitude c. What`s happening?
d. Gestures
e. Position WHERE
f. Occupation Place (street, building, or public
transport)
WHERE
To explain something or what

English For Muslim Teens 118 Grade X Senior High School


Look at the picture and choose the best answer

1. 2. 3.

a b c d a b c d a b c d

4. 5. 6.

a b c d a b c d a b c d

LISTENING 3
Read the question before you listen to the recording. Decide what information you need to
find. The questions often ask about time, place, cost, and people. Now, listen and answer
the questions.

1. What time does the shop close today? 3. How much is the girl`s bus ticket?

BUS TICKET BUS TICKET BUS TICKET


$ 1.75 $ 2.75 $ 1.35

2. How much are the trainers now? 4. Who is the man?

English For Muslim Teens 119 Grade X Senior High School


LISTENING 4
Listen to six teenager talking about sports in the photos. Say what each sport is. Do they
play /do the sport or watch it?

SPEAKER SPORT PLAY / DO WATCH


Speaker 1 Basket ball
....... .......
Speaker 2
....... .......
Speaker 3
....... .......
Speaker 4
....... .......
Speaker 5
....... .......
Speaker 6
....... .......

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Bathroom Manners 4
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad? Alhamdulillah…I meet you here. Ustad,
please tell me the next step about bathroom manners. I hope you could tell me all today, please.
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. In shaa Allah Zaki… I will tell you all
today.
Ustad, please tell me all.
Oke Zaki… The seventh is “Don’t defecate on the road”. The evidence is the hadith of Abu
Hurairah, the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alayhi wa sallam said, "Be careful of al la'anain (people who
are cursed by humans)!" The Companions asked, "Who is al la'anain (one who is cursed by
humans), O Messenger of Allah?" He said, "They are people who defecate on the streets and
shelter of humans." (H.R. Muslim). And the eight is Do not defecate in stagnant water. His proof
is the hadith of Jabir bin ‘Abdillah, he said, "The Prophet sallallaahu‘ alayhi wa sallam forbade
urinating in stagnant water. " (H.R. Muslim)
Alhamdulillah, ustad…and the next ustad?
Alright the ninth is after defecating wash the anus and don’t touch the genitals with your right
hand. From hadith of Abu Qotadah, the Messenger of Allah sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said, "If
one of you drinks, let him not breathe in the vessel. If he is defecating, he should not hold his
genitals with his right hand. He must not wash his anus with his right hand." (H.R. Bukhori). And
the last is to say "ghufronaka" after coming out from the bathroom. from hadith of ‘Aisyah
radhiyallahu‘ anha, she said,"The Prophet sallallaahu‘ alayhi wa sallam used to be after he came
out of the bathroom he said "ghufronaka" (Ya Allah, I beg for mercy on You) (H.R. Abu Dawud).

English For Muslim Teens 120 Grade X Senior High School


Maa shaa Allah, ustad… I really understand that Rasulullah had taught us everything completely.
Nothing is left, even bathroom manners. Alhamdulillah Ya Allah I am a muslim… Jazakallahu
khoir ustad… In shaa Allah, may Allah give me istiqomah to do what have learned. In shaa
Allah, Zaki… Wa Jazakallahu khoiron.
If I want to ask something again… May I ask you, ustad?
In shaa Allah…
Alright, ustad. Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh….
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh

Active And GRAMMAR CHECK 4


Passive Voice

ACTIVE VOICE PASSIVE VOICE


Tells us what a person or thing Tells us what is done to someone
does. The subject performs the or something.
action (verb) on the object. Object + verb + subject
Subject + verb + object.
Example:
Example: • The house was painted by Zabir.
• Zabir painted the house. • The students` questions are
• The teacher always answers the answered by the teacher.
students` questions. • The video was posted online by
• Ali posted the video online. Ali.

TENSE ACTIVE PASSIVE


Present Simple Reporters write news reports News reports are written
by reporters.
Present continuous Sofia is baking a brownie A brownie is being baked
by Sofia
Past Simple The company hired new New workers were hired
workers last year by the company last year.
Pas Continuous The salesman was helping the The customer was being
customer when the thief came helped by the salesman
into the store when the thief came into
the store.
Present Perfect They have already discussed The book has already
the book. been discussed.
Past Perfect He had delivered the letters The letters had been
delivered.
Future Simple The company will hire new New workers will be hired
workers by the company.
Infinitive She has to deliver the letter The letters have to be
delivered.
Modals She must deliver the letters. The letters must be
delivered.

English For Muslim Teens 121 Grade X Senior High School


Rewrite the sentences below in Passive voice by while referring the above forms.

1. I clean my room every day. 6. He will copy this text.


___________________________________ ___________________________________
2. Ravi bought a nice present yesterday. 7. He has bought a new car.
___________________________________ ___________________________________
3. Ismail will write the lesson. 8. We are playing volley ball now.
___________________________________ ___________________________________
4. Ali repaired my computer yesterday. 9. Our teacher explained the rule.
___________________________________ ___________________________________
5. My sister is making a tasty cake now. 10. She translates the texts every day.
___________________________________ ___________________________________

WRITING 5
Complete the sentences with a correct word from the table.

ARTICLES PRONOUNS VERBS PREPOSITIONS QUANTIFIERS

The Me Were On Many


An Him/her Have In Few
a They Can Off Some

1. the store. (article)


My father went to ____
2. They _______ sleeping at 10 o`clock last night. (verb)
3. Turn that TV _______ and do your homework! (preposition)
4. There weren`t very _______ people at the party. (quantifiers)
5. Can you help _______? I can`t do this on my own. (pronoun)
6. Would you like _______ cup of tea? (article)

Work in pairs. Read the email. Decide what type of word you need to complete each
space.

Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Ismail.


Qodarullah, I have got a problem. My laptop isn`t working! I _____surfing the internet last night when it
suddenly stopped working. Now I can`t turn it again. My dad looked at it, but _____couldn`t fix it.
_____you busy on Friday? I`m going to catch the bus into town _____10 am and look for a new laptop.
_____you know any good shops? It has _____be quite cheap because I haven`t got very _____
money.
Text and let _____ know.
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Your best friend.
Zabir.

English For Muslim Teens 122 Grade X Senior High School


Now look at the information and questions. Use the information to answer the questions
and make your own writing about GAZWA INTERNET CAFE

GAZWA INTERNET GAZWA INTERNET CAFÉ


CAFE
Where?
Big or small city?
Name?
Jln. K.L. Yos Sudarso 50 Sell food?
Medan
Open weekends?
Open 8 am – 9 pm Cost?
7 days a week

Rp. 10.000 / hour on the


computer

Facilities : tea – coffee –


cold drinks and snacks.

LISTENING 5
Now, listen to the questions, which are followed by three responses. The responses will
be written out for you. Choose the best response to each question.

1. a. Yes, he works here 7. a. They always serve good meals at


b. He always does an excellent job this restaurant.
c. He walks fast b. I can`t hear it very well.
c. We haven`t been able to sell it.
2. a. It lasted in two days.
b. Maa shaa Allah, I thought it was 8. a. In shaa Allah, We`ll have a planning
amazing. meeting next week.
c. She`s doing very well, thank you. b. We don`t have any openings right
now.
3. a. He`s about thirty-five years old. c. Maa shaa Allah, I think they`re
b. I don`t think he`s very happy there. wonderful
c. It`s a new job.
9. a. You should fill out the blue form
4. a. Not unless he works faster. b. It`s a bit cooler here.
b. It`s time to go to work. c. I am sorry, I don`t like it at all.
c. I heard the news report on the radio
last night. 10. a. Maa shaa Allah, he is doing a great
job.
5. a. I`m not sure whether I`ll go b. He repairing the fax machine.
b. Yes, let`s get together. c. His name is Ibrahim.
c. I love a rainy day.

6. a. It stopped raining at four.


b. This time let`s take the train.
c. Yes, it departs every hour on the
hour.

English For Muslim Teens 123 Grade X Senior High School


Advertisement READING 5
Read the advertisement and the email. Fill in the information in Abu Bakar`s note.

GAZWA PHONE From : Zaki


Millenium Mall To : Abu Bakar

Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi
Sale wabarokaatuh.

I know you want a new mobile so why don`t we


Starts : 29 July go to GAZWA PHONE, the store in Millenium
Finishes : 5 August mall not the one in Medan mall, on the first day
of their sale? Their phones will Rp. 15.000.000,-
Mobile phones cheaper then. There`s a bus to the city centre at
8.10 so wait for me at school library at 7.45 and
Rp. 10.000.000,- we`ll walk to the bus station together.
Were
Rp. 25.000.000,- Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

Abu Bakar notes


‘Shopping Trip’
Name of the shop ____________________________
Date of trip ____________________________
Address of shop ____________________________
The sale price of phones ____________________________
Old price ____________________________
Place to meet Zaki ____________________________
Time bus leave ____________________________
Meeting time ____________________________
Sale closing date ____________________________

Pronoun GRAMMAR CHECK 4

A pronoun is a word that is used instead of a noun or noun phrase. Pronouns refer to
either a noun that has already been mentioned or to a noun that does not need to be
named specifically.

Subject Object Possesive Possesive Reflexive


Person Pronoun pronoun Adjective Pronoun Pronoun

1st person singular I ME MY MINE MYSELF

English For Muslim Teens 124 Grade X Senior High School


1st person plural WE US OUR OURS OURSELVES

2nd person singular YOU YOU YOUR YOURS YOURSELF

2nd person plural YOU YOU YOUR YOURS YOURSELVES

3rd person singular SHE HER HER HERS HERSELF


(feminine)

3rd person singular


(masculine) HE HIM HIS HIS HIMSELF

3rd person singular


(thing) IT IT ITS - ITSELF

3rd person plural THEY THEM THEIR THEIRS THEIRSELVES

Write the correct possessive pronoun in the Write the proper pronoun on a
blank space. separate sheet of paper.
1. Did you finish ______ homework? 1. Is this (your, yours, you`re) wallet?
2. Ibrahim is looking for ______ backpack. 2. During (his, he`s, he) reign, the king
3. I thought this was ______ car, but Sarah Umar bin Abdul Aziz was fair and just.
3. Want to share (your, yours) salad with
told me that it was ______ car.
me?
4. The TV has a scratch on ______ screen. 4. See if the neighbors can help us to cut
5. The children are playing with ______ dolls. down (our, ours, we) tree.
5. Ask Ismail for (he, his, her) phone
Write the independent possessive number.
pronoun on a separate sheet of paper.
1. You can order whatever you want. The
choice is _____.
2. All my friends like to cook. Cooking is a
favorite activity of _____.
3. My brother and I bought a car together to
share, so it is _____.
4. The candy belongs to Sarah. It is _____.
5. I bought the food, so it`s _____

English For Muslim Teens 125 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlaq REVIEW TEST

Read the questions and answer them with your answer.

1. What did Rasulullah say about Zam Zam 6. And what foot comes out from the bathroom
water? first?
2. When we swim, can we swim in a pool that 7. What does Rasulullah prohibit in the
is mixed with boys and girls? bathroom?
3. When did Rasulullah and his companions 8. What should and shouldn`t when you are
successfully conquer the city of Mecca in defecating?
Fathu Mecca? 9. What you must say when you are out of
4. What must we say before entering the the bathroom?
bathroom? 10. Does Rasulullah teach us perfect
5. What foot enters the bathroom first? guidance in Islam?

Speaking
Read the conversation. What does Zabir say to the travel agent? Choose from A –
H below. There are two extra replies that you don`t need to use.

Travel agent Assalamualaikum, Gazwa Travel. Usman’s


speaking, Can I help you? A. Isn`t it very busy in this season?
Zabir _____ B. Maa shaa Allah. That`s more
than I thought! I`m going to
Travel agent Where would you like to go?
have to talk to my friend first.
Zabir _____
C. I`m not sure. I like places where I
Travel agent Bandung is more popular. can do lots of things.
Zabir _____ D. Really? I thought the beach was
Travel agent It is all year, but there are lots of hotels. good .
Zabir _____ E. Maa shaa Allah, That`s sounds
Travel agent Well, what about a holiday in Lombok? more interesting. Is it easy to get
Zabir _____ to?
Travel agent In shaa Allah, you can fly there easily and F. No, I have a couple of weeks free.
this year the price is only going to be 7 G. I`m not sure. What else do you
million a week. have?
Zabir _____ H. Waalaikumussalam, yes. Please.
Travel agent In shaa Allah. Take some of these I`d like to book a holiday.
brochures so you can both look at them at
home.

Reading
Read the text and answer the questions.

P
rophet Sulaiman is a king as well as a warlord who is
respected by all God's creatures. Once upon a time, the
PROPHET US Prophet Sulaiman examined his troops, including

SULAIMAN
the bird troop.
It seems that when examining a line of birds, Prophet

AND HUDHUD
Sulaiman did not find the hud-hud bird. No one could report
the whereabouts of the Hud Hud at that time.

English For Muslim Teens 126 Grade X Senior High School


And Allah said in Surah An Naml, “Then he him to deliver a letter to the ruler of that country.
(Phropet Sulaiman) inspected the birds, and said, After dropping the letter at Queen Saba's palace,
“Why do I not see the hud hud? Or is he among Hud-hud was ordered to observe their response.
the absentees? I will punish him most severely, or Allah SWT said in Surah An Naml,
slay him unless he gives me a valid excuse.” (An 27 He said, “We will see, whether you have
Naml, 20 – 21) spoken the truth, or whether you are a liar. 28 Go
Not long after that Hud Hud came and with this letter of mine, and deliver it to them; then
immediately reported his findings. Allah SWT said withdraw from them, and see how they respond.”
in Surah An Naml chapter 22 – 26 , 22 “But he After the letter reached Queen Balqis, she
(Hud Hud) did not stay for long. He said, “I have immediately gathered the royal officials to
learned something you (Prophet Sulaiman) did discuss what they should do to respond to
not know. I have come to you from Saba, with Sulaiman's letter. Allah SWT said in Surah An
reliable information”. 23“I found a woman ruling Naml,
over them, and she was given of everything, and 29 She said, “O Counselors, a gracious letter
she has a magnificent throne”. 24 “I found her was delivered to me. 30 It is from Sulaiman, and
and her people worshiping the sun, instead of it is, ‘In the Name of God, the Gracious, the
God. Syaitan made their conduct appear good to Merciful. 31 Do not defy me, and come to me
them and diverted them from the path, so they submissively.’”
are not guided”.25 “If only they would worship After the royal dignitaries gathered, the Queen
Allah, who brings to light the mysteries of the read the contents of the letter of Prophet
heavens and the earth, and knows what you Sulaiman that she had just received. Then Queen
conceal and what you reveal”. 26 “ Allah—There Balqis sent a messenger to deliver a gift to King
is no God but He, the Lord of the Sublime Sulaiman. Apparently, the hud-hud bird did not
Throne.” lie, he actually showed Prophet Sulaiman that the
Prophet Sulaiman did not just believe his soldier's Kingdom of Saba really existed.
report. He tested Hud-hud's report by ordering

Read the text above again and answer the questions below.
1. Sulaiman has two positions in this world. 7. What is the name of the queen?
What are they? 8. Did Hud Hud tell a lie?
2. Who can report where the Hud Hud is? 9. What did the prophet Sulaiman ask the
3. What kind of creature is Hud Hud? queen to do?
4. Where did Hud Hud go? 10. What did the queen do to prophet
5. What did he report to prophet Sulaiman? Sulaiman?
6. Did prophet Sulaiman believe what Hud
Hud said? What did the prophet Sulaiman
order Hud hud to do?

LIstening
In this recording. Zaki talks about where members of his family live and how often he sees
them. He also talks about his relationship with his older sister. Read the questions first,
then play the recording. Are these statements True or False? Put a tick to show the correct
answer.
1. His dad lives in Palembang TRUE FALSE
2. He has two brothers TRUE FALSE
3. His older sister has two children TRUE FALSE
4. Zaki doesn`t have a good relationship with his older sister. TRUE FALSE
5. Zaki and his older sister have similar personalities. TRUE FALSE
6. Zaki`s sister is married. TRUE FALSE
7. Zaki is a university student. TRUE FALSE
8. Zaki is a quiet man TRUE FALSE
9. Zaki likes to teach TRUE FALSE
10. Zaki`s sister is teaching private students. TRUE FALSE

English For Muslim Teens 127 Grade X Senior High School


Writing
This email has nine punctuation problems. Find them and rewrite the email.

Bismillah.

Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh Ibrahim


How are you today If you are free tomorrow would you like to go to the Tahifdz Centre
There is a tabligh akbar and there are some international hafidz and Syaikh who will
come, too they will give some religious knowledge for us let me know if you want to go.

Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.


Your friend
Abu Bakar.

Grammar
Fill in the blanks with “too” or “enough” to complete the sentences.
1. The tree was ______ high to be climbed. 6. He was not good ______ to play in the
2. The house on the corner isn`t cheap ______ school football team so the teacher
for us to buy. We will find another one. chose another student.
3. I know Umar is vey enthusiastic but she isn`t 7. Some of the problem in the math exam was
tall and talented ______ to play in the school ______ difficult for me to answer so I got
basketball team. a bad mark.
4. The soup is ______ cold to eat. Shall we 8. The racer couldn`t drive fast ______to come
heat it on the stove? fist in the World Championship.
5. I think this t-shirt is ______big for me to
wear. I would like to give it to you.

Answer the question about you. Use the past simple in your answers.

1. What did you do yesterday?


_________________________________________________________
2. What time did you go to bed last night?
_________________________________________________________
3. What time did you get up this morning?
_________________________________________________________
4. What did you have for breakfast this morning?
_________________________________________________________
5. What time did you arrive in class today?
_________________________________________________________
6. What did you watch on TV yesterday?
_________________________________________________________
7. How much money did you spend yesterday?
_________________________________________________________
8. Did you go on-line this morning?
_________________________________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 128 Grade X Senior High School


Match each of the two sentences with the picture it fits best. Put the right number
in the boxes.

Answers
The man pulled the dog
The man was pulled by the dog

Circle “Active Voice” If the sentence is written in active voice, and “Passive voice”
if its written in passive voice.
1. The bug was snatched by the spider. Active Passive
2. The cat caught the mouse. Active Passive
3. The spider snatched the bug Active Passive
4. The woman swallowed a medicine. Active Passive
5. The award was won by our students. Active Passive
6. The ride was enjoyed by many. Active Passive
7. The competition was won by the girl in pink. Active Passive
8. The bird snatched the worm. Active Passive
9. The boy won the competition. Active Passive
10. The science award was won by the girl. Active Passive

PRONOUN
PART A PART C
Fill in the blank with I or me. Fill in the blank with he or him.
1. Mom drove_____ to school today. 1. Zakir`s sister refused to give ____the
2. _____really want that chocolate cake. paper.
3. Everyone is happy for _____. 2. When ____ fell out of the tree, ____
4. When __get home, I am going to bed. broke
5. Is that present for _____? his arm.
3. Did Umar tell you why ____ did not
PART B come to school?
4. Ask Ali what we should bring back for
Fill in the blank with she or her. ____.
1. Sofia wrote a letter for _____ friend. 5. ____told him about the program.
2. _____ went to school with Salamah.
3. Zainab had a headache, so ____ took
medicine.
4. Have you told _____the good news?
5. The book was very enjoyable to ____.

English For Muslim Teens 129 Grade X Senior High School


PART D PART E

Fill in the blank with we or us. Fill in the blank with they or them.

1. ____ can`t come with us today. 1. Everyone knows ____ spilled the beans.
2. After ____eat, let`s go the class. 2. If the peaches are not ripe, don`t buy ____.
3. Come on in the tell ____ the news! 3. Take off your shoes and put ____ in the
closet.
4. I know where ____ can go.
4. ____are the best of friends.
5. My father is coming with ____ to
buy school supplies. 5. Umar and Ali wish ____could drive a car.

QUANTIFIERS
PART A PART B
Fill in the gaps with a/an,some or any. Fill in the gaps with little or a little.
1. Her sister`s friend is ____teacher. 1. We`ve got ____ time, hurry up!
2. My friend`s father has got ____ car. 2. When you boil potatoes add ____ salt.
3. She has got ____apples in her bag. 3. There is _____ snow in our town in winter.
4. Umar hasn`t got ____money. 4. I`ve got _____money. Let`s buy snack.
5. There is ____orange under the table. 5. I`ve got ____ flour. I can`t make a cake.

PART D PART E
Fill in the gaps with few / a few. Fill in the gaps with little of few.
1. There are ______ bananas in my bag, 1. He has got ______ friends.
do you want one? 2. I drink ______ coffee. I don`t like it.
2. Qodarullah, only ______children read 3. There were ______ people on the
books nowadays. street yesterday.
3. Sofia sees her friends ______ times a 4. There was ______ lemonade in the
week. bottle.
4. We have got ______apples, we can`t 5. He has ______ English books.
make an apple pie.
5. We will come back in ______ days

PART F PART G
Fill in the gaps with much / many Fill in how much/how many/a few/a
little/some/any
1. Hajar hasn`t got ______ time.
2. Do you know ______ words in English? 1. A : ________ apples would you like, sir?
3. He didn`t eat ______ meat. B : just ________, please.
4. There isn`t ______ butter in the fridge. 2. A : Can I have ________ milk?
5. How ______ eggs did he buy? B : Sorry, qodarullah, we haven`t got
6. Aisyah has got ______friends. ________milk.
7. How ______lessons do you have on 3. A : ________ carrot have we got?
Mondays? B : we`ve got only ________.
8. There was too ______ noise in the 4. A : ________ oranges do we need?
streets. B : We don’t need ________ oranges.
9. There are ______apricots in the bag. 5. A : ________ sugar would you like in
10. There is ______ juice in my glass. your tea?
B : Just ________, please.
6. A : Is there ________ juice in the fridge?
B : Qodarullah No, we need to buy
________.

English For Muslim Teens 130 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 6

1. This is shown by the hadith of Nu'man bin Basyîr Radhiyallahu anhu whose validity is agreed
upon which indicates the virtue of these three mosques and the virtue of prayer in them. Prophet
sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,

Meaning :
“Must not do Safar (towards places that are considered a blessing) unless he was traveling
towards the three mosques, namely the Grand Mosque (Masjidil Haram), my mosque (Nabawi
Mosque) and the Aqsa Mosque.”
[HR. Imam al-Bukhari and Muslim]

2. Prophet Muhammad Sallallahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,

Meaning :
“ Truly faith will return to the city of Medina as a snake returns to its hole or nest.”
[HR. Al-Bukhâri and Muslim]

3. And others

English For Muslim Teens 131 Grade X Senior High School


1 AKHLAQ 5 SPEAKING
1. Sunnah before going to sleep
1. Take off.
(part I)
2. Fill in the missing response.
2. Sunnah before going to sleep
3. Question response.
(part II)
4. Talk about the people in the
3. Keep your tongue.
picture in present continuous
form.
2 LISTENING
6 GRAMMAR
1. Choose the correct statement
from the picture.
2. Talk about food. 1. Present perfect
3. Covid 19. 2. Past tense
4. Muhammad`s school trip. 3. Wh – questions
4. Review Present Simple and
Present Continuous.
3 READING 5. Suffix; ness.

1.
2.
Recount text; Imam Muslim.
Procedure text
7 REVIEW TEST
3. Important years in Islam.
4. Read an email.
5. Cave Hira. 1. Akhlaq building
2. Speaking
6. Azwa Dates
3. Reading
4. Writing
4 WRITING 5. Listening
6. Grammar

1. What you have done.


2. Write an email
3. Writing past experience.
4. Suffix; ness.
5. Revise your writing

English For Muslim Teens 132 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Part A SPEAKING 1

Dialogue A
Umar Assalamualaikum. Are you Ismail?
Ismail Waalaikumussalam. Yes.
Umar Maa shaa Allah. What a surprise. I am Umar. Your friend in high school.
Ismail Maa shaa Allah. I don`t believe it. What are you doing here in Jogya?
Umar Oh.. I just spent a few days with my parents. Now I am on way back to Medan.
Ismail Subhanallah. It`s been a long time.
Umar It sure has. Say, I hear you started your own new computer business.
Ismail How did you know?
Umar My father. He keeps track of my old friends.

Dialogue B
Ismail Oh….I am sorry. Have you two met each other?
Umar No, I don`t believe we have.
Ismail Umar, this is my manager. Mr. Ali. Mr. Ali, I`d like you to meet Umar.
Umar and I went to high school together.
Mr. Ali It`s nice to meet you, Umar.
Umar Nice to meet you too.
Announcer (over loudspeaker) Garuda Airlines Flight 303 to Medan is now boarding at Gate 7.
Umar Oh…that`s my flight. I have to go.
Mr. Ali We`ve got a plane to catch, too.
Umar Where are you off to?
Mr. Ali We`re taking a week off and going to Surabaya.
Umar Maa shaa Allah… Really? have you been there before?
Mr. Ali Alhamdulillah, just a few times.
Umar Well Mr. Ali. Enjoy yourselves.
Mr. Ali Thanks. InsyaAllah.
Umar Great seeing you, Ismail. Nice meeting you Mr. Ali
Ismail Same here
Mr. Ali
and Ismail Assalamu’alaikum...

Dialogue C
Zabir I see you`re reading about Umar bin Khattab biography. How do you like it?
Umar I can`t put it down. Have your read it?
Zabir Alhamdulillah. As a matter of fact. I just finished it. It is a sad ending.
Umar Don`t tell me! I`m almost done.
Zabir Are you from Medan?
Umar Well, I`m originally from Berastagi, but I live in Medan now.
Zabir How do you like it?
Umar Maa shaa Allah. I like it very much. Have you every been to Medan before?
Zabir No, I haven’t. This is my first trip. I have a job interview there. By the way my
name is Zabir.
Umar I`m Umar

Dialogue D
Flight attendant Here, let me help you get that down.
Umar Oh, thanks. That`s very kind of you.
Zabir Well, it`s been nice talking to you Umar.
Umar I`ve enjoyed talking to you, too. Good luck on your interview
Zabir In shaa Allah. Thanks. I really want this job.

English For Muslim Teens 133 Grade X Senior High School


Read the conversation again and choose the correct answer.
1. Umar and Ismail
a. Have known each other a long time.
b. Haven`t known each other a long time.
2. Zabir and Umar
a. Have known each other a long time.
b. Haven`t known each other for a very long.
Read the sentences and say True or False.

1. Umar lives in Jogya True False


2. Umar and Ismail are from the same hometown. True False
3. Umar and Mr. Ali have met before. True False
4. Zabir has read Umar bin Khattab biography. True False
5. Zabir has a job in Medan. True False

Part B
The verbs take and get have a lot of usage in English. Look at these sentences below.

It takes place in June. Everyone gets on so well. It took a long �me to get to the stages
I got really bored. We took off our shoes.

A : Qodarullah, It`s really hot in here. A : Is your office near where you live?
B : Why don`t you _______ _______your jumper? B : No, it ____ _____ _____ time to _____ _____
work

A : What are your work colleagues like? A : How often are there exhibitions in the
B : Maa shaa Allah! We all _____ _____ really museum?
_____. B : They ______ ______ regularly, every two
months

A : Do you like learning English?


B : In shaa Allah, it`s OK, but sometimes I _____ really ____!

English For Muslim Teens 134 Grade X Senior High School


GRAMMAR 1
Present Perfect
Present Perfect with Since and For.

Statement
Subject Have Past Since
(not) participle / For
I since
We have 2020
You (not) written for a
They here long
He has time
She (not) lived
It

Yes / No Questions Short answers


Have Subject Past Since Affirmative Negative
Participle / For
Have I written here since Yes I have No, I haven`t
we lived 2020. We we
you for a You you
they long They they
time?
Has he He he hasn`t
she She she
it It it

Wh – Questions Short answers


Wh – word Have Subject Past
participle
I
have we Since 2020.
you written here? For many years.
How long they lived
he
has she
it

Grammar notes.
1. Use the present perfect with wince or for to talk about something that began in the past and
continues into the present (and may continue into the future).

now

Example;
a. Abu Bakar has been a skater since 2018.
(it means that he became a skater in 2018, and he is still a skater).
b. He has been a skater for many years.
(it means that he became a skater many years ago, and he is still a skater)

English For Muslim Teens 135 Grade X Senior High School

future
2. Use since + point in time (since yesterday, since 5.00, since Monday, since 2020) to show
when something started.
Example :
Aisyah has won the English competition since 2019 and she has become famous since then.
Since can also introduce a time clause.
Example :
She has loved English since she was a child.

3. Use for + length of time ( for 10 minutes, for two weeks, for years, for a long time) to show how
long something has lasted.
Example :
Ustman has owned a restaurant for years.

Base form of Past participle Base form of the Past participle


the verb verb
Be Been Pay Paid
See Seen Say Said
Meet Met Do Done
Sleep Slept Go Gone
Sell Sold Drive Driven
Tell Told Give Given
Buy Bought Know Known
Think Thought Grow Grown
Begin Begun Eat Eaten
Sing Sung Fall Fallen
Have Had Speak Spoken
Make Made Break Broken
Put Put Get Gotten
Read read Write written

Exercise 1

A resume
Aisyah is applying for a
Aisyah job as a tafidz teacher.
Jln. Pematang Pasir No.56 Look at her resume and
North Medan – Medan. North Sumatera. 20220 the interviewer`s note.
Complete the interview.
Education : Use the words in
parentheses to write
2015 : Certificate (LIPIA Arabic education)
questions. Then answer
2017 : M.A. Hadist education (UIM) the questions. Use
contractions when
Employment : possible.
2019 – present part time hadist teacher (high school) Note : The year is 2020

2018 – present tahfidz trainer (private)

Skills :
Speak Indonesian, Arabic, English and operating computer.

English For Muslim Teens 136 Grade X Senior High School


1. (How long / live in Medan)
Interviewer : How long have you lived in Medan?
Aisyah : I`ve lived in Medan for 15 years or I`ve lived in Medan since 2005
2. (How long / have your M.A. degree)
Interviewer : _________________________________________________________
Aisyah : _________________________________________________________
3. (Have any more training since you got your M.A.)
Interviewer : _________________________________________________________
Aisyah : _________________________________________________________
4. (How long / be a hadist teacher)
Interviewer : _________________________________________________________
Aisyah : _________________________________________________________
5. (How long / work as a tahfidz trainer)
Interviewer : _________________________________________________________
Aisyah : _________________________________________________________

WRITING 1
Writing task : What I have done and I haven’t done
Example : I have climbed to the top of Mt.Sibayak, but I haven’t climbed to the top of Mt. Sinabung.
1. ________________________________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________________________________
3. ________________________________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________________________________
5. ________________________________________________________________________________

Write in the piece of paper about what you have done and what you haven’t done

Place : Medan Place : Bandung


Weather : 26°C Weather : 27°C
Activity : Multi-ethnic city and food. Activity : Enjoy the old cities
Mood : You can find many kinds of food and the Mood : You will feel good in this city with fresh air –
taste is perfect for all Stongues. it is planted flowers and trees

Place : Aceh Place : Padang


Weather : 24°C Weather : 27°C
Activity : Visit a Tsunami museum Activity : Enjoy Padang Beach and Jam Gadang.
Mood : You can find many historical places from Mood : You can find food with a special spicy taste
Tsunami incident. And you can taste a or Sambal Balado.
special food from Aceh “Mie Aceh”

English For Muslim Teens 137 Grade X Senior High School


Recount Text READING 1

IMAM MUSLIM
I
mam Muslim grew up as a teenager who was About his livelihood was told by Al Hakim in Siyar
active in studying religion. Even when he was very 'Alamin Nubala (570/12): “The place where the Imam
young he was already pursuing the science of Muslim traded was Khan Mahmasy. And he got his
hadith. In the book, Siyar 'Alamin Nubala (558/12), livelihood from his business in Ustu [1] ”. In Tahdzibut
the expert on hadith and history, Adz Dzahabi, said Tahdzib this was also told by Muhammad bin Abdul
that Imam Muslim began studying hadith in 218 AH. Wahhab Al Farra: “Muslim Ibnul Hajjaj is one of the
That means his age at that time was 12 years. He great scholars…. And he was a clothes merchant ”.
traveled to several countries to study hadith from In the book Al 'Ubar fi Khabar min Ghabar (29/2)
Iraq, then to Hijaz, Syria, Egypt, and other countries. there is an explanation: “Imam Muslim was a
In Tahdzibut Tahdzib it is told that the Muslim Imam merchant. And he was known as a generous man in
got the most knowledge about hadith from 10 Naisabur. He had many slaves and wealth.
teachers, namely:
1. Abu Bakr bin Abi Syaibah, he studied 1540 Narrated by Ibn Salah in the Shiyanatu Muslim book
(1216) that the death of Imam Muslim was due to an
hadiths.
unusual thing, namely due to fatigue of the mind in
2. Abu Khaithamah Zuhair bin Harab, he studied
studying knowledge. Then mentioned the story of his
1281 hadith.
death from the history of Ahmad bin Salamah: "Abul
3. Muhammad Ibnul Mutsanna who was
Husain Muslim at that time held an assembly to
nicknamed Az Zaman, studied 772 hadiths.
repeat the hadith memorization. Then he mentioned
4. Qutaibah bin Sa'id, he learned 668 hadith.
a hadith which he did not know. So he went to his
5. Muhammad bin Abdillah bin Numair, he studied
house and immediately turned on the light. He said
573 hadiths.
to the people in the house: 'Really, don't let anyone
6. Abu Kuraib Muhammad Ibnul 'Ila, he learned
enter this house'. Then someone said to him: 'Will we
556 hadiths.
give you a basket of dates?'. He replied: '(Yes) Give
7. Muhammad bin Basyar Al Muqallab who was
me the dates'. Dates were given. At that time he was
nicknamed Bundaar, studied 460 hadith.
looking for a hadith. He also took the dates one by
8. Muhammad bin Raafi 'An Naisaburi, he studied
one then chewed them. Morning came and the dates
362 hadiths.
had run out, and he found the hadith he was looking
9. Muhammad bin Hatim Al Muqallab who was
for. Al Hakim said that there was an additional tsiqah
nick named As Samin, studied 300 hadith.
in this narration, namely: "Since then Imam Muslim
10. 'Ali ibn Hajar As Sa'di, he learned 188 hadiths. was sick and then died". This history is found in the
books of the Baghdadi Date (103/13), the Dimasyqi
Nine of the ten names of the Imam Muslim teacher Date (94/58), and the Tahdzibul Kamal (506/27). He
were also Imam Al Bukhari's teachers in taking the died on Sunday, and was buried on Monday, 5 Rajab
hadith because Muhammad bin Hatim was not 261 H.
included. It should be noted that Imam Muslim also
studied hadith from Imam Al Bukhari. Ibn Salah in the May Allah always bless him. His name is so fragrant
Ulumul Hadith book said: "Imam Muslim did learn to this day, this is truly the fruit of a noble and uphill
from Imam Bukhari and got a lot of benefit from his struggle. May Allah accept his noble deeds and
knowledge. However, there are many teachers of reward him better on a day when there is no help
Imam Muslim who are also teachers of Imam Bukhari except for Allah's help.
”. This is one of the reasons why Imam Muslim did
not pass on the hadith from Imam Al Bukhari. We ask Allah to raise up among the Muslims like him,
who have great concern and high enthusiasm for
Imam Muslim was among the scholars who made a protecting Allah's religion and spreading it among the
living by trading. He was a successful clothing Muslims. May Allah gather us together with him in his
merchant. However, he was still known as a Jannah.
generous figure. He also owned rice fields in the
Ustu area which were his second source of income.
Extracted from the book At Ta'rif Bil Imam Muslim Wa Kitabihi Ash Shahih by Shaykh Abdurrahman bin Shalih As
Sudais, and an article from the Islamic University of Madinah Magazine entitled Al Imam Muslim Wa Shahihuhu,
Shaykh Abdul Muhsin bin Hamd Al Abbad, with a few additions]

English For Muslim Teens 138 Grade X Senior High School


Answer the questions based on the text above.
1. What do you know about Imam Muslim?
2. How old was he when he studied hadith?
3. How many hadith did he memorize?
4. Who is Imam Bukhori?
5. …got a lot of benefit from his knowledge (Paragraph 2). What does the underlined word refer to?

Part 1 LISTENING 1

Look at the picture, listen to the audio and, choose the best answer

1. 2.

A B C D A B C D

3. 4.

A B C D A B C D

Part 2
Listen to five people. What do they like doing in their free time? When exactly? Complete
the chart and pick the answers.
Watching Tv Wind surfing Swimming Play football Library
Archery Riding horse Wrestling Tennis Listen to ustadz
Reading Al qur`an Listen to murottal Cooking Skiing from youtube

What When
Ali
Ismail
Ibrahim
Zaki

Umar

Ravi

Utsman
English For Muslim Teens 139 Grade X Senior High School
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Sunna Before Going To Sleep (Part 1)

Assalamualaikum ustad….How are you today?


Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh….Alhamdulillah, I am fine, thank you. And
what about you? Are you Okay today?
Alhamdulillah Ustad. Very well.
By the way, what can I do for you?
May I ask you a question?
In shaa Allah you may as long as I know.
Would you like to tell me what did Rasulullah do before he went to sleep?
Maa shaa Allah… It`s a strange question for most people. But you did alright, Rasulullah taught
us many things. Now we are talking about things we do before going to sleep from what
Rasulullah had taught us. But today, I only can tell you 4 manners. The rest will be tomorrow in
shaa Allah is it okay?
In shaa Allah ustad… No problem. I will listen.
Okay…
First : Should shake the bed (cleaning the bed of dirt) when going to sleep. Because Rasulullah
said, "If one of you is going to sleep, let him take a piece of cloth and shake his bed with it while
saying, 'bismillah,' because he does not know what happened after his death." [HR. Al-Bukhari
no. 6320, Muslim no. 2714, at-Tirmidhi no. 3401 and Abu Dawud no. 5050. Lafazh like this is
based on Muslim narrations]
Second : Take Wudhu before going to sleep, because Rasulullah said,” "If you come to your
bed then perform ablution (Wudhu) like ablution (Wudhu) for prayer, then lie down on the right
side of your body" (Narrated by Bukhari no. 247 and Muslim no. 2710)
Third : Blowing both palms while reading the surah Al Ikhlash (qul huwallahu ahad), the surah
Al Falaq (qul a'udzu bi robbil falaq), and the surah An Naas (qul a'udzu bi robbinnaas), each
one. After that, rub both hands to the face and body parts that can be reached. Do this three
times.
Fourth : Lie down on the right side. Rasulullah said like the hadist that I had told you before.
I think It is enough for today. We`ll continue it tomorrow. In shaa Allah…
Maa shaa, ustad… I got a magnificent knowledge. Wonderful. Alhamdulillah...
See you tomorrow, in shaa Allah…

SPEAKING 2
Work with a partner, Sofia is in a library talking to Hajar. Look at Sofia`s questions. Use
the notes in Hajar`s answers. What did she say?
Sofia Assalamualaikum, you aren`t English, are you, Hajar? Where are you from?
Hajar Waalaikumussaalm warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. No – Indonesian – born – Medan.
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia Is that where you grew up?
Hajar Yes – lived – parents – two sisters – house near the university – father worked – university.
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia Maa shaa Allah. How interesting! What was his job? Was he a teacher?

English For Muslim Teens 140 Grade X Senior High School


Hajar Yes – Doctor – Hadist.
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia Maa shaa Allah, really? And what did your mother do?
Hajar Doctor – worked – hospital.
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia So, where did you go to school?
Hajar Islamic High school – four years – 18 – university.
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia What did you study?
Hajar Hadist Knowledge – STDI IMAM SYAFI`I – Indonesia – four years.
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia Maa shaa Allah. And did you start work after that?
Hajar No, travelled – cities – a month – worked – Islamic high school – Medan – amazing!
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia Maa shaa Allah, it sounds great! And what`s your job now?
Hajar Work – Islamic Junior high school – Aceh – teach Hadist
_____________________________________________________________________
Sofia Maa shaa Allah, your English is really good! Well, it was a very nice to meet you, Hajar.
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Hajar Nice – meet – too, Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
_____________________________________________________________________

After filling the missing information completely, now practice the conversation above with
your friend in front of the class.
Then work in groups. Tell each other your life stories. Ask and answer questions. Use the
same questions above with your own answers.

Self Study GRAMMAR 2

Answer the following questions completely.


P A S T T E N S E V E R B
Regular and irregular verbs with examples

198 5

10 Sentences of Simple Past Tense

1. Two boys played with a ball. 6. She didn`t finish all the exercises.
2. An old lady walked with her cat. 7. I enrolled to the Arabic course.
3. A nurse brought a little girl baby to the park. 8. Zainab healed the patient.
4. An old man sat down and read his book. 9. They bought 2 tickets.
5. A large trunk came around the corner. 10. My friend studied hard all year.

Las
Las
201Todat ye
7t we ar
ye k

English For Muslim Teens 141 Grade X Senior High School


Answer the questions completely with your own answers (all about yesterday`s activities)

1. What time did you leave for school 4. What subject did you study in the afternoon?
yesterday?
_____________________________
_____________________________
5. Where did you have your lunch?
2. What time did you arrive at school?
_____________________________
_____________________________
6. What did you have for lunch?
3. What subject did you study in the morning?
_____________________________
_____________________________

WRITING 2
Read the email and the advertisement for a new shopping centre. Write the information of
Ismail`s note.

G A Z WA Over 80 shops and Café Great for snacks

SHOPPING Bring your friends by car or bus


(the 14 from the town centre)

CENTER Opening on
Friday, 21st June, at 9.00!

You got mail!

From Ismail
Subject GAZWA SHOPPING CENTER ISMAIL`S NOTES

Assalamualaikum Ismail, Name of the shopping centre


Let`s go and have a look at GAZWA
SHOPPING CENTRE on the day it Day to meet Ibrahim
opens! You can get a bus from
town. I`m catching the 27 from
Time
here. Don`t forget your big bag! I`ll
wait for you in their café at 10.15.
Meeting place
Your friend
Ibrahim

English For Muslim Teens 142 Grade X Senior High School


Procedure Text READING 2

DO YOU KNOW...
Procedure text is a text that is designed to describe how something is achieved through a sequence
of actions or steps.

6 manners when you wake up

T
he form of loving the Prophet sallallaahu Third, read the last 10 verses of Surah Ali
'alaihi wa sallam is trying to preserve his Imran,
teachings in every situation. For this Ibn Abbas recounted his experience while
reason, the scholars emphasized that as much staying at his aunt Maimunah's house,
as possible every Muslim should conform to his
Sunnah in every activity. 24 hours according to “He sat down, then rubbed the sleep marks on
the sunnah, from waking up to going back to his face with his hand, then he read the last 10
sleep. verses of Surah Ali Imran.” (HR. Ahmad 2201,
Here we present some of the sunnahs of the Bukhari 183, Nasai 1631, and others).
Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam when Fourth, brush your teeth
waking up, Hudzaifah Radhiallahu 'anhu told,

First, rubbing the sleep marks on the face “Prophet Shollallahu'alaihi wassalam when he
Ibn Abbas Radhiyallahu 'anhu told that he had woke up at night, he cleaned his mouth with a
stayed at his aunt's house, Maimunah siwak. (HR. Bukhari 245 and Muslim 255)
Radhiyallahu' anha, one of the wife of the
Prophet Sallallahu 'alaihi wa sallam. Said Ibn Fifth, clean the nose
Abbas, Putting water into the nose by suctioning it in
Arabic is called istinsyaq and removing it is
“Then when it entered the middle of the night, called istintsar.
the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam woke From Abu Hurairah Radhiyallahu 'anhu,
up, then he sat down, then wiped the sleep Rasulullah Sallallahu' alaihi wa sallam said,
marks on his face with his hand.” (HR. Ahmad
2201, Bukhari 183, Nasai 1631, and others). "When you wake up then clean the inside of
your nose three times because the devil is
Second, read a prayer when you wake up staying overnight in his nasal cavity." (HR.
Among the readings he routinized while awake Bukhari 3295 and Muslim 238)
to sleep,
There are some friends who tell about this habit. Sixth, wash both hands 3 times
Among them Hudzaifah bin al-Yaman and al-
Barra bin Azib. The two friends told the prayer From Abu Hurairoh Radhiallahu anhu,
that the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam Rasulullah Sallallahu'alaihi wassalam advised.
used to recite when he was going to sleep and
woke up.
“When you wake up, don't let him dip his hand in
“That the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam the container, before he has washed it 3 times,
when he woke up he read: Alhamdulillah alladzi because he doesn't know where his hand last
ahyaanaa...” etc. (Narrated by Bukhari 6312, night was." (Narrated by Bukhari and Muslim
Muslim 2711, and others). 278).

English For Muslim Teens 143 Grade X Senior High School


Part 1 LISTENING 2

Listen and look. There is one example for you.


Zaki`s father talked about food with his friends at work today, which food does each
person often like eating?

1 2 3

Uncle Usman Ali Ravi

4 5 6

Ismail Ahmad Umar

A B C D

E F G H

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Sunna Before Going To Sleep (Part 1)

Assalamualaikum, ustad… A basket of Apple for you. It my present.


Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh... Maa shaa Allah! Barakallahu fiik. I like
apple very much and my children, too. Alhamdulillah… Thanks, Zaki.
No problem, ustad…
Oh, Zaki… If I am not mistaken that I promised you yesterday to continue about another sunnah
before going to sleep. Is that right?
Alhamdulillah… That`s right, ustad. I forgot to remind you.
No problem… I `ll tell you another sunnah before going to sleep. Is that okay?

English For Muslim Teens 144 Grade X Senior High School


In shaa Allah, ustad…
Alright… And the Fifth is Read Ayatul Kursi before going to bed. Because there was a story at that
time from Abu Hurairah told that, Rasulullah sallallaahu 'alaihi wasallam assigned me to look after
the zakat of Ramadan then someone came to steal the food but I took it back, then I said, "I will
definitely complain to the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wasallam". Then Abu Hurairah radhiyallahu
'anhu told a hadith regarding this matter. Then the person who came to him said, "If you want to lie
down on your bed, recite the verse of Al Kursi because with it you are always guarded by Allah
Ta'ala and the devil will not be able to approach you until morning". Then the Prophet sallallaahu
'alaihi wasallam said, "It is true what he said even though he was a liar. He is the devil". (Narrated
by Bukhari no. 3275)
Sixth : Read the prayer before going to sleep "Bismika allahumma amuutu wa ahyaa". From
Huzaifah told that "When the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wasallam was about to sleep, he would
say: 'Bismika allahumma amuutu wa ahya (In Your name, O Allah, I die and I live).' And when he
wakes up, he says: "Alhamdulillahilladzii ahyaana ba'da maa. amanana wailaihi nusyur (Praise be
to Allah who gave us life after we died, and to Him is our return).” (Narrated by Bukhari no. 6324)
Seventh : As much as possible get used to sleeping early at night (not often staying up late) if
there is no useful interest. It was narrated from Abi Barzah, he said, "The Messenger of Allah -
peace and prayer of Allah be upon him- hated sleeping before the Isha prayer and chatting
afterward." (Narrated by Bukhari no. 568)
Eighth : Read Tasbih, Tahmid and Takbir before sleep. From 'Ali radhiyallahu 'anhu that the
Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said to him and Fatimah radhiyallahu 'anhuma, "When you
are going to sleep-or when you are both lying down-, say takbir (ALLOHU AKBAR) 33 times, say
tasbih (SUBHANALLOH) ) 33 times, and say tahmid (ALHAMDULILLAH) 33 times."
In another narration it is stated, "The tasbih is said 34 times." In another narration it is stated, "The
takbir is said 34 times." (Muttafaqun 'alaih) [HR. Bukhari, no. 5361 and Muslim, no. 2728]
And I think that`s all as long as I know. We are as the follower of Rasulullah so he is the best
person that must be followed.
Maa shaa Allah, ustad! I really understand what should I do now before going to sleep.
Jazakallahu khoir, ustad…
Wa jazakallahu khoir…

Part 1 SPEAKING 3
Read the question and choose the correct response for each question.

1. Do you like travelling? A. We went to Bandung, in west Java.


2. Did you go on holiday last summer? B. I am from Medan, the capital of North Sumatera.
3. Where do you come from? C. I take the bus. It takes ten minutes.
4. Where did you go? D. Yes, I do. It`s exciting.
5. How did you get there? E. We went by plane. It took 12 hours.
6. How do you get to school? F. Yes, I did. I went with my family.

Make questions in the past simple and write your friend`s answer then practice them in
front of the class.

Yo u r F r i e n d
You / go / on holiday last year?
…………………………………………………………………….
Yo u r F r i e n d
Where / you go?
……………………………………………………………………

English For Muslim Teens 145 Grade X Senior High School


Yo u r F r i e n d
Who / go with?
…………………………………………………………………….
Yo u r F r i e n d
How / get there?
…………………………………………………………………….
Yo u r F r i e n d
Be / the weather good?
…………………………………………………………………….
Yo u r F r i e n d
You / have fun?
…………………………………………………………………….
Yo u r F r i e n d
What / you do?
…………………………………………………………………….

Part 2
look for the differences between talking about past events or actions in English and
Bahasa.
My mother has cooked dinner
for us. She cooked it an hour a. How do you talk about a past event in
ago. I helped her. So, it is ready your language?
now and still hot. b. Is there any verb changes?

Now your turn!


Discuss the following questions with your
Friends and your teacher. 5. How did you express that?
1. Have you ever talked about an event/actions 6. What can we learn from talking about past
in the past? events/actions in our daily life?
2. When did you do that?
3. Why do you think you should do that?
4. With whom did you talk about that?

LISTENING 3
You are walking in the street and suddenly a man asks you some questions about your life
for the breaking news about Covid 19.
Complete the sentences with the correct grammar structure of present perfect tense for
positive sentences

Interviewer Assalamualaikum, today we are asking people some information about their lives during
this quarantine. Have you done something new during the last 3 months?
You Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Alhamdulillah, I ………… (do) a lot of
new things, for example reading Al Qur`an and hadist, study more about Arabic and
English, online learning with some ustad, doing house chores and others.
Interviewer Maa shaa Allah… So, you are over the moon during these months. Have you gone to the
supermarket this week?
You Alhamdulillah, sure. I ……………. (go) to the supermarket this week, it was my turn to buy
groceries.
Interviewer Maa shaa Allah, great! I can see that you bought a lot of fruits and vegetables. Have you
change your diet the last months?

English For Muslim Teens 146 Grade X Senior High School


You Definitely, I …………… (change) my diet, nowadays our bodies need to keep strong and
healthy to fight against the virus.
Interviewer You are right. And talking about health…. Have you worked out at home?
You Well, I`m trying my best. I ………. (work) out at home with some boxing classes I`ve found
on YouTube.
Interviewer Alhamdulillah… That was all. Thanks for you time! Wassalamualaikum
You You`re welcome… Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

LISTENING 4
PART A : Listen to a boy called Muhammad talking about a school trip to Medan.
Circle the correct answer.
1. Number of days in Medan: 2/5 4. Name of hotel in Medan: BERRI/ VERRY
2. Coach left school at: 5.00/5.30 am 5. Enjoyed shopping / boat trip best.
3. Cost of trip: Rp. 240.000,- / Rp. 214.000,-

PART B : Now listen to Muhammad again and answer with short answers. Ask students
to read through the questions. Play the recording again, and ask the class to write down
the answers. They may need to hear the recording one more time. They should check
their answers in pairs.
1. Did the students arrive at school late? 6. Did Muhammad speak Bataknese all the
No, they didn't. time?
2. Did Muhammad like the coach journey? _______________________________
_______________________________ 7. Did Muhammad buy a present for his
3. Did they stop at a cafe on the motorway for brother?
some sandwiches? _______________________________
_______________________________ 8. Did he take lots of photos?
4. Did it take eight hours to go from Aceh to _______________________________
Medan? 9. Did he enjoy the trip?
_______________________________ _______________________________
5. Did they stay at a new hotel? 10. Did they arrive back in Aceh late?
_______________________________ _______________________________

WH - Questions GRAMMAR 3

Answer the following questions completely.

Question words in English


a. Who c. When d. Why
Ask about person Asking about time, Asking for a reason
Who is the man? occasion, moment Why do you come here?
b. Where When can I see you?
Asking in or at what place When di you last see
or position him?
Where do you live?
Where are my boots?

Read the questions and answers, then decide which wh-question to use:
1. _____ are you going? To the gym. 4. _____ did you have for lunch? An egg
2. _____ baked the chocolate cake? Aisyah sandwich.
3. _____ are you going home? At 5 o`clock 5. _____ can you come over? insyaAllah
tomorrow morning
English For Muslim Teens 147 Grade X Senior High School
WH- Questions
Review PRESENT SIMPLE vs. PRESENT CONTINUOUS

PRESENT SIMPLE PRESENT CONTINUOUS


For fact or thing that are always true or For an action happening right now at
generally true. the moment of speaking.
• Whales live in the ocean • I am teaching an English lesson.
• A cat has four legs • You are watching a Islamic channel.
• It rains a lot in winter • Umar is washing his hair.
• Water boils at 100 degree celcius. • She is taking her sister to the doctor.

For fact or things that are always true or For an action happening right now at
generally true. the moment of speaking.
• Whales live in the ocean • I am teaching an English lesson.
• A cat has four legs • You are watching Islamic channel.
• It rains a lot in winter • Umar is washing his hair
• Water boils at 100 degree celcius • She is taking her sister to the doctor.

For regular habits or repeated actions. To talk about something that is


• I brush my teeth five times a day. happening around the time of speaking
• I read al Qur`an everyday. but not necessarily at this exact
• She goes to Tahfidz Centre after moment.
school I am reading a great book.
• He walks to school every day.
It doesn’t necessarily mean that I am
reading a book right now at this moment. It
refers to this moment of my life.

I live in Bandung I am living in Jakarta at the moment.


I plan to live in Bandung for a long time and The situation is temporary. Next month I
I don`t plan to change soon. It is more or plan to live in a different city.
less permanent.
What do you do? What are you doing?
= what is you job? = what (action) are you doing right now?

Part 1
Look at the form of Present Continuous Tense below.

am playing We
I running
am not You
doing are
They
are not listening
He going Mark and
(aren’t)
Paul is Sue eating
Jane Is not (isn’t) swimming Paul and I
She

English For Muslim Teens 148 Grade X Senior High School


Special
1 syllable ending 1 vowel + 1 lie and die verbs ending with -e
consonant lie → lying take → taking
get → getting die → dying make → making
sit → sitting shake → shaking
skip → skipping travel and regret
swim → swimming travel → travelling
regret → regretting

Look at the picture and write the sentences. What are they doing? Then present it in front
of your class.

Zabir
Zaki
Idris vocabulary
Uwais

Umar

Ali

Ismail
Umar

1. Ali is eating a bread


__________________________________ 5. __________________________________
2. __________________________________ 6. __________________________________
3. __________________________________ 7. __________________________________
4. __________________________________ 8. __________________________________

Report Text READING 4

Now, let`s study about report text.

What is report text? Report text is a text that describes something in general. Every text has a
communicative purpose. Communicative purpose of report text is to present information about
something in general. Report text has two generic structures. The first is general classification it is
usually in the first paragraph of the text.

A
jwa date is a type of date that grows in al- Arab mentions that according to some
Madinah (a place in Saudi Arabia). The sources Ajwa refers to a type of date all of which
scholar ibn Munzir, in his book Lisan al- have their origin in a palm tree planted by

English For Muslim Teens 149 Grade X Senior High School


Ajwa dates are rich in potassium. Hence ajwa
khajoor is helpful in heart health because
Potassium can also help reduce the risk of stroke
and can ease anxiety. Effective in preventing
abdominal cancer, abdominal diseases,
Disturbance in intestines, strong remedy to kill
the worms of abdomen and relieves Constipation
According to experts, diabetics can also benefit
from the high fiber content of dates. It is okay
to eat 2-3 dates a day for diabetics so long as
Prophet Muhammad Shollalallahu `alaihi they exercise caution and maintain
wasallam. healthy eating habits overall.
Ajwa date come from the date palm in Saudi
Arabia. It is one of the most ancient trees in the As many as seven Ajwa dates comprise
world and can grow up to 12 inches each year to 120 calories. Those who have made it a habit to
a 100 feet. take 5 to 7 Ajwa dates without fail everyday are
Ajwa dates have a meaty, chewy texture and a less susceptible to carcinoma and circulatory
sweet flavour with hints of caramel, honey, and diseases. and In Sahih Al-Bukhari and Sahih
cinnamon. Muslim, it is narrated a hadith from Sahabat
Sa'ad bin Abi Waqqash, from the Prophet
Ajwa dates contain protein, carbohydrates, sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam, that he once said:
dietary fibre and healthy fats. As far as vitamins, "Whoever consumes seven Ajwah dates in the
they are literally packed with vitamins A, B6, C, E morning, then on that day he will not be exposed
and K. They also contain carotenoids which are to poison or magic" (HR Al-Bukhari (no. 5769)
part of the vitamin A family and great for eyesight. and Muslim (no. 2047) (155)), from Shahabah
Other vitamins contained include folate, niacin, Sa’ad bin Abu Waqqash
thiamine and riboflavin.
Ajwa dates are quite rich in iron and fluorine
The use of Ajwa dates during and after content. They are rich in dietary fibre and
pregnancy improves blood circulation in mother essential fatty acids that aid weight loss. It is
and baby bodies and is very helpful for growth of okay to consume about six dates through the
mother milk as well. day. Eaten in moderation, dates are super-
helpful in shedding those kilos."
Extremely useful in Male & Female infertility. It
gives a healthy and bright skin and able to cure
against various skin diseases.
Answer these questions based on the text above.
1. What is the text about? 6. Are Ajwa dates good for weight loss?
2. What is the content of Ajwa dates? 7. Is Ajwa dates good for infertility?
3. How many calories Ajwa dates? 8. Can diabetics eat Ajwa dates?
4. What is the taste of Ajwa dates? 9. What is AJWA ?
5. Are Ajwa dates good for pregnancy? 10. What are Ajwa dates good for?

Name
Origin
Texture
Color
Size
Consume
Calories
Contain
Benefits

English For Muslim Teens 150 Grade X Senior High School


Grammar Worksheet Suffix: -ness WRITING 4

Some adjectives can form nouns by adding suffix – ness at the end.
lazy = laziness cold = coldness
polite = politeness lonely = loneliness
careless = carelessness bald = baldness
happy = Happiness shy = shyness
sick = sickness blind = blindness
Complete the sentences below. Use the suffix ‘-ness’ with the words in the box.
1. Can money buy __________________? Can it put a smile on your face? No..Only Allah can give it
you.
2. You should never look directly at the sun. It can cause __________________.
3. Maa shaa Allah, The __________________ of Antarctica is incredible. Temperatures can drop to -
89ºC.
4. Qodarullah, His __________________ lasted a long time. He was in the hospital for several
months.
5. I want to teach __________________ to my kids. I want them to say, “Thank you.”
6. __________________ can cause accidents so please be careful!
7. I was alone and didn’t have friends when I first moved here. I felt __________________.
8. Subhanallah, My cat’s __________________ is amazing. It just sleeps all day!
9. Sarah`s __________________ means that she doesn’t like to meet new people.
10. Can anything cure my __________________? I want to grow more hair!

Revise your Wri�ng


Wri�ng strategies

D
o you like to tell stories? Do you like to marks in the best way. You look for words that can
write? Sometimes those questions have be taken out or traded for different, more exciting
two different answers. Many children love words. You make sure that your words help the
to tell stories out loud. However, it can be hard to reader get a picture in his mind when he reads
write them down on paper. them.
Revising your writing is important. The changes
Writing is one of those skills that take practice. you make can turn boring words into exciting
Even professional writers do not write everything words. It can make your ideas come alive. Don`t
perfectly the first time. They have to revise their be afraid to make changes. The first time you write
work. When you revise your writing, you look for on a topic, you get your ideas down on paper.
ways to change it that will make it better. You Revising your writing is cleaning it up. It`s making
check your spelling. You make sure that you have it ready for readers to enjoy.
used capitals, periods and other punctuation

Answer the following questions based on the reading passage. Don`t forget to go back to
the passage whatever necessary to find or confirm your answers.

1. What does it mean to revise your writing?


_________________________________________________________

2. Do professional writers have to revise their writing?


_________________________________________________________

3. What are three thing you can check or change when you revise your writing?
_________________________________________________________
English For Muslim Teens 151 Grade X Senior High School
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Keep Your Tongue
Assalamualaikum, ustad… How are you today?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Alhamdulillah, I am fine, thank you. And
what about you?
Alhamdulillah, very well. Thanks you ustad… By the way, ustad. I heard that Allah and
Rasulullah told us about keeping our mouth. I mean. We have to tell the truth and useful. Is that
right ustad?
Yes, that`s right. Because Allah said in Al Qur`an, Surah Al Ahzab verse 70 to 71. “O you who
have believed, fear Allah and speak words of appropriate justice. And He will [then] amend for
you your deeds and forgive you your sins. And whoever obeys Allah and His Messenger has
certainly attained a great attainment.” And many other verses.
In hadist?
Yes, there is a hadith was also narrated by Muslim no.64 with lafaz,“There was a man who
asked the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam, “Who is the best Moslem? A moslem who other
moslems are safe from the interference of his tongue and hands.” And many other hadiths too
about that.
Maa shaa Allah, ustad… I got a very magnificent knowledge. Allah and Rasulullah had forbid us
to talk about something which is no benefit to other people and not to hurt other people. I really
understand now ustad.
Alhamdulillah, finally to know it.
Jazakallahu khoir, ustad... I really appreciate it. See you next time, in shaa Allah.
In shaa Allah, see you... Assalamualaikum.
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullah wabarokaatuh.

Akhlaq REVIEW TEST

Now, let`s study about report text.


1. “ Truly faith will return to the city of Medina 3. What should you read before going to sleep?
as a snake returns to its hole or nest.” 4. May we sleep late? ...
[HR. Al-Bukhâri and Muslim] 5. What happened at the 10th of Hijriyah? ...
The closest meaning for the underlined word 6. Who is the best moslem?
is …
2. One of the best Imam Muslim`s teacher is a
man who can memorize thousands of
hadiths and he is very well-known in hadit
knowledge. Do you know who is he? ...

Speaking
Choose the best response for these questions.
1. You were here this morning, weren`t you? 2. Your meeting was shorter than expected,
a. The sky was very clear this morning wasn`t it?
b. No, I had a meeting at the hotel a. Yes, it`s too small for me.
c. He wasn`t here b. Yes, it was over in less than an hour.
c. Yes, he`s shorter than I am

English For Muslim Teens 152 Grade X Senior High School


3. Has everyone shown up for the meeting yet? 5. Who didn`t go to the meeting yesterday?
a. I really enjoyed meeting everyone. a. Zaki wasn`t there
b. Yes, he is. b. Yes, he did, and he told me all about it.
c. We`re still waiting for Umar. c. It was a very informative meeting.
4. Who did you invite to the picnic? 6. How was the conference?
a. No, the picnic`s not at night. a. It lasted several days.
b. Everybody in the office b. I thought it was boring
c. We`ll go inside if it rains. c. She`s doing very well, thank you.

Reading
Read the notice and the email.
Fill in the information in Umar`s notes.
For questions 1 – 6, write the information on your answer sheet.

Tennis From
To
: Abu Bakar
: Umar
Competition Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
For 11 – 14 years old
Qodarullah, I can`t go to watch the tennis competition
Saturday 14 May
with Ali on Saturday. Do you want to go instead? Her
& father will take you both in his car. They will come to
Sunday 15 May your house at 4 o`clock.
5.30 p.m – 7.30 p.m It`s free so you won`t need any money, but don`t forget
to bring some for buying snacks.
FREE ENTRY
Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Gazwa Tennis Club
Free bus from train station

Umar`s notes
Tennis Competition.
Where to go : ________________________________
Who : ________________________________
Date : ________________________________
Time Begins : ________________________________
What to bring : ________________________________
Travel by : ________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 153 Grade X Senior High School


Writing
Read the information under and complete the blank with suitable word.

Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Attention all employees!
Our office is collecting money the ________________ of last week`s terrible floods. Qodarullah,
many
a. Observers
b. Victims
c. Planners
d. Reporters

people in our city lost their homes and all their ______________ in the floods. We would like to
send
a. Possesses
b. Possessed
c. Possessing
d. Possessions

money to help them. And insyaAllah it will be useful for them. If you wish to make a
____________
a. Cake
b. Friend
c. Salary
d. Donation
please bring a check or cash to Mr. Ali in Human Resource before 5.00 on Friday. InsyaAllah We
____________ a check in the name of everyone in the office to the Flood Fund.
a. Send
b. Sent
c. Will send
d. Might send

Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Listening
Read the information under and complete the blank with suitable word.

GAZWA SPORT EXPRESS


First floor : Sport Equipment
Staffroom and (1) _____________
Lunch : (2) _____________
minutes (between
12:00 and
(3) _____________
Number of
hours : (4) _____________ hours per week.
Manager : Mr. (5) _____________

English For Muslim Teens 154 Grade X Senior High School


Grammar
Complete the paragraph below by filling in the missing words – be sure to change the
verbs to Past Tense!

Forget drive say put isn’t look at


buy go find look for turn on remind

Qodarullah Something happened to me last week. On Monday, I (1) bought a plane ticket at a shopping
mall near my home. I (2) ______ the ticket in the pocket of my jacket, and (3) ______ home. After I got
home, I went to bed and (4) ______ about the ticket. On Tuesday morning, I got into my car and (5)
drove to work. On the way to work, I (6) ______ the radio and a man on the radio talk about a plane and
a ticket new rules. It (7) ______ me to my ticket, After he (8) ______about a plane ticket, I put my hand
into my jacket pocket. Astaghfirullah, Oh no! The ticket (9) ______ in my pocket, so I drove back home
and (10) l______ the ticket. I (11) ______the ticket. It was on a table. Finally, I (12) ______the ticket very
carefully. And Alhamdulillah, I found it. So I can fly.

Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of verbs in the following dialogue. Put the correct
form of past tense or present perfect.

Aisyah Assalamualaikum Raisa, long time not see. Where ______you (be) ______?
Raisa Waalaikumussalam, Alhamdulillah, my family and I ______ (go) to Aceh last month.
Aisyah Maa shaa Allah, that`s amazing. ______ you ______ (enjoy) the trip.
Raisa Alhamdulillah. It is the best trip I ______ ever ______. (have)
Aisyah Would you like to have lunch together?
Raisa In shaa Allah, sure. I __________ (not/eat) anything yet. Let`s go to our favourite
restaurant.
Aisyah I`m afraid we can`t because it closed (close) down.
Raisa Subhanallah…what happened?
Aisyah Because the head chef ______ (return) to his home country.
Raisa Qodarullah. Let`s find another one.
Aisyah In shaa Allah… Let`s go.

Fill in the blanks below to complete the sentences. Use the correct question words.

1. Zainab studies English at college. 6. Mr. Ali goes to work by bus.


_______________________________ _______________________________
2. Her friend lives in Sibolga. 7. The supermarket sells apples.
_______________________________ _______________________________
3. Sofia studies math. 8. They usually travel to the countryside on
_______________________________ holidays.
4. Sarah lives in Belawan. _______________________________
_______________________________ 9. Zabir is a teacher. He teaches Indonesian.
5. His brother always gets up at 5 o`clock in the _______________________________
morning. 10. This bus goes to the shopping mall.
_______________________________ _______________________________

English For Muslim Teens 155 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 7

I n the hadith of Abu Dharr radhiyallahu anhu, he said: Ya Rasûlallâh! What mosque was built first?' He
replied: 'Masjid al-Haram'. I asked again: 'Then what?' He replied: 'Aqsa Mosque'. I asked again: 'What
is the time span between the two?' He replied: 'Forty years.'" [Muttafaqalaih]

English For Muslim Teens 156 Grade X Senior High School


Al Aqsa
1.

1 AKHLAQ 5 SPEAKING
1. Yawning.
1. Talk about Ustman and Ali`s
2. Sneezing.
experience in Palestine.
3. You`re kidding.
2. My hero is Rasulullah.
3. Talk about Zainab and

2 LISTENING Aisyah`s Experience

1. Syeikh Abdur Rahman As


Sudais. 6 GRAMMAR
2. School café .
3. Describing people.
4. It`s not all about me. 1. Past tense; Regular and
5. Listening about present perfect Irregular verbs.
continuous. 2. Noun and Adverb.
3. Present perfect continuous.

3 READING
7 REVIEW TEST
1. Recount text; a trip to Sibolga.
2. The battle of Badr. 1. Akhlaq building
3. My first Umrah. 2. Speaking
4. Uhud war. 3. Reading
4. Writing

WRITING
5. Listening
4 6. Grammar

1. Writing a postcard.
2. Write about the picture.
3. Write about biography.
4. Write about a recount text.

English For Muslim Teens 157 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
SPEAKING 1
Ustman and Ali have just come back from a trip to Palestine. They`ve invited
Ismail and Ravi over for dinner.
Ali Here`s some apple pie that I made. Help yourselves.
Ismail Maa shaa Allah, Ali. You`ve gone to so much trouble.
Ali It was not trouble at all.
Ustman Would anyone care for coffee or tea?
Ismail I`ll have a cup of coffee, please.
Ravi Make that two.
Ustman Ali??
Ali Not right now, thanks maybe later, in shaa Allah.
Ismail Well, don`t keep us in suspense. Tel us about your trip.
Ustman I`d say it was the nicest vacation we`ve ever taken, wouldn`t you Ali?
Ali Alhamdulillah, absolutely. You really ought to go. You won`t be disappointed.
Ustman We`ve visited Al Aqsa and maa shaa Allah, it was spectacular.
Ali And the people are very friendly.
Ustman Ali and I took a rest in that mosque and prayed inside.
Ali Would you like to see our slides? We just got them back today.
Ravi Hmmm… It might be a little late for.
Ismail Maa shaa Allah... Yes, of course. We`d love to see them.

First slide
Ustman That`s the bus we took to get that place.
Ismail Did you have all your meals in it?
Ustman We usually ate out at least three times a day. And it served us very well with high service.

Second slide
Ustman Do you remember where this was, Ali?
Ali In shaa Allah, sure! That`s Dome of the Rock in Palestine and the other one is Masjidil Al
Aqsa.
Ravi Where exactly is Dome of the Rock?
Ali It`s in old city Jerusalem in Palestine.
Ravi So… By the way, would like to explain what is the different between Masjidil Al Aqsa and
Dome of the Rock?
Ali In shaa Allah… Based on our travel guide from alindrahaqeem.com, it said that Dome of
Rock is located as complex as Masjidil Aqsa. Actually this building does not function as a place
of worship. We do not know what Abdul Malik's purpose in building this building, many think
that the building is a symbol of the success and luxury of the caliph himself. Wallahu`a`lam
bissawaab

Third slide
Ali I`ll show you the map of Masjidil Al Aqsa and Dome of the Rock
Ravi Maa shaa Allah

Fourth slide
Ali This is a Gaza city before the war recently.
Ravi Maa shaa Allah… How far is it from Masjidil Al Aqsa to Gaza city?
Ustman If I am not mistaken it is about 78.9 Km.
Ravi Maa shaa Allah… That sounds interesting…I hope, I`ll be there someday... In syaa Allah.
Ali In syaa Allah.

English For Muslim Teens 158 Grade X Senior High School


Figure It Out
Read the text again and say True, False or It doesn`t say.
1. Ali bought the apple pie in a store. True False Doesn’t say
2. Ustman doesn`t want anything to drink True False Doesn’t say
3. Ravi wants two cups of coffee True False Doesn’t say
4. Ustman and Ali ate all their meals in the bus True False Doesn’t say
5. Ustman and Ali have their own bus True False Doesn’t say
6. Ali thought the restaurant was good True False Doesn’t say

Check A Or AB
1. Here is a cake ______ I made 4. I was _________ in the restaurant with its
a. Who service.
b. That a. Satisfied
2. I`m very interested _______ history. b. Satisfaction
a. In 5. The trip was _________
b. With a. Fascinating
3. Do you remember where ______ ? b. Fascinated
a. It was
b. Was it

Recount READING 1
Now, let`s study about report text.

What is recount text? Kinds of Recount Text


Recount text is a text that telling the reader about � Personal recount
one story, action or activity. Its purpose is to These usually retell an event that the writer
entertain or informing the reader. Or a text which was personally involved in or talked about
retells event or experiences in the past. his personal experience.
� Factual recount
The Characteristics / Language Feature of Recording an incident, eg. a science
Recount Text: experiment, police report.
1. Using the simple past tense, past continuous
� Imaginative recount
tense, past perfect tense, and past perfect
Writing an imaginary role and giving details
continuous tense.
of events, eg. A day in the life of a pirate;
2. frequent use is made of words which link
How I invented...
events in time, such as next, later, when,
then, after, before, first, at the same time, as � Historical recount
soon as she left, late on Friday, On a recount text that contains history. An
Saturday. On Monday, On Sunday). example is a recount text about the
3. Focus on a specific participant, proclamation of Indonesian independence
e.g. I (the writer). and others
4. Using the conjunctions, such as: then,
before, after, etc.
5. Using an action verb, e.g. went, stayed.
6. the passive voice may be used, eg. the
bottle was filled with ink (Factual Recount).

English For Muslim Teens 159 Grade X Senior High School


Bismillah.

My First Trip to Sibolga City

Alhamdulillah, Last September, I went to Sibolga for a holiday. I


Orientation went there with Umar, Muhammad and Ali. That was my first time
to travel there.

O
ur bus departed from Medan at 8.00 AM and Alhamdulillah we
arrived at Sibolga city 05.00 PM. After that, we went to our guest
house that we had booked before. Fortunately, our guest house
was located near to Pulau Putri, so we did not have to walk so far. The
first thing that we did after that was rent bicycle. It only cost IDR 20.000
per day. Then we did cycling for a while and had lunch before we
decided to do snorkelling.

When we went snorkelling, the fisherman who became our guide


brought us to the beach far enough from our guest house. We did
snorkel there. The water was very clear. We could see groups of tiny
fishes and beautiful coral under the sea. After we did snorkel for
approximately three hours, we returned to our guest house. We ended
Events up the first day by getting dinner and took some walks around.

On the second day, after shalah Shubuh we walk around to watch


sunrise and Qodarullah, we did not need to go far to watch the sunrise
because our guest house was so near to the beach and Alhamdulillah
we could watch the sunrise there. Sunrise on the beach, and
MasyaAllah what a beautiful view!

After we spent long enough time to watch the sunrise, we decided to get
breakfast. There was a small cafe at that time. We went to the cafe and
had breakfast there. We ate some delicious sea foods. We felt time went
so fast that day. We needed to return to our guest house because our
bus that would bring us home would depart at 10.00 AM.

So, my first trip to Sibolga city was so enjoyable. I would like to visit this
Re- Orientation place again together with my family in another chance in shaa Allah.

The T
he Battle of Badr took place on March 17, 624 AD or 17 Ramadan in
the second year of Hijriah. The Battle of Badr involved 314 Muslim
armies against more than 1,000 people from the Quraysh. The Battle

Battle of Badr was the first war fought by Muslims since the migration of the
Prophet Muhammad in 622 AD. In the Qur'an, the battle of Badr is described

of in several verses in Surah Ali-Imran verses 123 - 126

The Muslims then confronted Abu Sufyan's trading caravan carrying

Badr Quraysh merchandise from Syria. The reason for the obstruction was the
desire of the Muslims to take away their rights which had been usurped by
the Quraysh. Meanwhile, among the Quraysh grew jealousy due to the
development of the City of Medina under the leadership of the Prophet
Muhammad.

In the battle of badr, the Prophet Muhammad led the direct attack on the
Quraysh. The war involved 313 Muslims, 8 swords, 6 armor, 70 camels, and

English For Muslim Teens 160 Grade X Senior High School


2 horses. Meanwhile, the troops of the Quraysh many of the rest were running helter-skelter.
mobilized an army of 1,000 men, 600 fully armed, Meanwhile, the victims of the Muslims only 14
700 camels, and 300 horses. Despite being people. In addition to repelling 1000 soldiers from
outnumbered by troops, the Muslims were still the Quraysh, the Muslims also managed to take
eager for jihad in the month of Ramadan. The the spoils of 600 complete weapons, 700 camels,
spirit of war succeeded in killing three war 300 horses, as well as trade belonging to Abu
leaders from the Quraysh troops, namely Utbah, Sufyan's caravan.
Syaibah, and Walid bin Utbah. Among the
For Muslims, the battle of Badr is a big event,
Quraysh troops who attacked Muslims, there
especially during the holy month of Ramadan.
were relatives of the Prophet Muhammad from
The battle of badr became the first major battle
the Bani Hashim tribe. They were the uncle of the
for Muslims against the enemy. It was through
prophet, Abbas bin Abdul Muttalib, Hakim
Allah's help that the Muslims managed to win
(Khadijah's cousin), and so on.
even though they were outnumbered. In fact,
When the infidel Quraysh troops departed to Allah Subhanahu wata`ala named the battle of
attack, the Muslims did not immediately welcome Badr as Yaum Al-Furqan aka the day of
him with a direct physical fight. They first shot distinction. Because on that day it will be
arrows from a distance. Then, only then did they distinguished which one is right and which one is
draw their swords and do battle. By noon, as vanity. At that time Allah Subhanahu wata`ala
many as 50 leaders of the Quraysh infidel troops sent great help to the Muslims and won them
were killed, including Abu Jahal. Meanwhile, over their enemies.

Answer these questions


1. What does the topic mainly tell you about? 5. Who are the they?
a. The year of the battle of Badr a. Friends of Rasulullah
b. The Battle of Badr b. Family of Rasulullah
c. Moslem won the battle c. Three war leaders
2. What is true about the news from text 1? 6. How many moslems are there in the battle
a. The year of the battle of Badr of Bard?
b. Qur`an surah Ali Imran verses 123 -126 a. 300
c. Prophet Muhammad migrated from b. 314
Makkah to Madinah c. 700
3. What kind of text is it? 7. When did the battle happen?
a. Recount text, imaginative a. 2nd Hijriyah
b. Recount text, factual b. 3rd Hijriyah
c. Recount text, historical c. 4th Hijriyah
4. Who were killed in the battle of Badr from the 8. Which is the Re Orientation text?
enemy side? a. Text 2
a. Abu Sufyan, Abdul Mutholib, utbah b. Text 3
b. Utbah, Syaibah, Walid bin Utbah c. Text 5
c. Abdul Mutholib, Syaibah, Utbah.

LISTENING 1
PART 1 : Read and listen. Fill in the missing word from the text.

Sheikh Abdul Rahman Al Sudais

A
bdul Rahman Ibn Abdul Aziz as-Sudais At the age of 12, Al Sudais memorized the Holy
an-Najdi is a Saudi world renewed qari, he Quran, and studied in the 'Al Muthana Bin Harith'
was born in Saudi Arabia and he's ______ Elementary School and was graduated in
from the Anza clan. Al Sudais is the leading imam ______with a grade of excellent in ' Riyadh
of the Grand mosque in the Islamic city of Mecca. scientific Institution'.

English For Muslim Teens 161 Grade X Senior High School


Al Sudais studied in Riyadh University and Sheikh AL Sudais is _______ for the particularity
______ a degree in Sharia in 1983, and a Master of his voice and for his ________ recitation of the
from the Sharia College of Imam Muhammad bin Quran in accordance with Tajweed.
Saud Islamic University in _______. In 1995 he
obtained a Ph.D in Islamic Sharia from Umm al- In 2005, he received the price of the ' Islamic
Qura University. Personality Of the year' in the 9th annual Dubai
International Holy Quran Award.

PART 2 : You will hear Umar asking to his new friend about the school cafe. Listen and
complete each question.

SCHOOL CAFÉ
Café is near the :________________ Price of most expensive meal : ________________
Opens at :________________ This week, free : ________________
Best food : ________________ Nicest member of staff : ________________

WRITING 1
Read the two postcards below and sentences 1 - 5. Which sentences answer questions in
postcard A and which answer questions in postcard B?

0. I had a really great B


POST POST time.

CARD
Bismillah.
A CARD B
When did you last have
1.

2.
We were all there to
see my cousin`s new
baby.
There was a Indian
mutton curry.
Who came to your a special meal with lots
3. He really loved having
uncle`s dinner of your family? Why us all together. He
invitation? What was were you together? Did never stopped smiling!
the food like? How did you enjoy yourself? 4. Two weeks ago, my
your uncle enjoy the Send me a postcard aunt invited us to her
dinner? Write to me about it! Your best house in the country.
soon! Best wishes, friend. Ismail. 5. Everyone was there for
uncle`s invitation,
Umar.
including his brother
from Aceh.
Now write the sentences on the correct postcard below, A or B. then finish each postcard

POST
CARD A Bismillah,
Assalamualaikum Umar.
Thanks for your postcard.

English For Muslim Teens 162 Grade X Senior High School


POST
CARD B Bismillah,
Assalamualaikum Ismail.
Thanks for your postcard.

Regular And Irregular Verbs GRAMMAR 1

Regular and Irregular verbs in Past form (Past Tense)


Regular Verbs
i To form the past and perfect tense and to form passive voice,
add -ed to a regular verb:

PRESENT PAST
like liked (if verb ends in e, only add d)
carry carried (if verb ends in y and is preceded by a consonant,
drop the y and insert ied)
drop dropped (c-v-c rule: double final consonan before adding ed)

Irregular Verbs
i Many verbs are irregular; the past and perfect tenses are not controlled by strict patterns:

Base Simple Past Base Simple Past


Form Past Tense Participle Form Past Tense Participle
awake awoke awoken overtake overtook overtaken
be was, were been overthrow overthrew overthrown
bear bore born pay paid paid
beat beat beat plead pled pled
become became become prove proved proved/proven
begin began begun put put put
bend bent You may bent
check for full irregular
quit verbsquit
list on quit
beset beset https://dictionary.cambridge.org/grammar/
beset read read read
bet bet british-grammar/table-of-irregular-verbs
bet rid rid rid
bid bid/bade bid/bidden ride rode ridden

English For Muslim Teens 163 Grade X Senior High School


Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Sunna Before Going ro Sleep (Part 2)

Uaaaaaaaaah... `Audzubillahi minassyaitonirrojiim.


Assalamualaikum, zaki. What happened to you?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullai wabarokaatuh, ustad. I slept late last night. So it makes me so
sleepy.
But it is not the best way what you had done before.
What did I do?
It is not a good manner. Because Rasulullah had taught us how do we behave while we are
yawning.
Is that right, ustad? So, what did Rasulullah teach us while we are yawning?
Alright…. Rasulullah told, "The yawning (yawning) comes from the devil. If one of you yawns, then
let him hold on as much as he can." [HR. Al-Bukhari no. 6226 and Muslim no. 2944. This sentence
is based on the narration of al-Bukhari] and in another hadith, Rasulullah told, "When one of you
yawns, let him cover his mouth with his hand, for the devil will enter (into the open mouth)." [HR.
Muslim no. 2995 (57) and Abu Dawud no. 5026]
Astaghfirullah… I made a mistake.
In shaa Allah... It is no problem. Because you didn`t know about that before. But next time, never.
And the second, when you are yawning don`t ever never say “Audzubillahiminashsyaitonirrojiim”.
Because Rasulullah never taught us about that and even his companions.
In shaa Allah, ustad… I`ll never do that again.
Ok, zaki... See you next time. I have a lot of things to do. Assalamualaikum.
Ok, ustad… See you! jazakallahu khoiron… Thanks a lot. Wassalamualaikum.

SPEAKING 2
My Hero is Rasulullah
Aisyah Assalamualaikum, Raisa, How are you? Are you oke today? You look so confused.
Raisa Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Alhamdulilah, so far so good, but my
homework made me confused.
Aisyah Subhanallah… May I know why?
Raisa Because the teacher gave me a homework to find my best hero in my life and after that talk
about the hero in front of the class. Would like to give me some ideas?
Aisyah In shaa Allah… But first, you must pray to Allah when you have some trouble in your life.
Alright Raisa… Why don`t you make Rasulullah as your best hero in your life?
Raisa Really? May I?
Aisyah Yes, of course…You have to make Rasulullah as your best hero in your life.
Raisa Do you think that Ms. Zainab will agree with that?
Aisyah In shaa Allah... Because when she entered to my class last week, I did and she was very
happy with my presentation.
Raisa Maa shaa Allah, but how?
Aisyah You can tell about Rasulullah to your friend in front of the class, so your friends will know well
about this special man in the world.
Raisa What made Rasulullah special?
Aisyah Many… There 10 miracles that Rasulullah had.
Raisa What are they?

English For Muslim Teens 164 Grade X Senior High School


Aisyah Oke… Let me tell you...
First : Al Qur`an. It is the biggest miracle that he had
Second : Water gushing from between the fingers
Third : A little food is enough for a crowd
Fourth : A glass of milk fills many people
Fifth : Prayers for rain that are immediately granted
Sixth : Notifications of supernatural things that are proven to happen
Seventh : Splitting the moon in two
Eighth : Treating eye pain, Allah heals in an instant
Ninth :There will always be someone who appears to defend his sunnah
Tenth : A little water becomes a lot
And many others…
Raisa What about his face? Is Rasulullah handsome?
Aisyah Maa shaa Allah... Rasulullah is the most handsome man in the world. In hadist said that He is
the most generous, the most handsome and the bravest (HR. Bukhari and Muslim)
Raisa What about his Akhlaq?
Aisyah Rasulullah has the best Akhlaq in the world. Rasulullah`s Akhlaq is Al qur`an. In hadist said
that The Rasulullah is the best human in character [HR. Muslim] and in another hadith said
that his akhlaq is Al Qur`an (HR. Bukhari and Muslim)
Raisa Maa shaa Allah…
Aisyah I think you have no other choice to make Rasulullah as your hero. Because All muslims agree
that Rasulullah is the perfect man in the world.
Raisa I think you are right. I can`t find another people like him. He is perfect. I think I`ll choose him.
Aisyah Yes… That`s right…..
Raisa Alhamdulillah Allah help me… I am happy right now. So I will make Rasulullah as my hero for
my homework topic tomorrow and I`ll discuss it with my father…
Aisyah Yes… You are right. I did too….
Raisa Thank you very much, Aisyah… Jazakallahu khoir…
Aisyah Don`t mention it… Wa jazakallahu khoir… See you next time Raisa, In shaa Allah…
Assalamualaikum.
Raisa In shaa Allah, see you… Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Now, answer these questions below based on the dialogue above. Then, compare the
answers with those of your friend
1. Where do you think the dialogue is taking 7. The word “his” refers to
place? 8. Do you think they are schoolmate or
2. What make Raisa confused? classmate?
3. Who is Aisyah? 9. The phrase “I did too” has the closest
4. What did Aisyah do to make Raisa happy? meaning to….
5. Why was Raisa happy? 10. Do you think that Aisyah and Raisa are
6. The word “they” refers to family?

Now, as your job, write your own presentation about Rasulullah as what you know about him
and present it in front of the class.

Describing People LISTENING 2

In describing people, we have so many ways to describe about the people appearance and
personality. ESL students seem to get stuck at this fairly simple thing to talk about. So we make a
simple table to create the master plan that you can refer to from the table below. To make sure that you
understand the meaning, you may open your dictionary.

We have a lot of ground to cover so let’s dive in

English For Muslim Teens 165 Grade X Senior High School


GENERAL
BUILD HEIGHT AGE FACE
APPEARANCE
Beautiful Well built Short Young round
Pretty Plumb Medium Middle age oval
Elegant Thin Height Old square
Funny Fat Tall long
Handsome Slim
Cute
Gorgeous
Ugly
Attractive

EYES HAIR NOSE MOUTH LIPS EARS


Black Well built Short Young round large
Blue Plumb Medium Middle age oval small
Brown Thin Height Old square
Small Fat Tall long
Big round Slim
Oval
Wear glasses
Slit eyed

PERSONALITY
Ambitious Selfish Chatty Polite Independent
Careless Creative Kind Honest Romantic
Outgoing Easy going Shy Independent

Listen to Zabir and Zaki. They are talking about Zaki and his brother, Ismail. Choose true or
false
1 Zaki has brown, curly hair. 5 Zaki is taller than Ismail.
a. True a. True
b. False b. False
2 Zaki has the same colour eyes. 6 Ismail isn’t as outgoing as Zaki.
a. True a. True
b. False b. False
3 Ismail`s face is longer than Zaki’s. 7 Zaki is older than Ismail.
a. True a. True
b. False b. False
4 Zaki’s nose and mouth look like Ismail’s. 8 Both Zaki and Ismail are independent.
a. True a. True
b. False b. False

English For Muslim Teens 166 Grade X Senior High School


Recount Text READING 2
(Personal Recount)

My first Umrah
2018 is a year that will not be forgotten don't really feel the sense. We circled the Ka'bah,
throughout my life journey. November 2018 was we didn't force ourselves, so it can make us easy
the first time for me to set foot in Tanah Haram for to be close to the Ka'bah. Our group contains
free. Actually, my desire to be able to go to Tanah many elderly women so we walked slow down,
Harom began to heat up before I graduated from After all, this is the first time, isn't it? However, as
the undergraduate education level. I don't know soon as I finished thowaf and looked at the
when and how, I wrote that wish down in a small Kaaba, "Alhamdulillah, Ya Allah, I'm at Your
note. Actually, I want to be able to go to Tanah house too! It's free!", I said to myself. After the
Haram plus Cairo. Yes, we'll see. It's just a wish. thawaf, we continued with another series of
I went for Umrah with my husband, my sister-in- Umrah until it ended at 2.30 a.m
law, mother, and my second brother. I didn`t bring It's not enough until here, the moment every
my son. Why? Based on the experience of prayer must come also makes you miss. It's just
people who have gone there, it is better to leave there, every time the call to prayer resounds, all
him for the solemnity of worship. Going for shops are closed. All activities stopped.
Umrah is very expensive. Bringing toddlers who Everyone flocked to the mosque so that they
are not familiar with the situation and conditions could pray in congregation. That atmosphere and
can make us uncomfortable. routine doesn’t exist in Indonesia!

Along the way from Mecca to Medina, I also After the Subuh prayer, you will see the view of
imagined how the struggle of the Prophet the Prophet's Mosque umbrellas slowly starting
Muhammad Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam to move to open. While at the Grand Mosque, you will see
from Mecca to Medina. I myself use a car and it the rituals of the cleaners cleaning the mosque.
feels so long, meanwhile Prophet Muhammad, Yes, that's fine, just have the spirit of worship
had to use a camel as a vehicle. I also imagine when you're there.
how it will be during the Hajj season. It is said that
the traffic jam can be tens of kilometres. This Mecca and Medina are really two cities that
Umrah trip is really nothing. Muslims really miss. Two cities that never sleep.
Two cities that are always crowded by Muslims
Friday night, we arrived at the Mecca hotel. all over the world to pray, beg for forgiveness,
Because we had taken the miqot at BirAli, we and express their longing for Allah and
immediately performed the first Umrah. The time Rasulullah.
is 11.00 pm, together with the pilgrims from this
travel we performed Umrah. May Allah give an opportunity (again) for me and
all of us to go to the Holy Land with family,
During tawaf, I saw how big the Ka'bah was. Not husband, children, parents, and other closest
small like the one on TV. Honestly, here I still people. insyaAllah. Amiin ya robbal 'aalamiin.

English For Muslim Teens 167 Grade X Senior High School


Answer these questions based on the text above
1. The text above mainly discusses about... 4. What did they do when they arrived at
a. the writer’s trip to Makkah Mecca?
b. the writer’s first visit to Umroh a. Miqot at BirAli
c. the writer’s impression about the travel b. The first Tawaf of Umrah started.
d. the writer’s experience at Umroh c. Sleep in the hotel
e. the writer’s impression about the car d. Doing some sunnah
2. The text is written in the form of a/an... e. Pray while tawaf
a. recount 5. When did they come back to have a rest?
b. narrative a. 11.00 pm
c. report b. 11.30 pm
d. anecdote c. 2.30 pm
e. spoof d. 2.30 am
3. The purpose of the text is to………. e. 11.00 am
a. tell past events 6. What can you see in Mecca every morning?
b. entertain readers a. People are looking for breakfast
c. describe the smugglers b. People are looking for the umbrella open
d. report an event to the police c. The shops are open
e. inform readers about events of the day d. The cleaners cleaning the mosque
e. People are praying

WRITING 2
Look at the following pictures. What do you know about these places? Where are they?

I think, I know this place, this is ………………..


……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………

This is seventh oldest university in Indonesia, I


think………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………

English For Muslim Teens 168 Grade X Senior High School


Adverb VOCABULARY

Look at the picture and read the sentences. Which word in bold describes a) the noun b) the
verb?

He climbed over the gate easily


It was an easy climb

Circle the correct words in italics to complete the interview with Zabir.

Interviewer Assalamualaikum. Excuse me. May I ask you something?


Zabir Waalaikumussalam. In shaa Allah. Yes, please.
Interviewer Have you ever had a bad/badly fall?
Zabir Qodarullah... Once. Two years ago, I was climbing a gate. It was wet, and I fell
bad/badly. I broke my arm.
Interviewer Qodarullah… By the way... How long did it take to get better?
Zabir Alhamdulillah... I was lucky. It got better quite quick/quickly. I think it was about six
weeks.
Interviewer Alhamdulillah… Is it easy/easily to hurt yourself when you are doing Parkour?
Zabir Yes of course. You can get hurt easy/easily. You have to be careful/carefully.
Interviewer Yes, you are right. Then… is it possible to jump over a two-metre wall careful/
carefully?
Zabir In shaa Allah, Yes… If you are a professional jumper.
Interviewer Yes… You are right… Thanks for you time. See you… Assalamualaikum.
Zabir See you… Waalaikumussalam.

Complete the table

ADJECTIVE ADVERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB


Bad …………. Easy ………….
…………. Carefully …………. Happily
…………. Slowly Fast Fast
Quick …………. …………. Well

GRAMMAR 2
Different types of adverbs

i There are different types of adverbs expressing different meanings. Generally, adverbs tell us
how, where, when, how much and with what frequency. Therefore, types of adverbs are
classified according to their functions.

English For Muslim Teens 169 Grade X Senior High School


types
To say how often we do Tell us how something
things or how often things Adverb of Adverb of
happen Frequency Manner happens and is done

Tell us where something


Tell about when something Adverb of Adverb of happens or where
happens Time Place something is.

Adverb of
Degree

Express degrees of qualities properties, states,


conditions and relations.

Adverbs of Frequency inside, nearby, near, over, there, towards,


under, up, upstairs, where, everywhere,
We use adverbs of frequency (always, elsewhere, anywhere, nowhere, somewhere…)
sometimes, often/frequently, normally/ tell us about where something happens or where
generally, usually, occasionally, seldom, something is. They are placed after the main
rarely/hardly ever, never, etc.) to say how often verbs of after the clause that they modify.
we do things, or how often things happen.
Examples :
Example: His children go everywhere with him.
He always wears a shirt and tie.
Adverbs of Degree
Adverbs of Manner
Degree adverbs (quite, fairly, too, enormously,
Adverbs of manner (such as cheerfully, entirely, very, extremely, rather, almost,
efficiently, painfully, secretly, quietly, absolutely, just, barely, completely, enough,
peacefully, carefully, slowly, badly, closely, deeply, enormously, fully, greatly, hardly,
easily, well, fast, quickly, etc. ) tell us how incredibly, practically, scarcely, barely,
something happens or is done. They are usually somewhat, terribly, virtually, …) express
placed either after the main verb or after the degrees of qualities, properties, states, conditions
object. and relations.

Examples: Examples:
The children were playing happily with their toys. He was quite agreeable to accepting the plan.

Adverbs of Time Addition

Time adverbs Many adverbs that tell how and end with letter ly.
(now, yesterday, soon, later, tomorrow, yet, alr Example:
eady, tonight, today, then, last month/year,…) Ibrahim painted slowly. Slowly describes the
tell us about when something happens. action painted.

Examples: When you compare two actions, the adverb will


I’m going to hang out with my friends tomorrow. often end with the letters er or est.

Adverbs of Place Examples :


Birds fly higher than insects. Higher describes the
Place adverbs (off, above, abroad, far, on, verb fly.
away, back, here, out, outside, backwards, Airplanes fly highest of all. Highest describes the
behind, in, below, down, indoors, downstairs, action fly.

English For Muslim Teens 170 Grade X Senior High School


Read each sentence and write the adverb that describes the underlined verb.
1. Abu Bakar carefully cuts his sandwich in half Carefully describes the verb cut
2. Ali can swim faster than Zaki ___________________________________
3. Umar spoke loudly ___________________________________
4. Who runs the quickest? ___________________________________
5. Please speak quietly when you are in the library ___________________________________
6. Place the glass on the table gently ___________________________________

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Sneezing
Haa… Haaa… Haa… Tchiuuu… Alhamdulillah
Yarhamkallah…
Ustad… Assalamualaikum. I am sorry. I don`t know that you are here.
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… No problem….
What did you say before, ustad?
I just said Yarhamkallah.
What is that ustad?
All right, when we heard our friend sneezed, It is obligatory for everyone who hears someone
sneezing (and says alhamdulillah) to do tasymit to him, namely by saying,
Yarhamkallah and Rasulullah taught us about some characters (adab) when we`re sneezing. From
Abu Hurairah Radiyallahu `anhu said, “"That when the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam
sneezed, he sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam covered his face with his hands or cloth while lowering
his voice." [HR. Ahmad II/439, al-Hakim IV/264, Abu Dawud no. 5029, at-Tirmidhi no. 2746. See
Sahih at-Tirmidhi II/355 no. 2205]
Oh… I see.
And If a disbeliever (kafir) sneezes and he praises Allah by saying Alhamdulillah, you may say to
him:

Yahdikumullahu wayushlih hubalakum


Alright…
And If the person who sneezes increases the number of sneezes more than three times, then
there is no need to answer with the word yarhamukallah. This is based on the words of the
Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam: “If one of you sneezes, then those sitting near him (after
listening to the words of alhamdulillaah) answer him with the words yarhamukallah, if he sneezes
more than three times it means he has a cold and don't give the answer yarhamukallah after three
sneezes." [HR. Abu Dawud no. 5035 and Ibn Sunni in 'Amalul Yaum wal Lailah no. 251. See
Shahiihul Jami' no. 684].
And…?
And If someone sneezes while the priest is delivering the sermon (Friday), then he must say
alhamdulillah (lower voice) and it is not obligatory to answer yarhamu-kallah because silence
during the Friday sermon is obligatory.
Maa shaa Allah, ustad… Is there any?
In shaa Allah, and the last is Whoever sneezes while he is in a state is not allowed to dhikr (praise
Allah), for example being in the toilet, if he erroneously mentions alhamdulillah, then it is not
obligatory for us who listen to him to answer yarhamukallah. This is because dhikr in the toilet is
forbidden. [See Adaabut Tatsaa-ub wal 'Uthas book by ar-Rumaih]
Maa shaa Allah… I really understand right now.

English For Muslim Teens 171 Grade X Senior High School


Ok, zaki… I am in a hurry. I need to go now..see you next time. Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.
Jazakallahu khoir, ustad… Thanks a lot. See you… Take care… Wassalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

LISTENING 3
Listen to the preacher. He is talking about “ IT`S NOT ALL ABOUT ME”. There are 10
missing words. Fill in the missing words with the correct word you hear

When you realize, I am not the only important person here. People are more _________ than I am.
When you realised, it is not called about myself, like they say, me myself and I, it`s about us. I _______
for you, my brother, you need something I need, but you need it more than I need, if I am a true
believer, I will give it to you not for you but for the seek of Allah, make difference. You know, when I give
you something for you, I ______ you to be nice to me, I expect you to say thanks a lot, it is a good thing,
it`s a good character, but when I gave you for the seek of Allah, I don`t expect that. I don`t expect it.
Allah speaks about it in surah Ad dahr (Surah Al Ihsan : 8-9), Allah speaks about good ______. Allah
says, ….(Al qur`an voice)…they ______ for the love of Allah. The people who are poor, the people who
are ______, etc,etc. and they say to them we are feeding for the seek of Allah, we don`t even want
thank you from you and we don`t even want you to show us the gratitude. Thanks is for Allah.
______are we today? That’s why sometimes, this will happen a lot. Allah tests us, you do something
good to someone for many years, that is the guy who is going to talk against and ______ you. You know
why, Allah wants to test you, did you do it for me or for him? If you did it for him, it`s all it`s ______. If
you did it for me, you`ll see the ______of it. Even when he is fighting you, it`s oke.. you`ll be so happy.
Allah used me to do good to them, today they are doing bad, it`s oke. Oh Allah. My hisaab and my
account is return with you. (It's not all about ME - Mufti Menk)

Find the synonyms of these words


1. Important : 6. Reward :
2. True believer: 7. Orphan :
3. Need : 8. Seek :
4. Gratitude : 9. Show :
5. Fight : 10. Expect :

Conclusion
Make your own conclusion about the text above. Write on a piece of paper.

Historical Recount READING 3

Read the text and underline all the verbs in past tense

UHUD

alled
English For Muslim the battle of Uhud because 172
Teens this war was raging nearGrade
the hillXofSenior
Uhud.High School
A hill with a height of 128 meters at that time, while now its height is only
The experts of the Sirah agreed that this war took take the best course of action. Will they stay in
place in the month of Shawwal in the third year of the Medina waiting and welcoming the enemy in Medina
hijra of the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam to or will they meet the enemy outside Medina? The
Medina. But they disagree about the day. The most Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam tended to invite
popular opinion states that this war took place on the Companions to survive in Medina and carry out
Saturday, the middle of the month of Shawwal. city wars, but a group of Ansar Radhiyallahu anhum
said, "O Nabiyullâh! Indeed, we hate fighting on the
Besides this war being sparked by the fire of revenge streets of Medina. In the era of ignorance, we have
as mentioned earlier, there is also another because tried to avoid war (in the city), then after Islam we are
that is no less important, namely the mission to save more entitled to avoid it. Stop them (outside
their business route to Sham from the Muslims who Medina)”! The Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam
are considered to be a nuisance. They also hoped to prepared to leave. He sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam
destroy the power of the Muslims before it became a wearing armour and all equipment of war. After
force that they feared would threaten the existence of realizing the situation, the Companions blamed each
the Quraysh. These are some of the motivations other. Finally, they said: "Rasulullah sallallaahu 'alaihi
behind the attacks carried out by the Quraysh against wa sallam offered something, but you proposed
the Muslims in Medina. something else. O Hamzah Radhiyallahu anhu, go to
Rasulullah sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam and say, 'We
The Quraysh had prepared their troops from an early follow your opinion.' Hearing his uncle's words, the
age. Merchandise and profits generated by Abu Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said: 'Verily, if a
Sufyan and his entourage who survived the ambush prophet has put on his armour, he will not take it off
of the Muslims were devoted to the provision of their until there is war'.
troops in the battle of Uhud. To succeed their mission
in this Uhud war, the Quraysh managed to gather 3 The Sirah Scholars mentioned that what motivated
thousand troops consisting of the Quraysh and tribes the Companions to meet the enemy outside Medina
loyal to the Quraysh such as the Bani Kinânah and was the desire to show their courage in front of the
the inhabitants of Tuhâmah. They had 200 horsemen enemy, as well as the desire to take part in jihad,
and 700 shielded troops. They appointed Khalid bin because they did not get the opportunity to take part
al-Walîd as commander of the right wing, while the in the Battle of Badr. Meanwhile, the Prophet
left wing was under the command of Ikrimah bin Abu sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam prefers to stay and
Jahl. They also invited several women to raise the survive in Medina, because he sallallaahu 'alaihi wa
spirits of the Quraysh troops and keep them from sallam wants to take advantage of the buildings of
fleeing. For if anyone ran away, he would be Medina and take advantage of the people who live in
reproached by these women. About the number of Medina.
these women, the Experts of Sirah differ. Ibn Ishaq
rahimahullah mentions that their number is 8 people, The Muslims who were in the area, if attacked by the
al-Wâqidi rahimahullah mentions 14 people while Ibn enemy, then they were not obliged to welcome the
Sa'd rahimahullah mentions 15 women. enemy's arrival. They may choose to stay in their
homes and fight the enemy there. This is if this
When he learned of the arrival of the Quraysh to strategy is expected to be easier to defeat the enemy.
attack the Muslims in Medina, the Prophet sallallaahu This is as hinted by the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa
'alaihi wa sallam invited the Companions to consult to sallam in the Battle of Uhud.

Read the text again and answer these questions based on the text above

1. What is the text about? 3. When did Uhud war happen?


a. Personal recount a. The 3rd syawwal.
b. Factual recount b. The 3rd year of syawwal
c. Imaginative recount c. 1 year after Badr War
d. Historical recount d. The 2nd year of Hijriiyah.
2. What is the purpose of the text? 4. The text above tells us about…
a. To tell the readers what happen in the a. a war that happened in the 2nd of
past through a sequence of events. Hijriyah
b. to describe something clearly b. Uhud war
c. to describe about a person, thing or c. Rasulullah`s war
place in generally. d. The revenge of the enemy from
d. to guide someone how to do something Quraisy
or to make something through a
sequence of actions or steps.

English For Muslim Teens 173 Grade X Senior High School


5. Where did it happen? 6. The word “they” in the second paragraph
a. Near Jabal Nur refers to…
b. Near Uhud hill a. All Rasulullah`s companions
c. Near Uhud Valley b. All people in Madinah
d. Near Madinah c. Experts
d. Enemies

Write A Bio (Presentation Project) WRITING 3


Improve your written English with a recount text format.

Outline/Format for Biography Papers


This is a basic format, which may be changed as your paper/topic dictates. It is a suggested format,
but should approximate what your final paper looks like-in topic only. The basic outline should be
followed and the additional materials should be in this order.
I. Title page VI. What make them famous
II. Table of contents/outlines a. knowledge
III.Introduction – what and whom the paper b. Important events
is about... c. Inspiration speech
IV. Early life d. boost faith
a. Birth e. ????
b. School VII. Career highlights
c. ???? a. Important events
V. School and beyond b. Changes/shows/activities/books, etc
a. High school/college c. Awards
b. Other education (formal and informal) VIII. Where are they now?
c. ???? a. Make in PowerPoint.

Now make your own biography by using the guidance above. Then present it in front of the
class.
Write a recount text based on the series of pictures below, minimum 2 paragraphs.

Present Perfect Continuous Tense GRAMMAR 2

I Have‘ve Playing Tennis


You Haven`t Learning English
They Have not Working Here
We Living There
He Has‘s been Studying In Medan For Two years
She (Khadijah) Hasn`t Collecting Stamps
He (Ismail) Has not Drinking Coffee
It (cat) eating Fish

English For Muslim Teens 174 Grade X Senior High School


Usage How long have
� Only with actions you been living in Malaysia?
This tense cannot be used with stative A : how long have you been living in Asutralia?
verbs (be, have got, etc)
B : I`ve been living here since last year.
� How long
With this tense we usually inform the A : how long have you been studying English?
listener how long the action has been. B : for a couple of years.
� For temporary actions A : Maa shaa Allah… You speak English well.
This tense suggests that the action will
finish one day.
� Long actions
It is used for actions that have been going
on for a long time.
� Explanations
The tense is used to explain a result we see
now.

Listen to Umar and Ali talk about themselves. Work with a partner and play these roles.

Complete the paragraphs about other people interests. Use the correct form of the verbs in
parentheses-simple past, present perfect, or present perfect continuous.

A Sofia has been studying (study) hard since her parents _______ (buy) her a smart phone when she
_______ (be) only 15 because she needs it for her school. At first, she only_______(use) it for
studying, but then she _______ (use) it to take her family photos. Lately she _______ (make) some
learning slide to share with her friends. This year she _______ (complete) many learning slide for
English subject. In fact, last month, she _______ many prizes from her teachers.

B Ravi _______ (begin) reading Tilawah Al qur`an when he _______ (be) 12 years old. He _______
(don`t) stop reading Al qur`an since then. Because Al Qur`an _______ (become) more than just a
way of life. Last year, he joined an Al Qur`an club called Rumah Qur`an. Since then, his skills in
reading Al Qur`an _______ (become) well. So far this year, he _______ (teach) for some Islamic
school.

English For Muslim Teens 175 Grade X Senior High School


Write A Bio SPEAKING 3

Zainab and Aisyah, two old school friends from Al Azhar senior high school, run to each
other in Lake Toba, Parapat.

A
Zainab Assalamualaikum. Aisyah… Is that you?
Aisyah Waalaikumussalam, Zainab? In Lake Toba? I don`t believe it! Maa Shaa Allah. Qodarullah,
we`ve met here. You haven`t changed a bit.
Zainab Neither have you?
Aisyah Maa syaa Allah… Oh, come on now. I used to not wear hijab, did I?
Zainab Barakallahu fiik… Well, now that you mention it.
Aisyah So, how have you been? What brings you to Lake Toba?
Zainab I`m here on vacation. You too?
Aisyah Do I still look like a tourist? I live here.
Zainab You`re kidding! How long have you been living here?
Aisyah For three years.
Zainab Maa shaa Allah… Really? What do you do here?
Aisyah Well, I have a job here and I`ve been teaching English since last year. How about you?
Zainab I`m an architect.
Aisyah Barakallahu fiik… Not bad
Zainab And you`re not going to believe this… I`m still living in Medan. Near our school. Al Azhar.
Aisyah No kidding!
Zainab Alhamdulillah. The school accepted me as an English teacher, so I have taught English
there.
Aisyah How long have you been teaching there
Zainab For five years
Aisyah Are going here with your family?
Zainab Yes… They are in the hotel. Resting.

B
Aisyah Qodarullah… I haven`t been back to Al Azhar school in years, not since we graduated. Has it
changed much?
Zainab Oh… Not that much… You`d still recognize it! You know, it`s great geeing you again… I`ve
really lost touch with everyone from back then.
Aisyah So have I. let`s keep in touch.
Zainab Listen, why don`t we go get some coffee somewhere?
Aisyah Maa shaa Allah... Barakallahu fiik. I`d like to, but I`ve got to get going. I teach at four. But
how about dinner? You and your family can meet me after class.
Zainab Maa shaa Allah, that`s sounds great.
Aisyah Have you been to Restoran Istana Minang? It serves Minang food and halal. The owner is
moslem.
Zainab Not yet.
Aisyah Well, I haven`t been there in ages, so why don’t we go there?
Zainab In shaa Allah… I`d love to.
Aisyah Do you want to meet there at eight o`clock?
Zainab In shaa Allah… Sure... See you then. Assalamualaikum
Aisyah See you… Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 176 Grade X Senior High School


Figure it out!
Read the conversations again and choose the correct answers.
1 a. Aisyah and Zainab haven`t seen each 4 a. Aisyah will write to some people she
other recently. knew at her school.
b. Aisyah and Zainab have kept in touch b. Aisyah hasn`t heard from any of the
since college. people that she and Zainab knew.
2 a. Aisyah has worn hijab since she was in 5 a. Aisyah wants to have dinner before her
high school. class.
b. Aisyah thinks Zainab has changed a lot. b. Aisyah wants to have dinner after her
3 a. Zainab`s family is in a town. class.
b. Zainab`s family is taking rest.

Complete each sentence with No, Not, or Neither.


a. ______________ have I. neit c. ______________ kidding. no
b. ______________ yet. not d. ______________ since we graduated. not

Find another way to say it.


1 Why are you in Lake Toba? 4 I have to go.
2 How long have you lived here? 5 For a long time
3 From those days

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
You’re Kidding
(Zaki is having a phone call from his friend) Ha… haa… haa… You made a joke! it is so funny.
Astraghfirullah…
(clear the throat) he eem he eem…
Oopps… I am sorry. I`ll call you back later. My ustad is here. (Zaki told to his friend on the phone).
Assalamualaikum, Zaki...
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad… How are you ustad?
Alhamdulillah, so far so good. And what about you?
Alhamdulillah, ustad… I am fine. Qodarullah you are here, ustad. I want to ask you something.
What can I do for you?
Has Rasulullah ever had a joke in his life?
Of course. He has ever made some jokes. But when he joked, he had the highest manner. There
were some samples of jokes from Rasulullah. The first, It was narrated from Anas Radhiyallahu
anhu, that a man came to the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam and said: "O Messenger of
Allah, take me?" So the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said: "We will take you on a calf
(camel`s kid)." The man said: "What can I do with the calf?" So he sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam
said: "Isn't a camel that gives birth to calf?" (Abu Dawud (4998), dan at-Tirmidzi (1991) dari Anas.
Shahîh Abu Dawud (4180). The other one is, Abu Hurairah Radhiyallahu anhu narrates: "The
Messenger of Allah sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam once stuck out his tongue jokingly with al-Hasan
bin Ali Radhiyallahu anhu. He also saw the red of his tongue, then he immediately rushed to him

English For Muslim Teens 177 Grade X Senior High School


with joy." And so many others of his joke. But be careful, we must have some manners when we
joke someone.
What are those ustad?
Alright...
First : That is joking to relieve fatigue, boredom and lethargy, as well as refreshing the atmosphere
with allowed jokes. So that we can get a new passion in doing useful things.
Second : Too much joking will bring down one's authority.
Third : Look who we're kidding with.
Fourth : don`t ever tell a lie when you are joking.
Fifith : don`t ever scare people when you are joking.
Sixth : don`t insult other people, other group, other ethnic, other nationality, family members, family
names when you are joking.
Seventh : don`t joke with bad words.
Eighth : don`t joke with the symbols of islam, like Al Qur`an and Hadith.
Ninth : don`t laugh too much when you are joking.
Maa shaa Allah, ustad…. Islam is so complete. Rasulullah taught us in every situation of life.
Yes... You are right! But, by the way… You told me that you baked a cake and you invite me to
taste the cake… Is the cake ready?
Astaghfirullah, ustad… I forgot! Here you are… The cake is ready!

Akhlaq REVIEW TEST

Say True or False


1. Al Aqsa Mosque was built first before Nabawi mosque TRUE FALSE
2. Open your mouth widely while you are yawning TRUE FALSE
3. One of Rasulullah`s miracle is that Rasulullah can walk on the water TRUE FALSE
4. The battle of Badr took place after the battle of Uhud TRUE FALSE
5. Don`t insult someone`s face while you are joking TRUE FALSE
6. It is important for us to make a joke in every situation TRUE FALSE
7. We should say tahmid when we sneezed TRUE FALSE

Reading (Historical Recount)

Bali Bombing
T
he 2002 Bali bombings occurred on 12 Hundreds were injured in the explotion and about
October 2002 in the tourist district 220 Australians remain unaccounted for. The
of Kuta on the Indonesian island of Bali. U.K. Foreign Secretary, Jack Straw, said that 33
The attack killed 202 people (including Britons were among those killed in the Bali
88 Australians, 38 Indonesians, 23 Britons, and attack. The Australian Prime Minister, John
people of more than 20 other nationalities).[3] A Howard, called its borders saying it had been
further 209 people were injured.[4] problem for a long time.

The attack involved the detonation of List of missing people have been posted in Bali
three bombs: a backpack-mounted device and official said that it could take days to identify
carried by a suicide bomber; a large car bomb, all the victims, some of whom were trapped in the
both of which were detonated in or near popular Sari Club by wall of falmes. A notice board at the
nightclubs in Kuta; and a third much smaller hospital in Bali includes a section called
device detonated outside the United States “Unknown Identity” and detailed list on victims
consulate in Denpasar, causing only minor such as:”Young girls in intensive care,
damage. Caucasian, 11 – 14 years old, face burned” or
“Girl in intensive care, about 5 years old, 130 cm,

English For Muslim Teens 178 Grade X Senior High School


fair skin, Caucasian with reddish brown hair. She
Subnahu wata`ala said, “…and do not kill
has a purplish belly button ring.”
yourselves [or one another]. Indeed, Allah is to you
ever Merciful.” (An-Nisa’/4:29) and Rasulullah said,
The final death toll was 202, mainly comprising
From Thabit bin adh-Dhahhak, from the Prophet
Western tourists and holiday-makers in their 20s
sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam, he said, "Whoever
and 30s who were in or near Paddy's Pub or the
swears by a religion other than Islam in a state of
Sari Club, but also including many Balinese
lies, then he is as he said. Whoever kills himself
Indonesians working or living nearby, or simply
with something, he will be tormented with that thing
passing by. Hundreds more people suffered horrific
in the hell of Jahannam. Cursing a muslim is like
burns and other injuries. The largest group among
killing him. And whoever accuses a muslim of
those killed were tourists from Australia with 88
disbelief, it is like killing him." [HR. Al-Bukhari, no.
fatalities. On 14 October, the United Nations
6105, 6652; Ahmad, no. 16391; this lafazh from Al-
Security Council passed Resolution
Bukhari]
1438 condemning the attack as a threat to
And Rasulullah said,” Whoever kills a Kafir
international peace and security.
mu'ahad*, (then) he will not smell the smell of
paradise, even though its smell is found from a
Many embassies, including the British and the
distance of forty years. [HR al-Bukhari, no. 2995].
American, were advising their people to cancel
spending their planned holidays in Indonesia. There
*Kafir Mu`ahad is people who have an agreement
was also an issue that all U.S. citizens in the
(bound by a peace agreement, trade agreement or
country were told to leave including diplomats and
otherwise) with the Muslims who are or are on duty
non-essential government staff.
in the land of the Muslims should not be offended,
as long as they carry out their obligations and
And when we see from our religion, Islam, this is a
agreements.
strictly prohibited to kill yourself and anyone. Allah

Answer these questions


1. What is the text all about? 4. How do you feel about the tragedy?
2. What was the impact of the bombing to 5. Underline all the past verbs in the text.
Indonesian`s tourism after the tragedy?
3. What should we do to avoid this kind of
tragedy?

Writing
Continue the picture story below

Ali was late


Ali woke up early this morning for praying
Tahajjud and shubuh, but after shubuh, he
slept again and finally he was later for
school, he got up at __________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 179 Grade X Senior High School


Listening
You will hear some information about an English course. Listen and complete questions 1-5.

ENGLISH COURSE
Name of the teacher
Number of people in each group
11.00 – 11.15
Meet for tour at
1.00 – 2.00
Day ends at

Listening
Choose the correct response for each question.

1. Who were you talking to? 4. I`m so tired


a. To the store a. I should take a nap
b. To buy some ice cream b. You should take a nap
c. To a friend c. He took a nap
2. Why did you leave early? 5. Is the window open?
a. I was tired a. No, it doesn`t
b. She is more tired b. Yes, it does
c. You are tired c. No, it isn`t
3. When is your birthday?
a. Last year
b. Next Tuesday
c. On time
Listen and choose the correct answer. Question 1 -3 refer to the following conversation.
Umar is meeting his friend, Ali.
1. Which sentence is true? 3. What did Ali use to do?
a. Ali and Umar were classmates. a. He worked in a department store.
b. Ali and Umar have met before. b. He owned his own store.
c. Ali and Umar have never met before. c. He was an actor
d. Ali wants to buy some shoes. d. He had a lot of shoes
2. Where did the Ali and Umar meet first?
a. In his shoe store.
b. In Ali`s house
c. In Umar`s house
d. In a department store

Grammar
Read the statements. Write That`s right or That`s wrong and correct the incorrect statements.

1. Rasulullah was born in Madinah. 3. Rasulullah married with Khadijah in Mecca.


___________________________________ ___________________________________
2. Rasulullah`s first wife was Aisyah. 4. Rasulullah died on Tuesday, 12 Rabiul
___________________________________ Awwal.
___________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 180 Grade X Senior High School


5. Rasulullah`s youngest wife was Sofia. 8. Rasulullah split the moon into two part when
he was in Madinah.
___________________________________
6. Rasulullah received the first revelation in ____________________________________
Thur cave 9. Rasulullah`s power was as same as 5 men`s
___________________________________ power.

7. Rasulullah moved from Mecca to Madinah ____________________________________


with Umar bin Khattab. 10. Rasulullah was the most gorgeous man in
____________________________________ the world.
____________________________________

Read the statements. Write That`s right or That`s wrong and correct the incorrect statements.

Outside well totally here early


Quite nicely quickly now beautifully

1. He swims well. 6. She will plant her garden _________


2. He ran _________ 7. The children love to play _________
3. She spoke _________ 8. She arrived_________ for the meeting.
4. He _________ gets me. 9. The class is starting _________
5. He advices me _________ 10. The spaghetti is _________ delicious.

Present perfect or present perfect continuous


1 ________________ (they/arrive) already? 6 Sorry about the mess! I _________ (bake)
2 Zainab _________ (run) 2000 metres today. 7 How many time _________ (you/take) this
3 I ___________ (clean) all morning – I`m fed exam?
up! 8 The baby`s face is really dirty. What
4 How long _________ (you/know) Ismail? ____________ (he/eat)?
5 I _______(drink) more water recently, and I 9 Zabir ____________ (never/be) abroad.
feel better. 10 I __________ (wait) three hours already.

English For Muslim Teens 181 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 8
Imam
Al Bukhari

Muslim bin Hajjaj rahimahullah - author of Sahih Muslim, student of Imam Bukhari- said, "I bear
witness that in this world there is no one like you (i.e. like Bukhari)." (Hadyu Sari, p. 650)

Muhammad bin Hamdawaih rahimahullah narrates: I once heard Bukhari say, "I memorized a
hundred thousand authentic hadiths." (Hadyu Sari, p. 654). Bukhari rahimahullah said, "I compiled
the book Al-Jami '(Sahih Bukhari, pent) from six hundred thousand hadiths that I have obtained in
sixteen years and I will make it as evidence between myself and Allah." (Hadyu Sari, p. 656)

English For Muslim Teens 182 Grade X Senior High School


OUR
1 AKHLAQ 5 SPEAKING
1. Keep promise
1. Biography of Imam Al Bukhori
2. Don`t whisper between two when
2. Showing direction
you are three.
3. Comparison of adjective and
3. Sleep after shubuh.
speaking cards

2 LISTENING 6 GRAMMAR
1. The story of Imam Malik
2. Giving direction 1. Direct and indirect speech.
3. Comparative degree. 2. Preposition of places.
3. Adjective comparison.
Positive

READING
Comparative
3 Superlative

1. Story I : Imam Malik


2. Narrative text : the donkey in the 7 REVIEW TEST
hole
3. Narrative text (Personal
Experience) Cov-Iedul Fitr 2020. 1. Akhlaq building
2. Speaking
3. Reading
4 WRITING 4. Writing
5. Listening
6. Grammar
1. Biography of yourself.
2. Showing direction
3. Comparative degree

English For Muslim Teens 183 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
SPEAKING 1
Umar and Ali are in the class, they are talking each other, and suddenly Zaki
comes with a thick book in his right hand.

Dialogue A
Umar Assalamualaikum, Ali. What are you doing?
Ali Waalaikumussalam, not much. Just doing my homework.
Umar What kind of homework?
Ali The teacher told us yesterday to make a biography of someone and present it in front of the
class. Didn`t you remember?
Umar Subhanallah… I forgot. What did you write about?
Ali I wrote about Imam Syafi`i biography.
Umar Do you have any idea for me?
Ali Why don`t you write about Imam Malik?
Umar Maa shaa Allah... That sounds great.

Dialogue B
Zaki Assalamualaikum, guys… What are you doing?
Ali Waalaikumussalam. We are working together to do our homework. It is about biography of
someone.
Umar What are you holding, Zaki? That is a very thick book.
Zaki Oh… This is a book about biography of Imam Al Bukhari.
Umar MasyaAllah. Do you want to write about a biography of Imam Al Bukhari?
Zaki In shaa Allah…
Ali What do you know about him?
Zaki Not much. I`m trying my best to know more about him. Because he is our father in Hadith.
Umar MasyaAllah….would you like to tell us about him?
Zaki In shaa Allah, as long as I know.
Ali Zaki, what is his real name?
Zaki His real name is Muhammad bin Isma’il bin Ibrahim bin Al-Mughirah bin Bardizbah Al-Ju’fi.
And his nickname is Abu Abdillah.
Ali When and where was he born?
Zaki He was born in Bukhara, Friday, 13 Syawwal 194 Hijriyah. He was called Al Bukhori because
he was born in Bukhara. And the unique one is, when he was a child, he had lost his sight.
He was blind. But his mother prayed to Allah everyday and never stop and finally Allah
answered her prayer and the next day, Imam Bukhari can see again as a normal child.
Umar Is he tall or short?
Zaki Imam Ibn 'Adi rahimahullah said, 'I have heard Hasan bin Husain al-Bazzâz say, 'I saw
Muhammad bin Ismail a thin man, not tall and not (also) short'.
Ali Is he smart man?
Zaki Maa shaa Allah... He is a very smart man. His memorization power was recognized by the
scholars of his time. In fact, many say that he immediately memorized a book just by reading
it once.
Umar What about his teachers? Did he have many teachers?
Zaki Of course. He had more than one thousand teachers. Before he died, Imam al-Bukhâri
rahimahullah once stated, "I have written (hadith) from 1080 people. All of them are ahlul
hadith. They all believe, 'Faith is qaul and charity, increasing and decreasing'.
[as-Siyar:12/395].
Ali How many hadith did he memorize?
Zaki Not only authentic hadith that he memorized, the hadiths that are not authentic are also his
concern. Imam al-Bukhari rahimahullah once said, "I memorized a hundred thousand
authentic hadiths, and two hundred thousand hadiths that were not authentic."
Umar Did he have many students?

English For Muslim Teens 184 Grade X Senior High School


Zaki Of course. And all we know must know that. They are Imam Muslim and Imam At Tarmidzi.
Both of them are the most famous one in hadith. And he had many other students.
Ali What about his character?
Zaki He is a person who likes to spend his wealth, likes to do every good thing, very generous,
tawadhu and wara'.
Umar When did he die?
Zaki He died on Saturday night, the night of Eid al-Fitr, 256 H or 31th August 870 M
Umar In what age?
Zaki 62.
Umar Would you like to talk more about his appearance?
Zaki I am sorry I can`t talk more about that. But if you need to know more, read this book.
Ali Zaki, please….
Zaki I am sorry, I need to do my work now….
Umar Ok… No problem. But thank you very much for your story about Imam Al Bukhari. I like that.
When can I borrow your book?
Zaki Later after I finish my work. I lend it for you.

How to write a short biography?

1. Choose a voice

S
hort biographies are concise, biographical
paragraphs that professionals use to
The first step in writing a short biography is
introduce themselves. You can often find
deciding on a voice. For our purposes, choosing
short biographies on social media profiles,
a voice involves deciding whether you are writing
personal websites and company team
in the first or third person. Writing in the first
directories. Short biographies are typically used
person means using the words "I" and "me", while
to provide a summary of an individual's
writing in the third person means using your
accomplishments, an overview of their career
name.
history and a description of their professional
goals.
2. State your name and job title
Your short biography is often the first (and In the first sentence of your short biography, you
perhaps only) thing a potential employer, client or will need to give your name and your current job
contact will read before deciding to contact you, title. For example, your biography might begin
so it is important that your biography be accurate, with "Ismail is the Senior Marketing Director for
informative and memorable. It’s a good idea to Gazwa Street Creative". If you are in the process
include: of finding a job, you can list your most recent title
or your college major. This might look something
a. Your name like "My name is Ibrahim and I am a recent
b. Your current job titles college graduate with a Bachelor's Degree in
c. Your company name or personal Web Design and Development".
brand statement
d. Your hometown 3. State your philosophy
e. Your alma mater
f. Your personal and professional goals After introducing yourself, you may want to relate
g. A relevant achievement or accomplishment your personal or professional mission statement.
h. Your hobbies This should answer the question, "Why do you do
i. Your skills and areas of expertise what you do?". Your personal philosophy may
involve serving others, providing for your family
Short biographies are brief by definition so it is or making the most of your opportunities.
important to determine which of these topics is
most important to make the best impression on 4. Share your accomplishments
your readers. Writing a short biography is similar to writing a
Writing a short biography can be a deceptively resume in that you will want to highlight your
challenging task. Here are some steps you can professional accomplishments. However, you will
follow to help you write a successful short biography: need to describe them in a way that any reader
can understand.

English For Muslim Teens 185 Grade X Senior High School


WRITING 1
Fill in the blank with the correct information of Imam Al Bukhari from the conversation
above.
1. Complete name :
2. Nickname :
3. Place / date of birth :
4. Died :
5. What did his parent do when he was blind? :
6. Characters :
7. Amount of his teachers :
8. His memorization in hadith :
9. His best student :
10. His smartness :

Based on the text above, write a biography of yourself, your partner or a moslem man/
woman and present it in front of the class. The clues below will help you.

1. Early life 3. Adulthood – professional and education


a. Who is the person? a. Did he/she/they any further education?
b. Where were he/she/they born? b. What was his/her/their first job?
c. When were he/she/they born? c. What other jobs did they do?
d. What did their parents do?
e. What else do you know about his/her/
their parents?
2. Childhood
a. What kind of childhood did he/she/they
have?
b. Where did he/she/they live as a child?
c. Where did he/she/they go to school?

Developing Reading LISTENING & READING 1


And Listening

Listen and fill in the missing words from the text below

MALIKI The
Story 1

story of the way I would his life in Madina, Madina Al Munawwarah, in


_________ Imam Malik in
The Story of the land of the prophet Muhammad Shollallahu
Imam Malik one title would that he was a `alaihi wasallam, he never left Madina al
man of aura. A man of Muhawwarah, in his _________ life. Only to
absolute respect, meaning I don`t mean that, I Mecca, when he went and did Hajj or Umroh. In
mean every scholar was a man of aura, but fact, not only did he ever never leave Madina Al
when I talk about Imam Malik, when you looked Munawwarah in his life until he died and he
_________him, even you didn`t know that he _________ for 90 years. 90 years he lived. He
was an Imam, his features strike you and you never even rode on a camel or any transport
find something inside of you forcing you to vehicle in his entire life when he was living in
respect this man, we can this in Arabic, an aura, Madina because in his righteousness and love
the man of aura. He used to say there is nothing for the prophet Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam as a
more, harder upon me in life than when I was raw model, he saw a benefiting in himself as a
asked a question about Halal or Haram, is this scholar of Madina to always having his face
permissible or not? Because I am representing stuck to the ground of the _________ where the
the Hukm, the ruling of Allah Himself, the body of the prophet Shollallahu `alaihi
_________of the world. And he spent whole wasallam is buried. He saw it disrespectful as

English For Muslim Teens 186 Grade X Senior High School


an Imam, presenting his Deen in the highest in his life did he ever lift his legs of the ground. Can
esteem to lift himself off the ground out of you imagine that? 90 years. Except when he went
_________ of the messenger Shollallahu `alaihi to Hajj or Makkah, outside of Madina.
wasallam while his body was in the ground. Never

Imam Syafi`i met Imam Malik


Story 2

A
young man, the age of about thirteen prince, the governor of Madinah, she said to
years old, in the time of Imam Malik, him, listen:”If there is a religious question,
when Imam Malik was in his Middle right now is not the time, write down on the
Ages, a young boy by the age of _________, paper and he will answer it for you, if you want
his mother, from Makkah said to him, my son, to learn hadeeth, go to his circle of dars, there
you are now well known, you have memorized will be in a certain time, and if it’s a
the whole qur`an and you have memorized government issue, this is not the time there is
hadith and you have memorized poetry, I want another time for it.” So the governor of
to send you to Imam Malik, to learn his adab Madinah says,”I have a letter for him from the
and his character before you learn his prince of Makkah.” So then, a big, tall man,
_________. So she got him ready, and she white, coloured eyes, unexpected from the
_________ a letter to the prince of Makkah, people of Madinah came to the door. He
the governor of Makkah, who happened to be said. I looked up at him, and the servant lady
her cousin, this woman`s cousin. She wrote brought him a chair, he sat on it and then he
the letter to him to send the letter to the said, “what does the governor of Makkah want
governor of Madinah to go with her son to from me?” and the governor of Madinah just
Imam Malik. _________ to intercede for him, gave him a letter without a word. When Imam
to become his teacher. So this young boy, Malik read this paper, he _________ the
took this letter from his mother for the paper away saying:” Lahaulawala quwwata
governor of Makkah and she packed him Illa billah” (there is no might and power except
some food and sent him off, young 13 years Allah). Has it to this that knowledge that now
old going through the dessert to Madina, needs connection?” he looked at the young
_________ knowledge. He reached the boy and the young boy said to him “May Allah
governor of Madina and gave him the letter of straighten the path of the shaykh, out of
the governor of Makkah, and the governor of respect young boy. He said to him, I am a
Madina, his face changed. He started to Quraishi, I am from the lineage of the prophet
_________, the young boy looked at him and shollallahu `alaihi wasallam. So now, basically
said, “what`s wrong?” he said, “Wallahi, if the he forced, he obliged the Imam to listen to
governor of Makkah asked me to walk him. You have to respect the lineage of the
barefoot in the middle of the dessert with prophet shollallahu `alalihi wasallam. I am a
nothing on my head it would be easier than for Quraishi, I have memorized the qur`an at the
me to go to Imam Malik`s house because he age of seven and your Muwatta the whole of
was so much respect for him . so the boy it, I have memorized it with its chain of
innocently said to him, “you don`t have to go narration by the age of ten. My mother sent
to him, make him come to you.” He forgot that me here to learn from you.” Imam Malik
Imam Malik is not as a simple as going to looked at him and said: “ Ya Ghulaam ( O
official, no way. So he laughed, the governor young boy), ITTAQILLAH (fear Allah) and stay
of Madinah laughed and he said,”come on, away from sins. If you do so, there will be
let`s go.” So he went to Imam Malik`s house, something of your future, if you apply these
they _________ on the door and the two _________.” Does anyone who the young
_________, the servant of Imam Malik boy was? So he was Imam Muhammad ibn
answered and they asked for, Imam Malik, the Idrees as Syafi`i.

(Reference: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dklP1YNKBxA)
(The lives of four Imams)

English For Muslim Teens 187 Grade X Senior High School


Listen and read again the whole story and answer these questions.
1. ……. she said to him, Listen… What does 6. Who is Imam Malik? ...
She refer to? 7. What do you have to learn first before you
2. …..where the body of the prophet seek knowledge?
Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam is buried…. 8. Who has the linage of Rasulullah?
What does it mean? 9. What kind of tribe is Rasulullah?
3. His entire life is the closest meaning with ... 10. So then, a big, tall man, white, coloured
4. Intercede is the synonyms of ... eyes, unexpected from the people of
5. The governor of Mecca is ... Madinah came to the door. Who is it?

Boost your writing


and speaking skills
a Language Biography
Assalamualaikum, I started learning English when I was Paragraph 1 :
at primary school. I was seven years old. Primary school basic personal information
was where we listened to and talk in English in the class.
We also played games and read some stories. We didn`t
study a lot of grammar in primary school but we learnt a
lot of vocabulary and we practised speaking.

Outside school I don`t really speak much English. For Paragraph 2 :


homework, we often read special English readers which language learning experience at primary
our teacher gives us. When we finish them, we usually school.
write summaries. I listen to a lot of English because I
love English. When I was thirteen, I went to Berastagi,
when I was there, I met some foreign people. They are
from England, Singapore, Australia and others.

I like learning English by doing activities and games in Paragraph 3 :


pair. I make a few mistakes when I speak English, but I Language-learning experience at
write the connections down and revise from time to time. secondary school.

At the moment, I`m studying English at secondary Paragraph 4 :


school. We study a lot of grammar and vocabulary, but Language-learning experience outside
we don`t speak much. We study vocabulary by writing a school including trips.
list with new words and revising it. From time to time we
do vocabulary tests. We don`t do many translation in
lessons, but we do lots of grammar exercises.

My name is Maimunah and I`m 16 years old. I am Paragraph 5 :


Indonesian and my mother tounge is Indonesian. Apart Why do you prefer to learn a language?
from Indonesian, I can speak English and Arabic.

Write your own language biography with 5 clear paragraphs using the text
model and record it.

Direct And Indirect Speech GRAMMAR 1

We can report speech in two ways : Direct speech and indirect speech.
Direct speech (also called quoted speech) is the exact words (or thoughts) of someone speaking
(or thinking). It is enclosed in quotation marks and is often introduced by a reporting verb such as
asked, claimed, said, stated, told, and wondered.

English For Muslim Teens 188 Grade X Senior High School


Indirect speech (also called reported speech) is someone's report of direct speech. It does not
contain the exact words of a speaker and is not enclosed in quotation marks. Indirect speech reports
what a speaker said in a noun clause or phrase introduced by a reporting verb.

Indirect Speech Direct Speech Reported Speech


He said that he liked ice
Present Simple I like ice cream. cream.

I am living in He said that he was living in


Present Continuous Pakistan. Pakistan.

Past Simple I bought a car. He said he bought a car.

I was walking along He said


Past Continuous the Street. he had been walking along
the Street.

Present Perfect I haven’t seen Aisyah. He said


he hadn’t seen Aisyah.

I had taken English He said he had taken English


Past Perfect
lessons before. lessons before.

He said he would see me


Will I’II see you later.
later.

Would I would help, but… He said he would help but…

I can speak perfect He said he could speak


Can
English. perfect English.

I could swim when I He said he could swim when


Could
was four. he was four.

I should call my He said he should call her


Should mother mother.

Might I might be late. He said he might be late.

Imperative verb Don’t come here He said not to come there.


Bring me the book He said to bring him the book

Other changes in Indirect Speech


Pronouns “Ali, are you listening?” Umar asked. Umar asked Ali if he was listening.
Possessives The teacher said,”Ali, bring your book, The teacher told Ali to bring his book.
please.”
This “Can I have this pen?” Ravi asked. Ravi asked if he could have that pen.
Here Mr. Ismail asked,”will you be here?” Mr. Ismail asked if I would be there.
Ago “we came a year ago.” Zabir said. Zabir said that he had come one year
previously/before
Now Ibrahim asked,” are you leaving now?” Ibrahim asked if I was leaving then.
Today “I need to work today,” Ustman said. Ustman said that he needed to work that
day.
Yesterday The reporter asked,”Did you call The reported asked if I had called the
yesterday?” previous day / the day before.
Tomorrow “Are you arriving tomorrow?” Raisa Raisa asked if we were arriving the next
asked. day.

English For Muslim Teens 189 Grade X Senior High School


Your Turn!
Change these sentences into indirect speech

1. My father said,” Rasulullah is the best hero 6. My mother said,”Rasulullah had split the
in the world.” moon with his fingers.”
___________________________________ ___________________________________

2. My mother said,”Aisyah is the mother of 7. Rasulullah said,”Don`t be angry.”


every moslem.”
___________________________________
___________________________________
8. Rasulullah said"Give gifts to each other and
3. My teacher said,”Rasulullah and his troops you will love each other.”
has won the battle of Uhud.”
___________________________________
___________________________________
9. My father said,” the battle of Khandaq
4. My father said,” Umar bin Khattab happened in the year of 5th Hijriyah.”
converted to Islam when he was 27 years
old.” ___________________________________

___________________________________ 10. My mother said,”Rasulullah is the most


perfect man in the world.”
5. My father said,”Rasulullah can release
water from his fingers.” ___________________________________

___________________________________

Read these sentences in direct speech. Is the suggested change to indirect speech correct
(C) or incorrect (I)

1. Salamah said,” Prophet Ismail`s father is Prophet Ibrahim.”


Salamah said that Prophet Ismail`s father is Prophet
Salamah said that Prophet Ismail`s father was Prophet Ibrahim.
2. My teacher said,” Rasulullah married with Khadijah when he was 25.”
My teacher said that Rasulullah had Married with Khadijah when he was 25.”
My teacher said that Rasulullah had married with Khadijah when he had been 25.
3. My teacher said,”be the best moslem by following Rasulullah`s sunnah.”
My teacher said to be the best moslem by following Rasulullah`s sunnah.
My teacher said to be the best moslem by following Rasulullah`s sunnah.
4. My uncle said,”Don`t ever do any worships what Rasulullah never did.”
My uncle said that not to ever do any worships what Rasulullah had ever didn`t.
My uncle said that not ever to do what Rasulullah had never done.

English For Muslim Teens 190 Grade X Senior High School


Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Keep Promise
Assalamualaikum, Zaki. Where were you last night?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, ustad… I am sorry, ustad. I had a lot of work to
do. Why ustad?
Do you have a promise with Mr. Ismail?
Astaghfirullah… I really forgot!
Yesterday, He was waiting for you until midnight and you didn`t come.
I really forgot ustad…
I think it`s oke… But don`t do that again, a moslem has to keep his promise. Because from Abu
Hurairah said that Rasulullah said,’ “Among the signs of hypocrisy are three: when he speaks, he
lies; if promised, not kept; if given a mandate, he betrays." (HR. Muslim no. 59)
In shaa Allah, ustad.. I`ll never do that again, in shaa Allah.
So far no problem because of your forgetfulness.
What should I do right now ustad?
Ok... Now I suggest you to meet Mr. Ismail and tell him the truth and say sorry to him because of
your forgetfulness.
In shaa Allah, ustad… I`ll go right now. See you ustad. Assalamualaikum ustad.
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Asking For Clarification SPEAKING 2


And Understanding
Listen to extracts from two conversations.

Speaking A
Muhammad Assalamualaikum. I am Umar. I`ve got something wrong with my telephone headline.
What can I do now?
Technician Waalaikumussalam. Thank you for calling. So, the first thing you need to do, is reset
the broadband connection?
Muhammad Do you mean turn off the computer?
Technician No, what I mean is, you have to reset a button on your modem.
Muhammad I`m not quite with you.
Technician If you look at the modem, you`ll see three lights. One of them is called Reset. Just
next to the light, there is a button, you need to press it and hold it down for a few
seconds, then the light will go off. Are you following me?
Muhammad InsyaAllah..yes. Alhamdulillah I`ve got it. Thanks.
Technician Now, if you still can`t connect, you can try unplugging the cable from the modem.
Does that make sense?
Muhammad Let me just check that I`ve got it right….if it doesn`t work, I need to unplug the
cable.
Technician Yes..that`s right.

English For Muslim Teens 191 Grade X Senior High School


Speaking B
Zabir is talking to his friend, Zaki, on his mobile phone.
Zabir Assalamualaikum Zaki, I`m outside the station, but I don`t know where to go next. You said I
should take the first right, but there isn`t a first right!
Zaki Waalaikumussalam. Okay. I think you`ve come out the wrong exit. You need to go back,
walk past the ticket office and go out the other exit. Right?
Zabir Okay… Right I`ve done that. And I`m turning right.
Zaki Good. Now this bit`s a little tricky, but it`s a short cut, and much quicker. Go into the block of
flats on the left, and walk through the garden in front of you. On the other side of the garden,
there`s a narrow corridor leading off to the right. You need to talk down the corridor. Did you
get that?
Zabir Qodarullah… Sorry, you`ve lost me.
Zaki Okay, here`s what you do. Go into the block of flats.
Zabir Yes, I`ve got that bit. Just go over what I do next?
Zaki Walk through the garden, then go down the narrow corridor on the other side.
Zabir Right. Got it Zaki…and at the end of the corridor, you`ll come to T-junction Jl. Merak
Jingga. We`re number 20 on the left.
Zaki Alhamdulillah… Okay… I`ll see you in a minute, in shaa Allah.

Saying it accurately
Complete the sentences with words from the box.

1. Are you ...................me? got


2. ...................it, thanks. what
3. Sorry, you 've ...................me. Catch
4. Does that make...................? Far
5. I didn't...................what you just said. With
6. Sorry, I've no ...................what you mean. here's
7. ...................did you say? following
8. I'm not quite...................you. lost
9. Are you OK, s o ...................? idea
10. O K ,...................what you do. sense

Saying it appropriately
Remember to choose formal or informal expressions to ask for clarification, depending on the context of
the conversation. Read the situations, then choose the answer that best suits the situation. Listen and
check your answers.
1. Your boss is explaining a new way of filling in your expenses claim forms. You haven't quite
followed what he's said, so what will you say?
a. What did you say?
b. Sorry, I didn't quite get that.
c. I'm sorry, could you just go over that last bit again?
2. You bought a new iron in a department store recently, but you've taken it back because it doesn't
work properly. You are explaining the problem to the shop assistant. You want to make sure she
has understood, what will you say?
a. Are you with me?
b. Got it?
c. Have I explained the problem clearly?
3. Your friend is giving you directions to the restaurant. You want to check that you have understood
correctly, so what will you say?
a. Let me just check I've got that right.
b. Sorry, you've lost me.
c. Can you go over what I do next?

English For Muslim Teens 192 Grade X Senior High School


Get Speaking
You are in a lecture about language learning. You have some problems understanding
everything your lecturer is explaining. Play the Audio and follow the cues.
1. The lecturer is talking too fast. You've understood everything except the last point she made.
What will you say?
a. …………………………………………
2. Your lecturer has explained the last point again, and you understand quite clearly this time. What
will you say?
a. …………………………………………
3. Your lecturer has just said something but you didn't hear because of some noise outside the hall.
You'd like to hear what she said again.

SHOW ME
THE WAY, PLEASE...
GIVING DIRECTION

A A

turn left turn right go straight go past cross


ahead

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE

A A B A A B C

at the next to opposite between


corner of...

traffic light sidewalk roundabout zebracrossing crossroad

English For Muslim Teens 193 Grade X Senior High School


JL. SUPRAPTO II
JL. SUPRAPTO I
BUTCHERY BAKERY SCHOOL

JL. AHMAD YANI


you

JL. AHMAD YANI II

JL. AHMAD YANI I


HOPSPITAL
GRAND POST OFFICE
MOSQUE

Practice giving directions to a friend about how to get to a certain destination. Use the map
above. Write your own answer by looking at the map.
Look at the green line.

Example Khadijah Assalamualaikum, Is there a hospital near here?


Asiyah Waalaikumussalam, Yes, go straight along Jln. Ahmad Yani, turn right to
Jln. Ahmad Yani I at the second crossroad and the hospital is on your left.

Dialogue A Aisyah Assalamualaikum, Excuse me, where is the school?


Sofia ____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

Dialogue B Hajar Assalamualaikum. Do you know where the bakery is?


Raisa ____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

Dialogue C Sarah Assalamualaikum, ukhti. I want to send this letter. Would you like to show
me the way to the post office near here?
Zainab ____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

Dialogue D Salamah Assalamualaikum. Excuse me. Is this the right way to the book shop?
Maimunah ____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

Dialogue E Rumaysho Assalamualaikum. How do I get to the supermarket? I want to buy


something for my dad?
Sumayyah ____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

Prepositions Of Place GRAMMAR 2


(Position And Direction)
A preposition is a word or group of words used before a noun, pronoun, or noun phrase to show
direction, time, place, location, spatial relationships, or to introduce an object. Some examples of
prepositions are words like "in," "at," "on," "of," and "to."

English For Muslim Teens 194 Grade X Senior High School


KINDS USAGE EXAMPLES
In • Room, building, street, town, • In the room, in Medan, in
country Indonesia
• Book, paper • In the book
• Car, taxi, bus • In the car, in the bus, in a taxi
• Picture, world • In the picture, in the world.

At • Next to, near to, by the object • At the door, at the station
• For table • At the table
• For event • At the party
• Place where you are to do • At the school, at work
something typical (study, work)

On • Attached • The picture on the wall


• For a place with a river. • Palembang lies on the Musi
• Being on the surface • On the table
• For a certain side (left, right) • On the left
• For a floor in a house • On the first floor
• For public transportation • On the bus, on a plane
• For television, radio • On TV, on the radio

By, next to, • Left or right of somebody or • Sarah is standing by/next


beside something to/beside the car.

Under • On the ground, lower than (or • The bag is under the table
covered by) something else.

Below • Lower than something else but • The fish are below the surface
above ground

Over • Covered something else • Put a jacket over your shirt


• Meaning more than • Over 16 years of age
• Getting to the other side (also • Walk over the bridge
across) • Climb over the wall
• Overcoming an obstacle

Above • Higher than something else, but • A path above the lake.
not directly over it.

Across • Getting to the other side (also • Walk across the bridge
over) • Swim across the lake
• Getting to the other side

Through • Something with limits on top, • Drive through the tunnel


bottom and the sides

To • Movement to person or building • Go to the school


• Movement to a place or country • Go to Medan
• For bed • Go to bed

Into • Enter a room / a building • Go into the kitchen / the house

Towards • Movement in the direction of • Go 5 steps towards the house


something (but not directly to it)

Onto • Movement to the top of something • Jump onto the table

From • In the sense of where from • A flower from the garden

English For Muslim Teens 195 Grade X Senior High School


Complete the passage below with the appropriate prepositions of place based on the picture.

The man is ______ his house. He is looking ______


his laptop. The coffee cup is ______ him and the
laptop is too. There is a phone ______his hand. The
man is sitting ______ the chair. The laptop and the
coffee cup are ______ the table. The table is ______
the laptop and the coffee cup.

This picture was taken ______ Nabawi Mosque.


There are many people ______ the picture. They are
sitting ______ the floor to enjoy their meal. The food
are ______ them. This is the time for break fasting in
Ramadhan. The men are holding dates ______ their
hands. There is an Indonesian man sitting ______ the
African man. They really enjoy their meal and it`s the
most wonderful event in the world.

There are two men ______this picture. The man who


is sitting ______ the table is Mr. Zabir. He is holding a
laptop ______ his hand. He is explaining his job to his
manager. Mr. Ismail. Mr. Ismail is sitting ______ the
chair and he is holding a cup of coffee ______ his
hand. There is a window ______ Mr. Ismail. Both of
them are talking ______ their office.

Giving Direction GRAMMAR & LISTENING 2

W hen you’re in a country you don’t know, you can easily get lost at some point during the trip, even
if you have a map. So it’s really useful to know how to ask for and understand directions in
English so you can reach your destination. It’s also great to be able to give directions yourself to
tourists or foreign colleagues. So, what words and phrases can help you give and ask for directions?
Read on to find out! First of all, you need to know some basic vocabulary. The most important words
and phrases are:

between next to behind

In front of near On the corner

English For Muslim Teens 196 Grade X Senior High School


It’s also helpful to know some common places people visit in a city, such as the following: Park, post
office, bus stop, museum, city centre, subway station, taxi station, hotel, supermarket, mall, etc.
Here are some examples:
� Go along the street until you reach the traffic lights.
� You’ll see a bank on the left.
� It’s about two blocks from here.
� I prefer going to the airport on the highway because it’s faster.
Some prepositions and adverbs can also help when you’re giving directions:

avenue highway block street

For example : � Are we on the right road to the city center?


� My office building is in front of the mall. � Is this the right way to the mall?
� Go straight on for about one kilometre. � What’s the best way to get to the airport?
� The hotel is next to the supermarket.
Asking for directions Giving directions

When you ask for directions, remember above all In the same way that you need to ask directions
to be polite. So start by saying one of the following when you travel abroad, foreigners visiting your
phrases: city might ask you directions, and what better way
to practice English than to help them? Here are
� Assalamualaikum. Can you help me, please? some common phrases you can use:
� Good morning. May I ask for some help?
� Excuse me, could you help? � Go past the restaurant.
� Go along this road.
Once you have someone’s attention, you can ask � Go straight on/ahead. (Stay on this road –
for help to reach your destination. You can do that don’t turn.)
by using one of these phrases: � Go through the tunnel.
� Could you tell me how to get to the school? � At the roundabout, take the first exit.
� Do you know where the museum is? � Turn left at the crossroads.
� We can’t find the subway station. Is it near � Take the second right.
here? � It’s on your left.
� Where can we find a park near here? � You’ll see it in front of you.
If you’re not sure you’re going in the right � It’s on the other side of the road.
� You’re going the wrong way.
direction, you can make sure by asking:

English For Muslim Teens 197 Grade X Senior High School


LISTENING 2
Listen to the audio and then make a line to show the direction of each person goes.

ACEH HOUSE ENGLISH


MALL POST COURSE
OFFICE
POST OFFICE

Sofia JL.MERDEKA Khadijah

BAKERY MAIMOON

JL. ALFAKA
SUPERMARKET PALACE
JL.KAWAT

BOOK STORE
Aisyah JL. YOS SUDARSO

Raisa

Narrative Text READING 2


Listen to extracts from two conversations.

The Donkey in
F
a r m e r After every few hours, he comes to the hole to feed
Waleed’s his donkey by throwing some grass into the hole.
The Hole favourite After a couple of days and many hours of making
donkey slips and du’aa, sad Farmer Waleed decides to bury his donkey
falls into a deep alive.
hole. Try as he
might, but he Then, soil is poured onto the donkey from above. The
can’t pull it out. donkey feels the load, shakes it off, and steps on it.
No matter how More soil is poured onto the donkey again.
hard he tries, it is The donkey shakes it off and steps up. The more the
of no use. The load was poured, the higher it rose. By noon, the
nearest town is hundreds of kilometres donkey is on level ground! He steps out of the area
away. There are no vehicles passing by where the hole used to be. And within minutes, he is
either. The sun is starting to get harsh. once again, grazing in green pastures! Alhamdulillah!

“O Allah, I need your help. I don’t know what Farmer Waleed has never been so happy. He does
to do. Please show me the way. Please help Sujood Ash Shukr immediately to thank his Lord
me. I am in so much trouble.” Farmer Allahu Subhanahu wata`ala and says Alhamdulillahi
Waleed starts to make lots of du’aa. Rabbil ‘Aalameen!
Whenever it is time to pray Salaah, then, he
makes Wudu’ at the river, which is a few
kilometres away, prays and makes long
du’aas.

English For Muslim Teens 198 Grade X Senior High School


Work in pairs, then fill in the table below

Narrative structure Answer


1. Title
2. Setting
3. Time
4. Main characters
5. The problem
6. How the story end
7. Sequence words

Answer these questions based on the story above


1. The word it in paragraph one is refer to… 6. Who helped farmer Waleed?
2. The sun shines brightly is the same meaning 7. Was the donkey dead?
with... 8. How did the donkey get out from the hole?
3. Who was the main character in this story? 9. The word he at the fourth paragraph refers
4. What happened exactly in this story? to...
5. Release is the same meaning with... 10. What is the moral of the story?

Moral of the story makes more and more du’aa, Allah loves him
even more! Therefore, even if one’s problem
After much shaking off (of problems) and remains unsolved, one will definitely feel much
stepping up (learning from them) and making calmer, more patient, more tranquil and happier,
plenty of effort and du’aa, and then leaving the in shaa Allah.
matter to God, one will graze in “GREEN Let’s remember that Allah responds to ALL our
PASTURES”, in shaa Allah. du’aas. He responds in 3 ways:
Please note that not all problems will get solved � Yes
by just making du’aa. Sometimes, Allah will not � Not yet
allow one’s problems to be solved, despite one � He has something better for us
making plenty of du’aa. However, when one
Therefore, we will NEVER lose, in shaa Allah!

WRITING 2
Your friend, Ali wants to visit his new friends, Umar, Zaki, Ibrahim and Ustman. He doesn’t
know the way how to get there. Ali ask you to write the way to his new friends` house. Use
the map below and write your answer for Ali

English For Muslim Teens 199 Grade X Senior High School


Ali Assalamualaikum, excuse me, May I ask you something?
You Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh…insyaAllah, yes, please.
Ali How do I get to Ustman`s house?
You

Ali Alhamdulillah, thanks. And what about Zaki`s house, is his house far from Ustman`s house?
You

Ali I see…what about Umar`s house?


You

Ali And Ibrahim`s?


You

Ali Alhamdulillah…I know my all new friend. Thank you very much. Jazakallahu khoir.
You You`re welcome. Wajazakallahu khoir.

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Don’t Wishper

Assalamualaikum, Zaki.
Waalaikumussaalam, Ustad. How are you Ustad?
Alhamdulillah... I am fine, thanks... And you?
Alhamdulillah, ustad… I am very well right now.
Zaki, I have something to tell you…
Yes, Ustad….
I saw you yesterday that you whispered something to your friend in the mosque.
Did you see me, ustad?
Yes… It is about after Maghrib.
Oh... I see Ustad. I and Ali planned something special for Umar. so, I whispered to Ali to prepare
everything for Umar.
Maa shaa Allah… That`s a nice friendship and I just want to remind you that we may not whisper
between two when you are three.
Are you sure, Ustad?
Yes… Because from Ibnu Mas`ud Radiyallahu `anhu said that Rasulullah said,’ "If you are three,
then let not two people talk/whisper together while the third is not invited, until you mix with
humans. Because this can make the third person sad." (Narrated by Imam Bukhari and Imam
Muslim and their pronunciation is found in SahŅh Muslim).
Subhanallah… I had made Umar sad.
Better you say sorry to him and explain what were you planning before.
In shaa Allah, ustad. I`ll go right now and explain it to him.
That`s good… See you. Assalamualaikum...
See you, ustad… Thank you very much and wajazakallahu khoiron. Wassalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

English For Muslim Teens 200 Grade X Senior High School


Narrative Text READING 3
(Personal Experience)

Cov-Eid ul Fitr 2020


Khadijah misses her friends. She has not seen them for more than 60 days now. Her school, like
many schools around the world, has been shut down temporarily due to the Covid-19 pandemic lock-
down. She gets a piece of paper and pencil and starts scribbling. After several minutes, she has
decided what to post on Facebook.

“Taqabbal Allaahu minna wa minkum (May Allaah accept from us and from you.)

In every shared smile and laughter, In every food and drink that you consume, In every du’aa that is
made, In every opportunity that comes your way, In every project that you undertake, In every
knowledge that you learn, In every moment spent with your loved ones. May Allah bless you
immensely!
Eid Mubarak.

Enjoy your Eid celebrations, in shaa Allah. (Even though we are in lock-down, we can still make Eid
memorable with our loved ones, in shaa Allah!)

Kind regards,
Khadijah”

Today is Eid

K
hadijah is now resting. She has only just celebrate Eid by themselves. Many of them have
been to her grandparents’ house, after resorted to using the Zoom Meeting app,
praying Eid prayers at home with Mum, WhatsApp, Skype, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram
Dad and her sisters. For the first time ever, Dad or other social networks on their computers or
was the Eid Prayer Imam. Dad has never been Eid mobile phones to keep in touch with friends and
Prayer Imam before. He is always the family’s loved ones. Khadijah feels blessed that her
usual 5-daily-prayers Imam or Taraweeh Imam. country’s government allows its citizens to visit one
But never the Eid Prayer Imam! another, albeit a few at a time.

Khadijah and her family were excited this morning. Well, as usual, her grandparents have cooked
A few days ago, the government has eased the plenty of delicious food, snacks and deserts for
lock-down restrictions and allowed 5 visitors per Eid. But there were no kissing, hugging and
home. Alhamdulillah. That means, they could visit shaking hands allowed this Eid. It was certainly
Khadijah’s grandparents after Eid Prayer! They hard. Everybody was trying hard to stop
were all happy and enthusiastic. Khadijah and her themselves from giving each other kisses, hugs
sisters have not seen their grandparents for over a and handshakes!
month now. Their grandparents have not left the
house for a long time too. Khadijah’s parents have Khadijah’s grandparents, although seemingly well,
been leaving groceries outside Khadijah’s even wore masks to protect themselves. They
grandparents’ house every week, just to keep them were at a higher risk of contracting the virus due to
safe. But they feel so grateful to Allah Subhanahu their old age, diabetes and heart condition.
wata`ala. Khadijah’s mum, dad and sisters had chosen not
to put on masks as all of them are younger, healthy
Many of Khadijah’s cousins, who live in a few other and at low-risk. They have followed the
countries, were not able to visit anyone at all! government’s advice as well. So, that was alright
SubhaanAllah! They were all told to stay home and too.

English For Muslim Teens 201 Grade X Senior High School


After eating, they used Grandad’s laptop to chat Just when she was about to open the front door,
with Khadijah’s cousins, aunts, uncles and great Khadijah saw a few of her grandparents’
aunts and great uncles abroad to wish them a neighbours already walking up the hill towards her
“Happy Eid.” They all looked glad, festive and were grandparents’ home with two bags of goodies.
full of laughter. All of them were also well-dressed They are all dressed up for Eid. With masks on
in their traditional, colourful outfits. Everybody their faces too. Obviously, they had come to visit
showed their beautiful Eid home decorations, Khadijah’s grandparents and provide some Eid
mouth-watering Eid lunches and Eid dinners, cheer.
delicious Eid biscuits, tasty Eid snacks and Khadijah and family quickly stepped out through
refreshing Eid drinks to one another, through their the door to allow the visiting family to enter her
little screens. grandparents’ home. Everybody was trying to stay
as far apart from one another as much as
Khadijah and her sisters enjoyed talking to their physically possible. khadijah’s family put on their
relatives very much. They sure missed them. They shoes, got in the car swiftly and waved good-bye
wished that they could visit them someday soon, in to them all.
shaa Allah. Maybe when the pandemic lock-down
has been lifted, they could fly to their relatives’ SubhaanAllah. What strange times, we live in!
countries once again. “But not so soon, Eid ul Fitr this year feels very different indeed! But
sweethearts,” Dad reminded them, “We’ll have to Alhamdulillah, they are still able to visit one
save some money first!” another. Although barely. Khadijah closes her
laptop. She still misses her school mates. She
Right after the ‘inter-continental’ chat ended, knows that she will not be able to see them until
Khadijah’s grandmother received a phone call. Her June the 9th. That’s when her school re-opens, in
neighbours from the next street have called to ask shaa Allah.
if it was alright for them to come over. Khadijah’s
dad looked at her mum and nodded. They decided
that it was time for the family to go home.

Figure Out!
1. Khadijah had never seen her friends more than 2 months True False
2. Khadijah used social media to greet her friends True False
3. Khadijah`s father has never been Imam of Taraweeh True False
4. Some on Khadijah`s family live in abroad True False
5. Social media is the best way to greet one another in normal condition True False

Look at the text again and find the synonyms of these words.
1. Excited : Happy 6. Resorted : Forced
2. Visitors : Guests 7. Plenty of : A lot of
3. Scribbling : Crawl 8. Glad : Happy
4. Imam : Leader 9. Inter-continental : Abroad
5. Grateful : Thankful 10. Swiftly : Quickly
Look at the text again and find the synonyms of these words.
1. Do you understand about Khadijah`s feeling?
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Do you feel the same?
____________________________________________________________________________
3. What will you do?
____________________________________________________________________________
4. What do you do to keep away from this virus?
____________________________________________________________________________
5. Do you know how to keep our health?
____________________________________________________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 202 Grade X Senior High School


Adjective Comparison GRAMMAR 3

Adjective comparison with As…as and Than


A new place for Bika Ambon
MasyaAllah the Bika Ambon was incredible! It
seemed bigger and better than at the other six
locations. As with all food, the fresher the
ingredients, the better the Bika Ambon. The
ingredients at the Zulaikha Bika Ambon are as
fresh as you can get no coconut milk from a can
here!) and the choices are much more varied
than at their other stores. We ordered two different
types, the one with Durian and Chocolate was a lot
more interesting than the original Bika Ambon
with cheese and pandan, but both were delicious.

Z
ulaikha Bika Ambon, the chain of popular Each Bika Ambon place is different and
Bika Ambon store has just opened a new masyaAllah the one on Jln. Mojopahit is a little
one on Jln. Mojopahit Medan, two blocks larger (and louder) than the others. It`s also more
from the Gramedia. The day I ate there, the service crowded because people from other cities love it.
was not as good as at the other Bika Ambon store On holidays the lines outside this new eatery are
in town. The young staff (mostly students) probably getting longer and longer. Go early for a quieter,
needs time to become more professional. But, more relaxed meal!

Comparison Than
(not) as Adjectives As adjective
form
The new larger the other
The new the other restaurant is busier ones.
large ones.
restaurant busy better
is (not) as than
good
as more
interesting interesting
expensive Less expensive

Read the information about two brands of Bika Ambon. Then decide if each statement is
True (T) or False (F)
1. __ Zulaikha`s Bika Ambon is bigger than
Umar`s.
2. __ Umar`s Bika Ambon is just as big as
Zulaikha`s.
Size 10 x 20 cm 15 x 30 cm
3. __ Umar`s Bika Ambon isn`t as heavy as
Weight 1 kg 1.5 kg Zulaikha`s.
Price Rp. 75.000,- Rp. 85.000,- 4. __ Zulaikha`s Bika Ambon is just as
expensive as Umar`s.
Calories 364 292 5. __ Umar`s Bka Ambon is more expensive
Salt content 731 mg 600 mg than Zulaikha`s.
6. __ Zulaikha`s Bika Ambon is higher in
Baking time 20 minutes 30 minutes
calories than Umar`s.
Taste 7. __ Zulaikha`s Bika Ambon is saltier than

English For Muslim Teens 203 Grade X Senior High School


Adjective superlative with most or est

Superlative adjective form


This is the largest
the busiest in the world.
the best mosque of all.
city I`ve ever visited.
the most interesting
the least expensive
the biggest

Editing
Read the postcard. There seven mistakes in the use of superlative adjectives. The first
mistake is already corrected. Correct six more.

Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Greeting from Mecca, the beautifulest city I`ve
ever visited. Last month, we went to Mecca for Umroh and visited Zam Zam Tower and MasyaAllah
the more recognizable structure in all of city in this world. From there, you get the best view of the
city of Mecca. The restaurant was the most excellent service that I have ever felt and then we
enjoyed the view of Ka`bah from the top of the tower. This place is the most highest place in Mecca
and the third most highest place in the world. This tower is the most closest place to Ka`bah. Inside
this tower, we can visit mall and a museum. It has the more fantastic museum in the world. It shows
us the better view of galaxy.

SPEAKING 3
Zaki, Zabir and Ali are talking about their dream car. Look at the photo below and tell your
friend about the car. Use Adjective comparison and Superlative.
( as…..as, more / er…….than…, the most/…..est)

AVANZA
100 km/hour
Fortuner
200 km/hour
VW
150 km/hour

Karimun
200 km/hour
Zaki Assalamualaikum, Ali! Maa shaa Allah.. What a nice picture you have?
Ali Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh... Yes. This is a picture about my dream car.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah... These are nice cars. I like those.
Ali But I think, I like fortuner (good) _______ than Karimun.
Zaki Yes, and Karimun is (fast) _______ Fortuner. And MasyaAllah, it is amazing.
Ali I don`t really like Avanza, because it is the (slow) _______ car.
Zaki I don`t think so, because when you want to drive a car, it depends on your feeling. If you brave
to drive fast, Avanza will be (fast) _______ than Fortuner.
Ali And VW is (slow) _______than Fortuner and Karimun.
Zaki What about you Zabir? Which is your favourite car?
Zabir I think I like Avanza. I like slow car. And Avanza is the (slow) _______
Ali Why?
Zabir If we drive a car slowly, it will be (safe) _______ than driving fast. And we can enjoy the view.
Ali Maa shaa Allah...

English For Muslim Teens 204 Grade X Senior High School


Zaki Is Avanza (fast) _______ than VW?
Ali I don`t think so, VW is (fast) _______ than Avanza.
Zaki But VW is (cute) _______ than the other cars. and girls like VW (many) _______ than
Fortuner.
Ali Yes… Girls like cute cars.
Zaki And Fortuner is the (big) _______ car and most men like Fortuner (many) _______ than
Avanza.
Zabir Yes... My father just bought a new Fortuner. And MasyaAllah….it was a nice car.
Zaki Really? Maa shaa Allah wa tabarokallahu fiik.
Zabir Maa shaa Allah, my father told me that Fortuner was (comfortable) _________ than his old car.
Ali Of course, because it`s new.
Zabir What about If we are going to Mr. Ismail`s house, our English teacher, tomorrow.
Ali With your father`s new car?
Zabir In shaa Allah...
Ali Can you drive a car?
Zabir In shaa Allah, but I drive (slow) _______ than my father.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah... That`s a great idea.

Comparative Speaking Card


Discuss with your class mate about the cards then ask and write you class mate`s answer in
your book.

SPORTS FOOD CLOTHES


• Are boxers stronger than • Are apricots sweeter than • Are jeans more popular than
gymnasts? pineapple? dress?
• Is skating easier than skiing? • Is pizza testier than hamburger? • Are sneakers more comfortable
• Is hockey more popular than • Is ice cream more delicious than than slippers?
football? a chocolate cake? • Are shorts longer than trousers?

SCHOOL HOBBY YOUR CITY


• Are Maths teachers stricker than • Is fishing more boring than • Is air cleaner now than before in
English language teachers? reading books? your city?
• Is History less interesting than • Is karate more useful than • Is your city become more
Literature? dancing? beautiful every year?
• Are exams harder now? • Is skateboarding more difficult • Is traffic worse in your city now?
than snowboarding?

WRITING 3
Now look at the picture below and write your opinion about the picture. Number one has
been done for you

1. Mango tree is shorter than coconut tree.


2. _____________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________
6. _____________________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 205 Grade X Senior High School


LISTENING 3
Listen and fill in the missing words.

My mother and father are very different. My mom is ________ than my dad but my dad looks ________
than my mom. My dad is more ________ because he plays sport. My mom is more talk active. She loves
to talk with people. My dad is ________ than my mom. My mom is________ than my dad.

Jakarta and Medan are both in Indonesia but they are very different. Medan is ________ than Jakarta. It
is also colder. Jakarta is ________ than Medan but Jakarta is ________. It is ________ to find housing in
Jakarta. I think Medan is a ________ place to live.

I think British English is ________ than American English. The British English is ________ than American
English. American English is________ than British English. But most people in the world use American
English. And for me, American English pronunciation is ________ than British English pronunciation. But
in some English Test in this world, TOEFL and TOEIC use American English but IELTS and CEFR are
British English. But for the difficulty, American English is________ British English.

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Sleep After Shubuh
Assalamualaikum, Zaki... I called you this morning. But you didn`t answer the phone. Are you sick?
Waalaikumussalam Ustad. What time did you call ustad?
I called you at 6.00 am. After shubuh.
I studied late last night, so I slept again after shubuh.
Subhanallah….
Why, ustad? What happened?
No, I just want to remind you that sleeping after shubuh is hated by Rasulullah. Because Rasulllah
said,’Ya Allah, bless my ummah in the morning." (Narrated by Abu Daud no. 2606, Ibn Majah no.
2236 and Tirmidhi no. 1212. Al Hafizh Abu Thohir said that this hadith is hasan)
Astaghfirullah.
So, I suggested you not to sleep after shubuh but if it is very urgent. Like working late till midnight
and it is done rarely.
Oh... I see, Ustad….
So, don`t do that again Zaki.
In shaa Allah, ustad…
By the way…. I called you this morning but no answered, so I come here right now.
Subhanallah, ustad… I am so sorry. Please sit down, ustad… Please…
Thank you, by the way.

English For Muslim Teens 206 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlaq REVIEW TEST
Say True or False
1. Allah will not allow one’s problems to be solved, despite one making TRUE FALSE
plenty of du’aa.
2. Whispering is allowed between three TRUE FALSE
3. Allah Subhanahu wata`ala responds our du`a with something better TRUE FALSE
4. Keep promise is a character of a moslem TRUE FALSE
5. Sleep after shubuh is better for our health and Rasulullah loved that. TRUE FALSE

Speaking And Writing


Rara and Naira are talking about their city. Write Naira`s answer about her city. (Note: the
answers will be variety)

Mosque
Parking
Lot

Rara Shoe
Store
Department
Store

Market

Tahfidz
Center
Restaurant
Drug
Store
Book
Store

Bus
Stop
Park

Mosque
Market Department
Store

Shoe
Store
Parking Bus
Lot Stop

Restaurant
Tahfidz
Center
Drug
Store

Campus

Football
Field

Naira

English For Muslim Teens 207 Grade X Senior High School


Rara Assalamualaikum Naira This is a picture of my city.
Naira Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh… Maa shaa Allah, and this is a picture of my
city too.
Rara In my city, the parking lot is behind the mosque.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara In my city, the park is opposite the Tahfidz School.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara In My city, the drug store is between the department store and book store.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara And then, in my city, the shoe store is behind the market.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara In my city, the restaurant is opposite book the book store.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara masyaAllah, in my city, the garden is behind the restaurant.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara In my city the market is between the restaurant and the mosque.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________
Rara In my city, the bus stop is in front of the Tahfidz Centre.
Naira _______________________________________________________________________

Listening
Listen to the statements that best describe to the picture.

1 2 3 4

Reading

The Biography of Harun al Rasyid

T
he legendary Harun Ar-Rashid was born When he grew up as a teenager, Harun Ar-Rasyid
on March 17, 763 AD in Rayy, Tehran, Iran. had started his father's deployment in
He was the son of the third Abbasid Caliph government affairs. Harun's leadership was
Al-Mahdi bin Abu Ja'far Al-Mansur. His mother forged by his father when he was entrusted with
was named Khaizuran, a woman from Yemen leading military expeditions to conquer Byzantium
who was freed and married to Al-Mahdi. The twice. He led the first military expedition in 779 AD
mother was very influential and played a major - 780 AD.
role in the leadership of Al-Mahdi and Harun Ar-
Rashid. In the second expedition conducted in 781-782
AD, Harun led his troops to the shores of the
From a young age, Harun Ar-Rasyid was forged Bosphorus. At a relatively young age, Harun Ar-
with Islamic religious education and government Rashid who is known to be authoritative has been
in the palace environment. One of his most able to mobilize 95,000 troops along with high-
popular teachers was Yahya bin Khalid. Armed ranking officials and veteran generals. From them
with adequate education, Harun grew up to too, Harun learned a lot about battle strategy.
become an educated person. Harun Ar-Rasyid is
indeed known as a man with a brilliant brain, Before being crowned caliph, Harun was asked
strong personality, and fluent in speech. by his father to be governor of As-Siafah in 779

English For Muslim Teens 208 Grade X Senior High School


AD and at Maghrib in 780 AD. Two years after sunnah of the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam. In
becoming governor, his father confirmed him as some of his treatises, Al-Qadhi Iyadh, has a deep
crown prince to become caliph after his brother, Al- impression on the figure of Harun al-Rashid. He said, "I
Hadi. On September 14, 786 AD, Harun Ar-Rashid do not know of any king who travels on a journey of
finally occupied the highest throne in the Abbasid learning except al-Rashid. He walked with his two
dynasty as the fifth caliph. children, al-Amin and al-Ma'mun, to hear the study of al-
Muwaththa delivered by Imam Malik (may Allah be
Harun al-Rashid was a king who was known to glorify pleased with him).
scholars. He is very proud of his religion. Doesn't like
arguing (debate) and talking a lot. And he loved the Harun also paid great attention to the development of

1. Complete name : 8. Harun al Rasyid`s


2. Origin : teacher :
3. Number of siblings : 9. Characters and
4. Place / date of birth : personality :
5. Died : 10. The year of the first
6. Father`s name : military expedition :
7. Mother`s name : 11. Crowned as a king :

Grammar
Make the indirect speech of these sentences
1. Ustad said, “Rasulullah hated sleeping after shubuh.”
_____________________________________________________________
2. Ustad said,” you must keep your promise.”
_____________________________________________________________

3. The ustad said,” Rasulullah didn`t like eating much.”


_____________________________________________________________

4. The ustad said,” Rasulullah is a perfect man in the world.”


_____________________________________________________________

5. Rasululllah said,” Muslims will be divided into 73 firqoh.”


_____________________________________________________________

Look at the picture below and write your answer about comparative degree.

Uncle Ibrahim Uncle Umar Uncle Ali Ismail


Height : 160 cm tall Height : 180 cm tall Height : 180 cm tall Height : 120 cm tall
Years : 40 years old Years : 35 years old Years : 35 years old Years : 15 years old

English For Muslim Teens 209 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 9

Makkah
From Ibn Abbas radhiyallahu 'anhu, he said: The Messenger of Allah said on the day of the liberation
of the city of Mecca:
Verily, this land has been forbidden by Allah, so it is not permissible to cut down the tree, nor
to hunt the game, nor to take the lost item except later by those who call to find the owner.
(H.R. Bukhari. No. 1484)
Madinah
The Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam once said: Indeed, Prophet Ibrahim made Mecca a
forbidden city, and indeed I made Medina a forbidden city too. [HR. Muslim]
Among other virtues of the city of Medina is the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam nature as a city
that will devour other areas. He sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said : I was ordered to (emigrate to)
an area that will devour other areas. This area they call Yathrib, namely Medina [HR. Al-Bukhari
and Muslim]

English For Muslim Teens 210 Grade X Senior High School


OUR
1 AKHLAQ 5 SPEAKING
1. Lick your fingers 1. First trip to Medan
2. Qodarullah it was raining 2. Speaking between son and
3. Don’t be angry mom

2 LISTENING 6 GRAMMAR
1. Past tense and past
1. First job
2. Jumbled words continuous
3. (talk about mother) 2. Adverbs
4. Nobody does it like my mummy.
7 REVIEW TEST
3 READING
1. Akhlaq building
1. Personal narrative text 2. Speaking
2. Fable story 3. Reading
3. Story of the tiny frogs 4. Writing
4. Folklore; Legend of Malin 5. Listening
Kundang. 6. Grammar

4 WRITING

1. Write about your personal


experience
2. Holiday experience.

English For Muslim Teens 211 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Lick Your Finger
Alhamdulillah, Zaki. Thank you very much for your meal today. I really appreciate it.
Alhamdulillah... No problem, Ustad. I’m really happy because you come to my house and we can eat
together.
Alhamdulillhah.
But, by the way, Ustad. When the meal is over, I saw that you licked you fingers. Don’t you feel
disgusting with that?
Subhanallah. Of course not. Because Rasulullah had done it and all sahabah.
Really?
Because from Ibn 'Abbas radhiyallahu 'anhuma, he said that the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam
said, "If one of you eats, then he should not wipe his hand before he licks it or someone else licks it."
(Muttafaqun 'alaih) [HR. Bukhari, no. 5456 and Muslim, no. 2031]
Maa shaa Allah, ustad. Islam is very perfect. Rasulullah had taught us everything in this life. So we
don`t need a new one in Islam. Just imitate Rasulullah.
Of course. You are absolutely right. Rasulullah had taught us everything and even what we should do
after meal.
Right, Ustad. In shaa Allah I`ll start licking my fingers after meal today.
Alhamdulillah, by the way, Zaki. Thank you very much for everything. I`ve got to go. My students are
waiting for me. See you next time. And insyaAllah I`ll invite you some day. Assalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
You`re welcome ustad. I`ll be waiting for that. See you. Wassaalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

Narrative Text READING 1

Have you every tried to write a poem or lyrics or Nasheed? Here is an example of an attempt
to free write a poem. Read this carefully and make the point.

The definition of narrative text is an imaginative 4. Coda / reorientation (optional) – lesson from
story to entertain people. the story
Perhaps you need to know that narrative text, in the Language Feature of Narrative Text
writing and composition lecture is usually called 1. Past tense (killed, drunk, etc)
narration, which is one of type of text in a literary 2. Adverb of time (Once upon a time, one day,
language. Usually, the narrative text contains good etc)
fiction stories, non-fiction stories, animal stories 3. Time conjunction (when, then, suddenly, etc)
(fable), folktales, fairy tales, myths, legends etc. In 4. Specific character. The character of the story
a simple word everything about story is included in is specific, not general. (Malin Kundang,
narrative text. Sangkuriyang, Surabaya,etc)
5. Action verbs. A verb that shows an action.
Generic Structure of Narrative Text (killed, dug, walked, etc)
1. Orientation : It is about the opening 6. Direct speech. It is to make the story lively.
paragraph where the characters of the story (the man said, “I am your king now”). The
are introduced. direct speech uses present tense.
2. Complication : Where the problems in the
story developed. Kinds of Narrative Text:
3. Resolution : Where the problems in the story � Fable
is solved. � Myth
� Legend

English For Muslim Teens 212 Grade X Senior High School


� Folktale/ folklore � Slice of life
� Fairy tales � Horror stories
� Love story / romance � Science fiction
� Personal experience

Narrative Text (Personal Experience)


Read the text below and fill in the missing word from the box.

house name daughter closer forget


mothers member wonderful permitted competition

Title My first trip to Makkah and Madinah


Inroduction Assalamu alaikum. My ________ is Melissa Lucas and I live in Australia. A few years
I won an Umrah trip through Hadith of the Day (HOTD) and I wanted to share my story
of visiting Makkah and Madinah with you all today.

Here is my story.
Beginning of In 2013, I was a ________ of HOTD. They shared a hadith about mothers and there

The story
was also a competition to enter. HOTD was donating Umrah flights and
accommodation to 5 people who had limited funds to take their ________ along with
them to do the Umrah Pilgrimage. You had to write why you thought you should win.
When I saw it I thought of my mum. She was an Australian revert and in her 50’s that
had never been to see the ________ of Allah. I was a new revert that had never been
as well and was having a hard time in life and needed an iman boost. I told my mother
about it and she convinced me to enter the competition. Alhamdulillah, I didn’t think I
would ever win the ________ but to my amazement I did.

My mother and I were going to spend 5 days in Mecca and 5 days in Medina and
MasyaAllah, I was so thrilled. The best part was telling my mother. We were on a high
Middle all day. I took my brother along too, being our mahram. The flight was long and hard
Events but once we got there, that was all forgotten. First we went to Medina. The place was
nothing like I had ever seen before. No greenery was there like Australia but Medina
had a sense of tranquillity and I was in absolute awe. The prophet Muhammed
Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam masjid was just divine. A place I would never ________.
I loved spending time there in worship and just reflecting and taking in my
surroundings. My mother and I were able to enter the rawdah and it was such a
memorable experience. The shopping was also a lovely experience and I enjoyed
connecting with my mother there. Everything about the trip was ________. Once we
arrived in Mecca, we completed our Umrah at night. It wasn’t easy to do as I remember
my feet getting sore after a few hours it took to complete the pilgrimage.

I loved every minute of it though and just reflecting on this now, I remember the feeling
being amongst all my brothers and sisters in Islam making dua after dua to Allah
Subhanahu wata`ala. MasyaAllah, It was an amazing experience. I must say one of
duas was asking for a husband and not only that, a specific person I had in mind if he
Middle were to be my husband. When I went back home, life went back to normal and I had
Events the wonderful memories and my connection with Allah Subhanahu wata`ala was
________ than ever. A few months later I got a proposal from the same man I made
dua to Allah swt to grant me a husband. It was amazing. When you truelly make dua
and try your best, Allah Subhanahu wata`ala does listen and if he wills, he grants your
duas true. Alhumdulillah. I am now a happily married woman of almost 2 years and I
look forward to returning to the house of Allah Subhanahu wata`ala for my Hajj
pilgrimage with my husband and ________ in the future, InshaAllah.

English For Muslim Teens 213 Grade X Senior High School


I want to thank to Allah Subhanahu wata`ala ________ me to go there and Allah
Subhanahu wata`ala sent me HOTD for their generosity and also to the donor who
Conclution made the journey possible for my family and I. Truly the blessings come from Allah
Subhanahu wata`ala and may Allah Subhanahu wata`ala grant us all Jannatul Firdous
Ameen Allahumma Ameen.

by Melissa Lucas

Narrative (Personal Experience) READING 1

After you understand the reading above, now your turn.


Make your own experience. What is the best thing that you had ever had in your life?
Unforgettable experience, after that, you present it in front of the class.
These titles below will help you.
� My first time in Palembang. (You may choose another city)
� Trip to Palembang. (You may choose another city)
� It`s my first time to be a doctor. (You may choose another occupation)
� My first journey to Tongging. (You choose other places)
� Other topics.

Fable

Have you every tried to write a poem or lyrics or Nasheed? Here is an example of an attempt
to free write a poem. Read this carefully and make the point.

Story of the Tiny Frog

T here was once a bunch of tiny frogs, who


arranged a running competition. The goal
was to reach the top of a very high tower.
The tiny frogs began collapsing, one by one
except for those who, in a fresh tempo, were
climbing higher and higher.
A big crowd gathered around the tower to see the The crowd continued to yell, “It’s too difficult! No
race and cheer on the contestants. one will make it!”
The race began. More tiny frogs got tired and gave up. But one
continued higher and higher. This one wouldn’t
No one in the crowd really believed that the tiny
give up! And he reached the top.
frogs would reach the top of the tower. They
shouted, “Oh, way too difficult!”, “They will Everyone wanted to know how this one frog
NEVER make it to the top!” and “Not a chance. managed such a great feat.
The tower is too high”.
His secret? This little frog was DEAF!

Make your own conclusion from the story above


1. What is the moral of the story above?
2. Two motivational words from the story above.
What are they?

Hadith
“… know that victory comes with patience, relief with affliction,
and hardship with ease.”
The prophet Muhammad Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said,”
whoever seeks to be patient, Alah will give him patience.
Nobody can be given a blessing better and greater than
patience.” (H.R. Bukhari.Vol. 2. No.548)

English For Muslim Teens 214 Grade X Senior High School


SPEAKING 1
Fill in the missing words in the conversation below from with the words from the box.
This is a real conversation between Raisa and Khadijah. Raisa told to Khadijah about her first
trip to Medan

stay friendly fruit flight anywhere


depends foreign cheap palace amazing

Raisa Assalamualaikum, Khadijah, long time not see. Where were you?
Khadijah Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Alhamdulillah, I just came back from
Indonesia.
Raisa Barakallahu fiik.
Khadijah Where were you exactly in Indonesia?
Raisa I went to Medan. It is in North Sumatera. And Maa shaa Allah, it was __________
Khadijah MasyaAllah, that`s great. I have never been to Medan. Whom did you go with?
Raisa I went there with my family last month. We wanted to relax and also sightseeing.
Khadijah Barakallah… Sounds good! How long did you __________ there?
Raisa We stayed there for almost six days. We looked a hotel online in advance.
Khadijah Isn`t is expensive there? I`ve heard it`s really expensive in Medan.
Raisa It __________ on which area you go to. In the north of Medan, it`s not that expensive
compared to Medan city. For example, when you book a hotel in Medan city, it is not as
__________ as the hotel out of the city. Medan city`s hotel is around Rp. 500.000 or Rp.
700.000 per night. But out of the city of Medan is cheaper.
Khadijah So by the way, what was the first impression of Medan for you?
Raisa I eat Durian and I love it. You know, it is a very special __________ in Medan. This fruit is
very difficult to find in another city.
Khadijah Maa shaa Allah, Really? How did it taste?
Raisa It depends on what we want. I prefer the sweet one and my father likes the bitter one.
Khadijah And what is the special food there?
Raisa I almost forgot to tell you. It is Bika Ambon.
Khadijah What is it like?
Raisa It is a soft cake. It has many tastes. Pandan taste, original taste, Durian taste and others. It
is yellow. And Maa shaa Allah, it is very yummy.
Khadijah What about the place?
Raisa Medan has many beautiful places. Grand mosque, Maimoon __________, Merdeka walk
and etc.
Khadijah Was that your first time in Medan?
Raisa Well, we go to Medan twice a year.
Khadijah Maa shaa Allah, twice a year? That`s quite often, actually. And why do you prefer going to
Medan that often?
Raisa I like going to Medan because of the culture, the food, the natural place, __________
people. Most of them are bataknese, but they are all very kind. It only takes us two hours to
get there from Malaysia.
Khadijah I see. By the way, do you prefer visiting other cities or travelling in other cities like Aceh?
Raisa I prefer both. I think there really beautiful place in Aceh too. Banda Aceh and Tapak Tuan.
These provinces are more beautiful than __________countries.
Khadijah Are these places far from Medan?
Raisa It you want to go to Banda Aceh, it`s a 40 minutes __________. And it could take around 10
hours by land transportation.
Khadijah Actually, Medan is closer to Aceh.
Raisa Have you been to Aceh, Khadijah?
Khadijah Alhamdulillah, I had been there twice. We went there in October last year. We have a long
holiday in Aceh because it`s a national holiday.
Raisa Which city do you visit?

English For Muslim Teens 215 Grade X Senior High School


Khadijah We stayed in Banda Aceh. And I think it is very religious place. And it is very easy to find a
mosque there.
Raisa What food do you like most in Aceh?
Khadijah I really like duck curry. My family like it most. The taste of the duck curry is as same as duck
curry in Malaysia.
Raisa By the way Khadijah, what cities would you like to visit in the future?
Khadijah InsyaAllah, I want to go to Turkey next year. I`m not planning to go __________ this year. I
would also like to visit Padang and Sibolga. In 2020, I and my family went to Jogyakarta and
Lombok.
Raisa`s
mother Raisa… Raisa…. come here please.
Raisa I am sorry, Khadijah. I`ve go to go. My mother called me. See you next time.
Assalamualaikum.
Khadijah No problem. See you. Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

LISTENING 1
Listen to the Personal Narrative text below and fill in the missing words.

Personal Narrative Text


Title My first job

Inroduction Assalamualaikum, My name is Ibrhaim. When I was about sixteen years old,
I _________ to buy a hadith book of Imam Al Bukhari, but I did not have any
money. My parents were not the type of people to give money to me out of
nowhere, or even for work I _________ at home. I had to find work in order to I
_________ the book I wanted.

Beginning of Alhamdulillah, my first job was to I _________ weeds. I got down on my knees
with foam protectors and began to pull out weeds one by one in my neighbour`s
The story front yard and backyard. After this tedious task, I mowed his lawn—front and
back. That was it for my first day, and it took me about two hours. I asked him
much I would get paid, and he said, “I will give you Rp. 25.000,- an hour. I don’t
know much people are I _________ these days, anyways. It was less than I
thought I would get paid, but Alhamdulillah, at least I had a job.

After working for 5 hours in a day for ten days, I walked the few miles to the book
store at the top of the hill at Gazwa book store. I went to the religion book section
of the book store, and bought the book. The book is only Rp. 675.000,- with one I
_________ package.

Middle
After many days of working for Mr. Ismail, I came to the conclusion that I wanted

Events
to I _________ money for my future. I wanted to be a university student and
buying some English books. I think, we need to I _________ English as an
international language and some Arabic books as a Qur`anic language.
I think everyone should get on one’s knees and pull weeds. I believe everyone
should at least once work for an elderly person, and help him take care of his
garden. I think everyone should feel theI _________ sun on one’s back as they
mow grass. It seems these experiences harden our spirits and I _________, and
make us more in touch with the earth.

Conclution
Besides this, a first job like this supplies you with the value of sacrifice and thank
to Allah Subhanahu wata`ala, as sweat turned into knowledge is something no
can take away from you.
I think that`s all. Thank you very much. Wassalamualaikum.

English For Muslim Teens 216 Grade X Senior High School


Figure it out!
1. How much money does he get for ten days? 3. Why did Ibrahim look for a job?
a. Rp. 675.000,- a. He wanted to get money.
b. Rp. 1.520.000,- b. He wanted to buy books.
c. Rp. 1.250.000,- c. He wanted to buy hadith books.
2. How much is the rest of his money after 4. Do you think that Ibrahim likes the job?
buying books? a. Yes, I do
a. Rp. 755.000,- b. No I don`t
b. Rp. 575.000,- c. No, I do
c. Rp. 675.000,-

Past Tense/Past Continuous GRAMMAR 1

GRAMMAR NOTE
Simple Past Past Progressive
Use the simple past to describe an action that Use the past progressive to describe an action
was completed at a specific time in the past. that was in progress at a specific time in the
past. The action began before the specific time
and may or may not continue after the specific
time.

Past Now Future

Examples :
• Ismail moved to Medan in 2020. Past Now Future
• Aisyah started her study in 2019 Note :
Non-action verbs are not usually used in the
progressive
Simple Past & Past Progressive Examples :
Use the past progressive with the simple past to • Ismail was living in Medan in 2019.
talk about an action that was interrupted by • She was studying at USU.
another action. Use the simple past for the • The children were playing ball at 2 pm.
interrupting action.
Connect the two actions with:
While + past progressive
Or Examples :
When + simple past • They were driving when the accident
occurred.
• While he was skating, he fell.
Or
• He was skating when he fell.
Past Now Future

English For Muslim Teens 217 Grade X Senior High School


Complete the conversations. Use the correct form of the verbs in parentheses –
simple past or past progressive.

1. Aisyah Assalamualaikum Khadijah, What _______ you _______ (look) at just then? You
smiled.
Khadijah Waalaikumussalam, Aisyah. I _______ (watch) the video of Sofia`s graduation. She
_______ (look) so excited and happy.
Aisyah Where _________ (be) she graduate from?
Khadijah She ________ (graduate) from Islamic University of North Sumatera. She
________ (take) an English department.
Aisyah ______she _______ (get) the best student?
Khadijah Of course. The lecturer _______ (award) her as the best student. As long as I know,
when the exam ________ (start), she ________ (study) hard.

2. Ravi I ______ (find) your sunnah website while I _______ (surf) the internet. And Maa shaa
Allah, it was great.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah, thanks. When______ you ______ (surf) it?
Ravi Last night. While I ________ (surf) Islamic website, I ________ (surf) Sunnah website,
then I ________ (check) it inside, and finally I ________ (find) that is you.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah... In shaa Allah, it is good for you.
Ravi In shaa Allah.

3. Sarah _______ Raisa ______ (call) you when she ______ (come) over last night?
Zainab Yes! She ______ (call) me while I ______ (read) Al Qur`an.
Sarah So?
Zainab After a few minutes later she ______ (come) and ______ (knock) on the door. Then I
______ (open) the door, I ______ (find)
Raisa She______ (bring) many foods.
Sarah ______ you ______ (enjoy) your meal?
Zainab Maa shaa Allah... While I ________ (open) the box, I ________ (find) my favourite
food. She _______ (bring) me Pecal and Satay.

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Qodarullah, It Was Raining
Assalamualaikum, ustad. I am sorry, I am late because of rain.
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. No problem, please come in and sit.
Thank you, Ustad.
(Ustad talked to all students) you know my students. When the dark cloud was coming, Rasulullah
was so worried. And when the rain is over he said Alhamdulillah.
What did Rasulullah do when the rain was coming?
'Aisha radiyallahu 'anha said,
"The Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam when he saw a cloud in the sky, he moved forward,
backward or turned in or out, and his face changed. When it rains, he sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam
begins to calm his heart. 'Aisyah understands if he does that. Then the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi
wa sallam said, "I do not know what this is, it is as if this is what happened (to the 'Aad) as Allah

English For Muslim Teens 218 Grade X Senior High School


said (which means), "So when they saw the punishment in the form of a cloud leading to the
valleys, their valley." (Surat al-Ahqaf [46]: 24)” (HR. Bukhari no. 3206)
So, what should we do when the rain is coming ustad?
There are some adabs when the rain is coming. Let me tell you,
First, from this warning that you always feels afraid of the punishment as it was inflicted on the
previous people.
Second, thank to Allah for the rain given by saying “Allahumma shoyyiban naafi’aa”. (HR. Bukhari
no. 1032, Ahmad no. 24190, dan An Nasai no. 1523).
Third, It’s Raining, the Best Opportunity to Say Du’a (Lihat Shohihul Jaami’ no. 1026).
Fourth, Taking Blessings from Rainwater. (HR. Muslim no. 898).
fifth, Don’t Blame the Rain. (HR. Bukhari no. 4826 dan Muslim no. 2246, dari Abu Hurairah).
Sixth, Praying After the Rain by saying ’Muthirna bi fadhlillahi wa rohmatih’ (We are given rain
because of Allah’s grace and mercy). (HR. Bukhari no. 846 dan Muslim no. 71, from Kholid Al
Juhaniy).
Alhamdulillah. I know what I should do when the rain is coming.
Oke, let`s start our subject today. Open your English book on page 34.

SPEAKING 2
Practice the speaking below between son and mom

Mother I fought with death when I was giving birth to you. I spent sleepless nights when you were sick
and crying. I never ate without feeding you first. I bore so many pains to bring you to the stage
that you are in today. How will you repay me my son?
Son When I grow up, I will find a good job and earn lots of money for you so you can enjoy the
pleasures of this world.
Mother Your father is doing this already and I do not expect this from you too. By the time you are
earning I will be old and will not be in need of any worldly luxuries.
Son I will find a pious lady and marry her so she can cook for you and take care of you.
Mother That is not her duty my son and neither should you marry for that reason. It is not compulsory
on her to do any service to me, neither do I expect this from her. Your marriage should be for
you, a companion and a comfort for you as you go through this journey of life.
son Tell me mother how can I repay you then?
Mother (With tears in her eyes) Visit or call me often. A mother only requires this much from you while
she is alive. Then when I die give me your shoulder and bury me. Whenever you perform
prayers, supplicate for me. Give out in charity for me. Remember your every good deed will
benefit me in the hereafter so be good and kind always. Fulfil the rights of Allah Subhanahu
wata`ala and all those around you. The sleepless nights and pains I took to bring you up was
not a favour to you but was for my creator. He blessed me with you as a beautiful gift and as a
means for me to attain His pleasure. Your every good deed becomes my repayment. Will you
do it my son?
Son In shaa Allah, Mother… I will do it. I `ll be your best son in this world. You are my heaven,
mother… Allah and Rasulullah oblige me to serve you in the best way. (speak with tears and
embrace his mother)
Mother (Cannot speak and has tears in her eyes)

Note :
• May we all be of those that are a coolness of our parents eyes and a means of their purification.
• “Say My Lord be merciful to them as they brought me up in my childhood. Rabbi ar hamhuma
kama rabbayaani sageera [Surah Al-Isra: Verse 24]

English For Muslim Teens 219 Grade X Senior High School


Complete the conversation. What does ibrahim say to utsman?

Utsman Assalamualikum Ibrahim. What are you doing here? A Yes, by the way... Are you
Ibrahim working here?
Utsman Maa shaa Allah, really? B You`re welcome... See
Ibrahim you next time, Utsman…
Utsman Alhamdulillah, I have been working here for 2 years. in shaa Allah…
Ibrahim Maa shaa Allah… Assalamualaikum.
Utsman How can I help you Ibrahim? C XL is better. Because my
Ibrahim dad is a little bigger.
Utsman Size? D Waalaikumussalam. I am
Ibrahim looking for a moslem shirt
Utsman His favourite color? for my dad.
Ibrahim E Alhamdulillah… Here is
Utsman Here you are… the money.
Ibrahim F He likes white very much,
Utsman It is only Rp. 250.000,-, but today is our special day. We I think.
have 50% discount for all items. So you only pay a half of it. G I am looking for a Kurta
Ibrahim for my dad.
Utsman Alhamdulillah…thanks. H He likes white very much,
Ibrahim I think.
Utsman In shaa Allah... See you. Waalaikumussalam.

LISTENING 2
Ali is talking about mother. Listen and correct the jumbled words below.

Mothers are the people erdaset (dearest) to us. We all have a special relationship with our mother. We
are ytalrulna ( _________ ) bonded to our mother. We spend nine months growing dnisei (_________
) her and she is the person who looks after us when we are ieabsb (_________ ). Our mother does
everything for us. She feeds us, cleans us, peswi (wipes) away our tears, treats our cuts and
bruises, osptsrpu (_________ ) us and loves us. And all of this never stops. Mothers still
do emrtylho (_________ ) things even when we are old and she is really old. It is very sad to hear that
someone’s mother has died. I remember this nniaepgph (_________ ) to some children in my class at
school. I can’t iegnmai (_________ ) how children grow up without a mother. I hope my mother lives
forever. She sreveesd (_________ ) to.
Now, listen to the story about mother below and fill in the missing words.

NOBODY DOES IT LIKE MY MUMMY


Written by : Halimah Husain Reference: www.youtube.com

My mom is a special in every way. I look __________to her company each day. Nobody can give me hugs
and cuddles as warm as my mummy. We share a bond so special, Allah created me in her tummy. My
mum is __________ and caring in every way. Nobody can __________me like mummy does every day.
If I make a mistake or feel like I can`t accomplish a deed, she is always there to guide me and correct me,
making me feel like __________the lead. Nobody cooks and bakes like my amazing mummy, pastries and
cakes, cookies and bakes, oh so yummy. Macaroni cheese, bake to __________with ease, meatballs so
tasty and so round __________and unique. There is nothing else like it that I have __________. Nobody
can teach me about the world like my mummy can. She shows me the __________of Allah`s creation. I
can always look forward to an exciting new lesson as she tells me how Allah has created this world with
perfection! My mum is compassionate, __________and caring to me. Nobody can nurse me and care for
me like my wonderful mummy. When I am sick and unwell, she stays up with me all night. Nursing me and

English For Muslim Teens 220 Grade X Senior High School


asking Allah to __________me until it is light. Thank you, Allah, for my special mum, she __________ me
to worship you, tells me my deen is Islam, she __________ me how the prophet would pray, guides me
on what I should do each day. From the Duas I should read and Surahs to memorize, to helping the poor,
visiting the sick and __________the elders and the wise. My mum is lots of fun, she makes me so happy,
nobody can have fun with me like my __________ mummy. We can build towers with __________, tackle
challenging puzzles or play pretend, build castle in the sand, plant seeds in the garden and read Qur`an
stories in bed.

Write five GOOD questions about mothers in the table. Do this in pairs. Each student must
write the questions on his / her own paper.
When you have finished, interview other students. Write down their answers.

Questions Student 1 Student 2 Student 3

Questions 1

Questions 2

Questions 3

Questions 4

Questions 5

Narrative (Fiction Folklore) READING 1

Title The Legend of Malin Kundang


Inroduction A long time ago, in a small village near the beach in West Sumatra, a woman and
her son lived. They were Malin Kundang and her mother. Her mother was a single
parent because Malin Kundang's father had passed away when he was a baby.
Malin Kundang had to live hard with his mother

Beginning of Malin Kundang was a healthy, dilligent, and strong boy. He usually went to sea to
catch fish. After getting fish he would bring it to his mother, or sold the caught fish
The story in the town. One day, when Malin Kundang was sailing,
he saw a merchant's ship which was being raided by a small band of pirates. He
helped the merchant.

With his brave and power, Malin Kundang defeated the pirates. The merchant was
so happy and thanked to him. In return the merchant asked Malin Kundang to sail
with him. To get a better life, Malin Kundang agreed. He left his mother alone.
Many years later, Malin Kundang became wealthy. He had a huge ship and was
helped by many ship crews loading trading goods. Perfectly he had
a beautiful wife too. When he was sailing his trading journey, his ship landed on a
beach near a small village.

Middle The villagers recognized him. The news ran fast in the town; “Malin Kundang has
Events
become rich and now he is here”. An old woman ran to the beach to meet the new
rich merchant.
She was Malin Kundang’s mother. She wanted to hug him, released her sadness
of being lonely after so long time. Unfortunately, when the mother came, Malin
Kundang who was in front of his well dressed wife and his ship crews denied
meeting that old lonely woman. For three times her mother begged Malin

English For Muslim Teens 221 Grade X Senior High School


Kundang and for three times he yelled at her. At last Malin Kundang said to her
"Enough, old woman!

I have never had a mother like you, a dirty and ugly woman!" After that he ordered
his crews to set sail. He would leave the old mother again but in that time she was
full of both sadness and angriness. Finally, enraged, she cursed Malin Kundang that
he would turn into a stone if he didn't apologize. Malin Kundang just laughed and
really set sail

End of In the quiet sea, suddenly a thunderstorm came. His huge ship was wrecked and it
The Story
was too late for Malin Kundang to apologize. He was thrown by the wave out of his
ship. He fell on a small island.

Conclution Even the above story is not correct, but we have to respect our parents in any
situation. Don`t ever never try to hurt them. Because Allah subhanahu wata`ala said,”
For your Lord has decreed that you worship none but Him. And honour your parents.
If one or both of them reach old age in your care, never say to them ˹even˺ ‘ugh,’ nor
yell at them. Rather, address them respectfully. “And be humble with them out of
mercy, and pray, “My Lord! Be merciful to them as they raised me when I was
young.” (Surah Al Isra’ : 23 -24). From Abu Hurairah radhiyallahu 'anhu, he said, "A
man once came to the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam and said, 'Which of my
relatives has the most right for me to do good?' He sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,
'Your mother'. He said again, 'Then who else?' He sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,
'Your mother.' He said again, 'Then who else?' He sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,
'Your mother'. He said again, 'Then who else?' He sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,
'Your father'." (Narrated by Bukhari and Muslim).

Answer these questions with your own words


1. What do you get from the story above?
______________________________________________________________________________
2. What do you like most from your mother and father?
______________________________________________________________________________
3. How your mother and father show their love to you?
______________________________________________________________________________
4. If you had to describe your mother in 3 words, which words would you choose?
______________________________________________________________________________

5. If you can give a gift to your mother and father, what kind of gift that will you give them?
______________________________________________________________________________

WRITING 2

A
isyah had a semester holiday. So, read helping to cook, cleaning the house, washing
about her holiday experience. clothes, washing dishes, keeping a shop, and
Assalamualaikum my friend, I will tell you a others. That's an activity that I liked to do during
little about my experience during the holiday the holidays, although it's quite tiring but I was
yesterday. During the holidays I didn't go happy to be able to help my parents. Actually, I
anywhere, I just stayed at home. However, during often did all these activities even though I didn't
the holidays I liked to help my parents with their have holidays, but if not on holidays I only did
work, so that I could lighten up their activities and them when I had free time, because sometimes I
my parents were not too tired in doing their daily liked to be busy with assignments from school,
activities. activities that I often did, for example: even I like to come home from school until the

English For Muslim Teens 222 Grade X Senior High School


afternoon. For me last holiday was very happy and that's my experience during the holidays.
very exciting, and at least I felt happy because I Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
could help ease the work of parents at home. wabarokaatuh… but by the way, what about you?
Write for me…
Now your turn, write your own experiences with your parents. Sad or happy?

Type Of Adverbs GRAMMAR 2

Type Adverbs Example


Adverb of Frequency Always, sometimes, often, usually, She usually buy all my vegetables at
frequently, rarely/hardly ever, the market
never, generally, etc

Adverb of Manner Cheerfully, efficiently, painfully, The police dealt with the incident
carefully, slowly, badly, easily, well, very efficiently
quickly, etc
Adverbs of Time Now, yesterday, soon, later, yet, I`m going to hang out with my
tomorrow, already, tonight, today, friends tomorrow.
then, last month/year, etc

Adverbs of place Off, above, abroad, far, on, away, Let`s open the box and see what`s
back, here, out, outside, behind, in, inside it.
down, downstairs, etc
Adverbs of Degree Quite, too, entirely, very, extremely, I`m not absolutely certain I posted it.
rather, almost, absolutely, just,
barely, deeply, etc.

Put the right adverbs in this story from the box

loudly late gently eagerly laughingly


slowly joyfully timidly carefully lazily

A drive to the country


On a peaceful Sunday afternoon, Ibrahim’s family them away. An older horse approach ________
headed for the country. They ________climbed in and smelled the top on Sarah ’s head. Mom
the car right after lunch. As dad drove ________ offered him a carrot and the horse neighed
down the road, the kids looked through the ________. It started chewing on the carrot,
windows at the passing landscape. Soon, rows of allowing the children to pet it ________. Their
houses gave way to larger fields of hay. There country adventure made them ________ for
were even horses walking ________ in the fields. dinner that day.
Sarah, my sister, asked if she could stop to pet
them. Dad ________ said “No!”, but mom knew
the farmer and told dad to stop. The children
________ got out of the car and followed their
mother. The farmer gave them permission to go
see the horses. The children ________ walked
toward the beautiful animals, mindful not to scare

English For Muslim Teens 223 Grade X Senior High School


Change the words below to their adverb forms and write complete sentences with them in
the spaces provided.
Example :
0. (quick) : I was so late, so I quickly got out bed.

1. (good) : ___________________________________________________________
2. (happy) : ___________________________________________________________
3. (terrible) : ___________________________________________________________
4. (excited) : ___________________________________________________________
5. (loud) : ___________________________________________________________

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Don’t Be Angry
Assalamualaikum, Zaki...
(No answer)
Assalamualaikum, Zaki... Are you okay?
(No answer)
Zaki... Assalamualaikum, what happened to you?
Oh… I am sorry, Ustad. Waalaikumussalam warohamatullahi wabarokaatuh… Nothing, Ustad?
But you look so upset. Would you like to discuss it with me?
To tell you the truth. When I was in the bus. Suddenly there was a man pushed me from the back
and it was really hurt me.
So, what did he say?
He just said, “SORRY”.
So what do you think with his word?
I just keep silent and say no problem. But I am still upset with his behaviour.
Alright, Zaki, don`t ever be angry. Do your best.
Alright, Ustad. But I am a man. I don`t really like it.
Zaki, Rasulllah is a man and he is the best man to be imitated in this world. Rasullullah had never
been angry to anybody except that person broke the law of Allah. Because Rasulullah said,” don`t
be angry, for you Jannah.” (Shahîh. HR ath-Thabrani in al-Mu’jamul Ausath (no. 2374) from Abu
Darda Radhiyallahu anhu. Authenticated by Syaikh al-Albâni in Shahîh al-Jâmi’ish Shaghîr (no.
7374) and Shahîh at-Targhîb wat-Tarhîb (no. 2749).
Really ustad? (happy face)
Of course. So, what you had done before was right. Apologize him and keep silent.
Alhamdulillah, ustad. I am so happy right now. Thank you very much.
You`re welcome.

English For Muslim Teens 224 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlaq REVIEW TEST

Say True or False

1. Licking fingers after meal is a disgusting thing to be done. TRUE FALSE


2. Patience is the way to success TRUE FALSE
3. We read “Allahumma shoyyiban naafi’aa” before we go somewhere. TRUE FALSE
4. Soleh son is the best son is for his mother TRUE FALSE
5. Rasulullah said,” don`t be angry, for you Jannah” TRUE FALSE

Speaking Gazwa Men`s wear


GAZWA MEN WEAR 1. For adults?
For teenagers and adults 2. Cheap prices?
Look at the picture 3. Open/Sunday?
Jln. Ring Road No.50 (behind Gazwa hotel)
and use the 4. Where/shop?
question card below 5. Website address?
to make your own
OPEN
questions and 10 a.m. – 6 a.m.
practice them with (Sundays 10 a.m. – 5 a.m.)
partner. The All clothes half price this month.
questions may be See clothes on our website
variety. At www.Gazwa.net

Writing
Slice of life story
1. Choose an every day moment from your life. 3. Begin “in the moment” and try to recapture the
It doesn`t have to stand out because of YOU scene.
– but because, at the end of the day, you 4. As you write, improve for specific nouns, and
remembered it. vivid verbs
2. Focus on the details that made it stand out for 5. Think of your slice of life as scene from a
you: book or video… Make your reader relive the
a. People – just the main character scene.
b. Action – what stood out 6. And present it in front of your class.
c. Dialogue – try to capture personality and
feeling
d. Feelings – infer, draw conclusions.
e. Setting – try to capture specific details

Grammar
Complete the dialogue and practice them

A : What were you doing A : What was the boy doing


when it began to rain? when you saw him?
B : ____________________ B : ____________________
1 4

English For Muslim Teens 225 Grade X Senior High School


A : What were you doing A : What was the boss
while the others were doing when his employee
having dinner? came o his room?
3 B : ____________________ B : ____________________
5

Read about Ibrahim bad experience. There are seven mistakes in the use of the past
continuous and past tense. Find and correct them

across the street. I called out to him and asked


him to wait for me. Luckily for me, he did. Zaki
saw everything, while I talking ( __________ ) to
the man, a pickpocket was put ( __________ )
his hand into my backpack. Zaki started to walk
away. I thought he didn`t want to wait for me, but
Assalamualaikum, my name is Ibrahim. What I was wrong. When Zaki saw the pickpocket, he
was happening ( __________ ) to me this went to call the police. And Alhamdulillah They
morning was so unbelievable! I walked down the were arriving ( __________ )
street while a man stopped ( __________ ) in immediately. The police arrested the man and
front of me and asked ( __________ ) me for the pickpocket. What an experience! That`s all.
directions to the nearest market. At that moment, Thank you. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
I was seeing ( __________ ) my friend Zaki wabarokaatuh.

Match the sentences below with the correct pictures.


1. The man is answering the phone cheerfully.
2. The man is driving carelessly.
3. The boy played cheerfully in the playground.
4. The grandpa is reading Al Qur`an slowly.
5. The beard man greets the people friendly.

Make your own sentences using the adverbs below and write what kind of adverb it is.
1 Last month I went to Medan last month Adverb of time
2 Almost _______________________ _____________
3 Downstairs _______________________ _____________
4 Slowly _______________________ _____________
5 Never _______________________ _____________

English For Muslim Teens 226 Grade X Senior High School


Reading(Fable)

The Book of the Thousand Nights and One Night


The Tale of the Crow and the Civet

I t is related that a crow and a civet were great


friends. One day they were talking of such
interesting things that they took no notice of what
towards a passing flock of sheep who were
guarded by dogs larger than tigers. He came
close and bit first one and then another of the
was passing about them, until suddenly they dogs painfully in the head, so that the rest
were brought back to earth by the howling of a became disturbed and angry. .The crow hopped
terrible tiger in the forest. On this the crow, who and fluttered just far enough ahead of all the dogs
was sitting on a tree trunk by the side of his friend, to escape their teeth, and led them, in a state of
fluttered into the upper branches, but the civet did increasing fury, through the forest. And
not know where to hide, as she could not make Alhamdulillah, when he considered that their
out from which direction the tiger’s cries had barking had certainly frightened the tiger far
come. ‘What must I do, my friend?’ she asked the away, he flew straight up into the air, leaving the
crow. ‘Have you neither advice nor help to give dogs to make their way back grumbling to the
me?’ ‘don`t be afraid, InsyaAllah, Allah will help flock. As soon as it was safe, he re-joined his
you by giving me an idea, dear friend?’ replied the friend the civet and Allah had protected the
crow. And Alhamdulillah, suddenly the crow had civet`s live by sending the crow to the civet.
an idea. The crow flew as fast as he could

Islamic Folktales Analysing the Reading Directions:


Answer the questions below in the spaces provided.
1. Why were the civet and the crow in danger? 5. Critical Thinking.
(Variety answer) a. What do you think this story teaches
2. Which of them could escape? Why? about how friends should treat one
3. Describe how the crow helped the civet. another?
4. Did the crow put itself in danger to help the b. Is the crow`s way good to help his
civet? Explain. friend? Why?

English For Muslim Teens 227 Grade X Senior High School


LIstening
Narrative (Slice Of Life)
Listen to the story of the fisherman and then fill in the missing words.

There was once a poor fisherman, named Abu no father to care for them. So he gave them the loaf
Nasr. He had not _________ any fish for many of bread, they smiled and their tears dried up.
days and so his wife and son are starving and “Thank you” they said. “Thank you for such a
crying of hunger. Abu Nasr _________very sad. He _________ gift!”. Abu Nasr became more and more
went to the Masjid and cried and cried. The Imam worried. What about his own wife and son, he
of the Masjid saw him crying and asked, “what`s wondered? He prayed to Allah and asked HIM to
wrong?”. “I have no money and I have no fish”, said protect them. Soon after returning home, there
Abu Nasr. The Imam _________, “you only need to came a _________ at the door. It was a
ask Allah for help” he said. “Today, make sure you businessman, “I am looking for Abu Nasr” he said.
_________ to the river, and when you are there, “Then you are looking for me?” said Abu Nasr. “But
before you throw out your fishing net to the water, who are you?”. “Many years ago a borrowed money
you should say”Bismillah!”. Abu Nasr took the from your father to start my business” said the
Imam`s advice, he return to the river and before he businessman. “Though he has passed away, I want
threw his fishing net into the water, he to give you the money I owe him. The man handed
said,”Bismillah.” And Allah _________ him with his Abu Nasr a bag full of money. It was more money
first big fish in a very long time. Abu Nasr took the than Abu Nasr could dream of! With it, he bought
fish to the market and sold it for a loaf of bread to enough food to _________ his family for a month
feed his family. He thanked Allah for this great and they all smiled again. With the rest of the
_________. On his way home, Abu Nasr saw a money, Abu Nasr started his own business. He
poor woman with her son. They were crying became a great businessman and his family never
because they had no food. “We are so hungry” they went hungry again. See boys and girls, by giving to
said. Abu Nasr noticed them and staring at his loaf _________ and helping other for the sake of Allah,
of bread. This reminded him of his own wife and Allah helped and blessed Abu Nasr in return and
son. He knew how it felt to have no food and this Allah will do the same for you and me.
woman and her son had no food but they also had

English For Muslim Teens 228 Grade X Senior High School


CHAPTER 10

This world is uglier than the carcass of a crippled lamb. It was narrated from Jabir Radhiyallahu anhu:

Indeed the Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam was walking through the market while many people
were near him sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam. He walked past the carcass of a male lamb whose two ears
were small. Holding his ear, he sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said, "Which of you is willing to buy this for
one dirham?" People said, “We have absolutely no interest in him. What can we do with him?” He
sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said, "Would you like this if it became yours?" People said, "By Allah, if this
male goat was alive, he must be disabled, because his ears are small, what else is he dead?" He
sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said:

By Allah, indeed, this world is more despicable to Allah than the carcass of this young goat for
you.( Shahih: HR. Muslim, no. 2957)

Dunya
English For Muslim Teens 229 Grade X Senior High School
OUR
1 AKHLAQ 5 SPEAKING
1. Allahu Akbar, Subhanallah.
1. It`s on Friday
2. I lost my Sandal
2. Dunya is not the place to live
3. I don`t like the food.
3. Hijab

2 LISTENING
6 GRAMMAR
1. Jumm`ah Mubarak
2. Subhanallah.
3. Assalamualaikum 1. Conjunction
4. Dunya 2. Pronoun
5. Sister with Hijab 3. Capitalization rules

3 READING

1. Reading 1 : Poetry or Nasheed 7 REVIEW TEST


2. 7 days
3. What make an effective ad?
1. Akhlaq building
4. Fatima (Recount text : Personal 2. Speaking
Recount) 3. Reading
4. Writing
5. Listening
4 WRITING 6. Grammar

1. Writing a poetry
2. 7 days
3. Capitalization rules

English For Muslim Teens 230 Grade X Senior High School

STUDIES
Poetry Or Nasheed READING 1

Have you every tried to write a poem or lyrics or Nasheed? Here is an example of an
attempt to free write a poem. Read this carefully and make the point.

Creator of the earth and sky And we know well that we must
We ask for a rank that is high Obey the orders from my lord
We obey in word and deed To avoid all sins and seek reward
The prophet’s we must heed.
To people we have brought our call.
This world is a trial for us Men and women one and all.
And we know well that we must La ilaha illallah.
Obey the orders from my lord There is no God worthy of worship except Allah
To avoid all sins and seek reward
This world is a trial for us
Our hearts quake with fear of you And we know well that we must
Our hearts wake with love for you Obey the orders from my lord
And to Islam we must be true To avoid all sins and seek reward
In everything we think and do.
This world is a trial for us

Answer these questions based on the text above.


1. Which one do you like better, the poem or d. __________________
the Nasheed? (Variety answer) e. __________________
2. Which is the best title for the text above? f. __________________
a. The world is not a place for living g. __________________
b. Our God is Allah Subhanahu wata`ala h. __________________
c. The creator of the earth and sky. i. __________________
j. __________________
3. List the difficult words you find in the lyrics 4. What is the purpose of the poem above?
above? (Variety answer) 3. What lessons can you learn from the poem
a __________________ above?
b. __________________
c. __________________

Poetry What is poetry? The first stage is to make a poetry outline, starting
Several experts in the field of literature have with the type of poem you want to write. If the reader
explained the meaning of poetry, one of which is H.B wants to write an old poem, the rhythm and rhyme of
Jassin, according to him poetry is a literary work that the poem must be determined in advance so that the
is spoken with feelings and has ideas or thoughts as message to be conveyed can be understood by the
well as responses to certain things or events. reader of the poem.

Kinds of Poetry The second stage is to determine the title,


determining the title at the beginning can make it
Poetry has two general types, namely old poetry and
easier for readers to limit the expressions or emotions
modern poetry. Types of old poetry in the form of
they want to convey through poetry.
pantun, syair, talibun, mantra and gurindam. While
the types of modern poetry in the form of narrative
The third stage is the creative process that readers
poetry, lyric poetry and descriptive poetry. Modern
can get through reading references and poetry or
poetry is usually called free poetry, because it is not
imagining.
bound by rhyme, number of lines and so on.
In the process of making poetry, the use of diction
does not need to be too difficult, it is enough to start
How to write a poetry? with familiar words, so the reader will get used to
making other kinds of poetry. Happy poetry.
There are several ways that readers can apply to
start writing poetry.

English For Muslim Teens 231 Grade X Senior High School


Writing a Poetry WRITING 1
Your Turn!
Choose one of the title below and make your own poetry and present it in front of the class.

� Oh ya Allah forgive me… � Father, mother


� Rasulullah, you are my hero � My hijab
� Al Qur`an my Imam � Yaumul Hisaab
� Ya Allah, don`t forsake me.

It’s On Friday SPEAKING 1

Umar is in a café. He is drinking a cup of coffee and suddenly, Ali is coming and meeting
him. They are talking about their plan and activity in this week.

Dialogue A
Ali Assalamualaikum, Umar. What`s going on?
Umar Waalaikumussalam, Alhamdulillah. How about you?
Ali Alhamdulillah, I still have many things to do. By the way. Do you wanna accompany me to the
best Tahfidz Centre in this town?
Umar In shaa Allah, when?
Ali Are you busy this Thursday at 6.pm?
Umar Let`see… I`m sorry, I`m busy. I have an English class after Maghrib.
Ali English Class? That`s sounds fun!
Umar But I`m teaching for primary class.
Ali And what about Friday? Are you busy on Friday morning?
Umar Not much..but I have to be more focus every Friday. Because as a moslem, we have so many
sunnah on Friday.
Ali Really?
Umar Yes, I have to prepare everything before going to the mosque. What about Saturday morning?
Is it okay?
Ali In shaa Allah, no problem. That sounds great.

Dialogue B
Ali By the way Umar, I have some questions for you. May I ask you?
Umar In shaa Allah, as long as I know.
Ali Why do you make Friday is your special day? And you said that we had some many sunnah
on Friday. What should we do on every Friday?
Umar Oh,I see... Better we ask Ustad. He will explain your questions completely
Ali That`s the best suggestion. Can we go now?
Umar In shaa Allah...

Dialogue C
Umar and Ali are going to Ustad`s house.
Umar (Umar knocks the door of Ustad`s house) Assalamualaikum, ustad.
Ustad Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh. Come in Umar and Ali, please sit
down.
Umar Thank you, ustad….
Ustad Coffee or tea?
Umar We both like coffee and this is a cake for you too ustad.

English For Muslim Teens 232 Grade X Senior High School


Ustad Alhamdulillah, and Wait a minute. My son will make the coffee for you.
Umar By the the way ustad, would you like to explain us what should we do on Friday?
Ustad Oh, I see… Friday is a special day for every moslem and so many sunnah we can do
every Friday.
Ali Really? What are those ustad?
Ustad Alright. Friday is an Eid for every moslem. So in this day, first, we should Sholawat to
Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam as many as you can then take a shower and
niah Friday shower.
Umar Then, ustad?
Ustad Then, wear your best cloth and best perfume then go to Masjid as soon as you can. And
don`t forget to do shalah Sunnah 2 Raka`at before Khutbah or sitting.
Ali Can we talk while the Khutbah is delivering?
Ustad Of course not, it is really forbidden. We you speak while the Khutbah is delivering, your
Jum`ah is useless.
Umar But sometimes, when we are listening to the Khutbah, we are sleepy. What should we
do, Ustad?
Ustad That`s good question. When you are sleepy, you may move to another place. And after
the shalah Jum`ah is over, don`t forget to shalah 2 Raka`ah after Jum`ah.
Umar Can we read Al Qur`an while waiting for the Imam?
Ustad Why not… and the sunnah is reading surah Al Kahf in every Jum`ah.
Ali By the way ustad. What is the best time for us to pray when it is on Friday?
Ustad After Ashr. Allah will never refuse your du`a. so after Ashr and before Maghrib, I suggest
you to pray a lot. As many as you can. Allah will receive your Du`a and will be granted.
Umar Maa shaa Allah, ustad.
Ali Maa shaa Allah, Umar, Now I really understand why you make Friday is a special day
for you…
Umar Alhamdulillah, I have more knowledge from Ustad. By the way ustad. I and Ali have
something to do. We are so sorry because we have to leave now
Ustad No problem Umar. see you next time, insyaAllah…
Umar and Ali See you ustad and thank you for you coffee.
Ustad Don`t mention it.
Umar and Ali Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad.
Ustad Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Look at the activities below and decide which ones you do often. Check the “yes” box if
you do it often or the “No” box if you do not do it often. Then write when you usually do
those activities on the calendar below.

Do you cook Do you clean


Do you jog? your dinner? the garden?
Yes No Yes No Yes No

Do you read Do you study Do you clean


Quran? Quran? the house?
Yes No Yes No Yes No

English For Muslim Teens 233 Grade X Senior High School


You are always busy every day, except Friday. So write in this calendar below about your
special activity on Friday. And ask your friends about their activity on Friday. Then try to
find the best time for both of you to talk and have fun together.

ACTIVITY ACTIVITY

It’s On Friday LISTENING 1

Look to the video and listen to the Nasheed carefully and fill in the missing words.

Jummah Mubarak
Omar Esa - Jummah Mubarak Nasheed.
(Vocal only – No Music)
Courtesy : youtube.com

Jummah jummah Mubarak X3 Thank you Allah thank you for


It is Friday Jummah jummah Mubarak X3 this day
This is the _________ It is Friday
Jummah jummah Mubarak X5 This is the best day Jummah jummah Mubarak X3
It is Friday
Waking up in the morning Jummah jummah Mubarak X5 This is the best day
Got that special Friday feeling
Getting ready in my best Friday Sunnahs on _________ Jummah jummah Mubarak X3
_________now Looking fresh with my Jummah Mubarak X2
My Jubbah looking kris miswak
Going all out Reading Surat Al Kahf on a We all get this special day
Friday To change our ways
Jump in my _________ to the And _________ salawat on the To cleanse our _________
masjid Prophet (Peace be upon him) A brand new _________
Hearing the khutbah it’s a Friday is here and it is the best
blessing of days And don’t forget that hour
Now we’re standing in the saf When we go to the masjid and Of Sa’at al istijabah
Where prayers are accepted
and we’re praying we all _________
From our
Then I _________ akhis with
Allah
Assalamu alikum Waking up in the morning
Friday is here and it is the best Got that special Friday feeling
Jummah jummah Mubarak X3
of days Getting ready in my best It is Friday
When we go to the masjid and _________now This is the best day
we all pray My Jubbah looking kris
There are _________ on this Going all out Jummah jummah Mubarak X5
special day
Thank you Allah thank you for There are blessings on this
this day special day

English For Muslim Teens 234 Grade X Senior High School


Nasheed analysing
1. How do you know that Jummah is the best 4. What is the special time that occurs on
day? Friday?
2. “Hearing the khutbah it’s a blessing” it means 5. Based on the Nasheed above, write the
that ... sunnah on Friday.
3. “Looking fresh with my miswak” so it means...

Nasheed According to the hadith


According to the authentic collections of Sunni
Nasheed is one of the Islamic arts in the field of Islam, the Messenger of Allah has stated that
sound art. Usually it is a song with an Islamic musical instruments are Haraam.
pattern and contains words of advice, stories of The Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam said,
the prophets, praising Allah, and the like. "Indeed there will be a group of my Ummah who
Usually, Nasheed is sung a cappella with only will justify adultery, silk, wine, and musical
the accompaniment of drums. This method instruments." (HR. Bukhari mu'allaq with shighot
arose because many Islamic scholars forbade jazm (firm expression) no. 5590. A discussion of
the use of musical instruments except Daff. ** the authenticity of this hadith can be found in the
book Tahriimu Aalat Ath-Tarb, 1/38-51).
Nasheed comes from Arabic which means hum.
This word has narrowed its meaning from ** Daff is only can be played by women or little
humming in general, to humming that breathes girls in the day of Eid or Wedding ceremony and
Islam. there is no ikhtilat ( No mixing of men and
women)

Subhan'Allah
Nadeem Mohammed - (Vocal Only – No music) Nasheed
Courtesy : youtube.com
[chorus] _________i trust allah, he’s watching _________
subha~n~llah, alhamdulillah, la ilaha illallah (x4) _________ i put on a big smile, while i’m going
la ilaha illallah (x2) _________ my trial
i know that everything will be okay
[verse 1]
_________ i see the sun rise, i know it’s a brand- [pre~chorus]
new day _________let me hear you say
i’m giving thanks to allah, for _________ me the allah you’re the most high, i’m thanking you for
way _________life
_________i am feeling alright, cause he is by allah i know what to do, _________ in this life, i’m
_________ here to please you
i know that everything will be okay yes i know, that you’re the one in control
_________ that i am responsible, for every act i
[pre~chorus] do in my life
_________ let me hear you say
allah you’re the most high, i’m thanking you for [chorus]
giving me _________ subha~n~llah, alhamdulillah, la ilaha illallah (x4)
allah i know what to do, _________in this life, i’m la ilaha illallah (x2)
here to please you
yes i know, that you’re the one in _________ [bridge]
_________that i am _________, for every i know sometimes that i’ve let you _________
_________ i do in my life please don’t let me go _________, i pray to you
to guide me in this life
[chorus] you are the loving _________ the_________
subha~n~llah, alhamdulillah, la ilaha illallah (x4)
la ilaha illallah (x2) [chorus]
subha~n~llah, alhamdulillah, la ilaha illallah (x4)
[verse 2] la ilaha illallah (x2)
_________i know sometimes, thing’s aren’t going
my way

English For Muslim Teens 235 Grade X Senior High School


Conjunction GRAMMAR 1

A conjunction is a word which is used to link thoughts and ideas within a sentence. You might think
of them as being ‘the glue’ of the phrase. Without the use of a conjunction, you would not be able to
express your thoughts and ideas in a manner which flows. Your sentences would be forced into
being simple and concise.
Without the use of a conjunction, the wording would be much more different. Consider the following
sentence.
The girl is pretty. The girl is kind. She has blonde hair. She has green eyes. She is wearing
a blue jacket. She is wearing a white t-shirt.
You can see how the words highlighted in bold below (the conjunctions) bring each of the ideas
together to create a flowing sentence. Let’sP take a look at an example.
The girl is pretty and kind. She has blonde hair with green eyes and she is wearing a blue
jacket on top of a white t-shirt.

Types of conjunctions in English

Conjunctions
Coordinating Subordinating Correlative
conjunctions conjunctions conjunctions
F–A–N–B–O–Y–S After, Even though either …. Or
For Although, Every time not only ….. but
And As, If (also)
Nor As far as, In order that neither ….. nor
But As if, Since both ….. and
Or As long as, So whether ….. or
Yet As soon as, So that just as ….. so
So As though, Than the….. the
Because, Though as ….. as
Before, Unless as much ….. as
Even if, Until no sooner ….
When, Whenever than ….
Where, Whereas rather …. than
Wherever, while

Fill in the blanks with suitable conjunctions given below.


Or, but, so, but, if, because, lest, and , as, unless.
1. A man _________ a woman went together. 4. The man was tall _________ thin _________
2. The man was tall _________ the woman the woman was short _________ fat.
was short. 5. Was the woman tall _________ short?
3. The man was thin _________ the woman 6. Was the woman thin _________ fat?
was fat 7. Aisyah cannot drink tea _________it is too
Join the sentences using the suitable conjunctions.
1. Raisa is jumping. Zainab is skipping.
___________________________________ 4. He didn’t succeed. He didn`t work hard.
___________________________________
2. Umar is tall. Ustman is short.
___________________________________ 5. He was afraid of being late. He ran.
___________________________________
3. Was the woman young?
Was the woman old?
___________________________________

English For Muslim Teens 236 Grade X Senior High School


Play and Listen to the Nasheed then fill in the missing words with the correct conjunctions.

Assalamu Alikum
Omar Esa - ft. Smile 2 Jannah Nasheed

Assalamu 'Alaykum, Wa 'Alaykum Salam Pre-Chorus:


May peace be upon you, upon you be peace Everyday's another day,
______ we get to smile ______ play
______ we wake up in the morning, Blessings upon blessings, from Him, Allah
______ we wake up We thank Allah for everything
we have, oh-a-oh Assalamu 'Alaykum, Wa 'Alaykum Salam
We start the day by praying, oh-a-oh May peace be upon you, upon you be peace Oh-
Praying for those who may not have what we a-oh, oh, oh, oh, oh
have.
Pre-Chorus: Some may say that you are short,
Everyday's another day, some may say that you are tall
______ we get to smile ______ play Some may say that you're not smart,
Blessings upon blessings, from Him, Allah ______ nothing's wrong with you at all
______always remember,
Assalamu 'Alaykum, Wa 'Alaykum Salam nobody's better Allah made us equal,
May peace be upon you, upon you be peace Oh- we are all beautiful Peace ______ blessings on us
a-oh, oh, oh, oh, oh all

We are happy that we're Muslims, Assalamu 'Alaykum, Wa 'Alaykum Salam


la ilaha illallah Islam is full of love, May peace be upon you, upon you be peace Oh-
it's made for me ______ you, me ______ you a-oh, oh, oh, oh, oh
______ we have a job as Muslims, oh-a-oh
Standing up against wrong, that is what we do Assalamu 'Alaykum, Wa 'Alaykum Salam May
peace be upon you, upon you be peace

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
Sleep After Shubuh
Assalamualaikum, Zaki... I didn`t see you in the class yesterday. Where were you?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Ustad. I`m so sorry Ustad. I was in Berastagi.
Maa shaa Allah... Whom did you go with?
I went with my friends. We went to Gundaling and the air was so fresh.
Do you enjoy your trip?
Alhamdulillah, Ustad. I really enjoyed it. Allah still permitted me to enjoy my trip. Passed through the
hills and came down the hills.
By the way, Zaki. I just want to tell you. Do you what should we say when we are passing through
the hills and came down the hills.
Is there a special Dzikr? Does Rasulullah teach us what should we say?
Yes.
What is that Ustad?
Hadith from Jabir bin Abdillah radhiyallahu 'anhuma, he said, “We are friends when we pass the
road that goes up, we say takbir (Allahu Akbar) . And as we pass through the descending streets,
we glorify (Subhanallah).” (Narrated by Bukhari 2993) and description of Ibn Umar radhiyallahu
‘anhuma, he narrates,”The Prophet and his army when they passed through the hills that went up,
they recited the takbir (Allahu Akbar), and when they came down, they glorified (Subhanallah).”
(Narrated by Abu Daud 2601 and authenticated by al-Albani)

English For Muslim Teens 237 Grade X Senior High School


Subhanallah, Ustad. I really didn`t know about that and Alhamdulillah I know it right now. But by the
way, Ustad. Where are you going?
I want to go to a jewellery shop. I want to buy a necklace for my wife. Oke Zaki, see you next time,
In shaa Allah... Assalamualaikum.
See you and take care, Ustad. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.

Dunya Is Not A Place To Live SPEAKING 2

Syaikh As Sudais is coming to Medan. He is delivering a lecture in Agung Mosque Medan.


So many people are attending his lecture. Umar and Zaki are too.

Dialogue A
Zaki Assalamualaikum, Umar... Did you understand what syaikh As Sudais said?
Umar Waalaikumussalam. Not many. But at least fifty fity.
Zaki Really? Maa shaa Allah! You know Arabic, too…
Umar Not much…
Zaki Umar, look! What a beautiful car in front of us. It is Lamborghini. Maa shaa Allah…
Umar Maa shaa Allah….
Zaki I pray to Allah that I will have this car one day, in shaa Allah...
Umar in shaa Allah... Allah will answer your pray.
Zaki What about you Umar? don’t you like this car?
Umar I like it, but not really.
Zaki Why?
Umar Because I can use the money for searching knowledge, Shadaqoh (Infaq), build a mosque,
give the poor and other benefit for my akhirah.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah... You are the cleverest boy in this world.
Suddenly ustad is coming while they are speaking.
Dialogue B
Ustad Assalamualaikum, zaki and Umar… What are you doing here?
Zaki Waalaikumussalam, ustad… We`ve just finished listening to Syaikh As Sudais` lecture Ustad.
What are you doing ustad?
Ustad I`ve just finished listening to the Syaikh, too.
Umar Maa shaa Allah, ustad… But we didn`t see you before.
Ustad Yes… I sat at the front shaff. I sat near by the syaikh.
Zaki Maa shaa Allah, ustad… By the way ustad. Did you understand what the Syaikh told?
Ustad In shaa Allah, Alhamdulillah, I understand 100%.
Umar Maa shaa Allah, ustad… You know Arabic well..
Ustad In shaa Allah, Zaki. What are you looking for?
Zaki Oh... I`m sorry, ustad. I just looked at the girl there… She was so beautiful.
Ustad Astaghfirullah, Zaki. You have to lower your gaze. It is not your mahrom.
Zaki Astaghfirullah… I am so sorry, ustad.
Umar Zaki just saw a Lamborghini and now he saw a girl. What do you think ustad?
Ustad Wealth and women are the biggest slander for men. So we must be careful with those.
Zaki Astaghfirullah… what should I do ustad?
Ustad Alright… First, you have to make Jannah (paradise) is as your final goal. So you can make this
Dunya (world) as a means to Jannah (paradise). Because Jannah is the best place. Second,
get away from Zina. It is Haram. Don`t let your eyes, ears, nose, mouth, hands, legs, heart do
that strictly prohibited thing. So, don`t see and touch non Mahrom.
Zaki Astaghfirullah….
Ustad Because Allah said in Al qur`an Surah Al Isra` verses 32. “Do not go near adultery (Zina). It is
truly a shameful deed and an evil way”. So it means that there is no dating in Islam.
Zaki Is there Syar`i dating in Islam, ustad?
Ustad Yes, Islam has Syar`i dating and as we know Syar`i dating in Islam is Nikah…
Zaki Allahu Akbar... I am sorry, ustad… I am not ready right now.

English For Muslim Teens 238 Grade X Senior High School


Ustad So, prepare yourself by study well, learn more about Islam, focus to yourself, your
parents and family.
Zaki I see, ustad... I really understand now. And fortunately Allah gives me you and Umar
as my best teacher. You and Umar always advise me when I made a mistake. Thank
you very much for all your advice.
Umar
and
Ustad You are welcome, Zaki,
Ustad By the way guys… See you next time. I have got to go now. I have something to do.
Assalamualaikum warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Zaki
and
Umar Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh ustad.

LISTENING 2
Listen to English Nasheed below and fill in the missing words.

Dunya
Feat Omar Esa - Ilyas Mao (Nasheed)
Vocals Only – No Music
Courtesy : youtube.com

Intro: Omar Esa] yeah-yeah, yeah


Assalaamu Elykum I’m so __________ in this dunya
But I’m about to play this dunya
[Chorus: Omar Esa] The deen is the __________ to this dunya, yeah-
I’m so lost in this dunya yeah, yeah-yeah
Feeling so __________ in this dunya Cuz I got Allah who is King of dunya, yeah
I just wanna run from this dunya, yeah-yeah, I got Allah who is __________ of you, dunya, yeah
yeah-yeah, yeah
I’m so __________ in this dunya [Verse 2: Omar Esa]
But I’m about to play this dunya You been tryna call me, you been tryna tempt me
The deen is the __________ to this dunya, yeah- This __________ is over now
yeah, yeah-yeah I’m not playing no more __________ games
Cuz I got Allah who is King of dunya, yeah Now it’s time that I should __________The only
I got Allah who is __________ of you, dunya, yeah time I’m free, is when Allah’s with me
I know He will __________ me, I just gotta believe
[Verse 1: Omar Esa & Ilyas Mao] So now duck out, dunya
This dunya got me running through the Six
With my woes and my fresh new kicks [Pre-Chorus: Omar Esa]
This dunya is a fall, makes you slip, need a press No more, no more, you ain’t messing with my
so I do not quit __________No more, no more, you ain’t playing
I’ve been holding onto you so long, so long with my soul
So many __________ just turned so wrong No more, no more, you ain’t leading me
__________No more, no more, I’m done with your
[Pre-Chorus: Omar Esa] games now
No more, no more, you ain’t messing with my
__________No more, no more, you ain’t playing [Chorus: Omar Esa]
with my soul I’m so lost in this dunya
No more, no more, you ain’t leading me Feeling so __________ in this dunya
__________No more, no more, I’m done with your I just wanna run from this dunya, yeah-yeah,
games now yeah-yeah, yeah
I’m so __________ in this dunya
[Chorus: Omar Esa] But I’m about to play this dunya
I’m so lost in this dunya The deen is the __________ to this dunya, yeah-
Feeling so __________ in this dunya yeah, yeah-yeah
I just wanna run from this dunya, yeah-yeah, Cuz I got Allah who is King of dunya, yeah

English For Muslim Teens 239 Grade X Senior High School


I got Allah who is __________ of you, dunya, And I know, I know I’m too quick to let go
yeah So I pray I stay steadfast and stay it
__________Dunya you play with akhis, akhis
[Bridge: Ilyas Mao & Omar Esa] Dunya you play with ukhtis, ukhtis
Yaa Raheemu Yaa Rahmaan Imma kung-fu you dunya, wooh
Please forgive me for the __________ I’ve done Imma drop-kick you dunya
Been focused on everything but the One Who do you think you are?
Who blessed me with all that I’ve __________ You’re nothing compared to Allah, Allah
I got my mind on dunya and the dunya’s on my
mind [Chorus: Omar Esa]
I know I shouldn’t run to ya I’m so lost in this dunya
I got my mind on dunya and the dunya’s on my Feeling so __________ in this dunya
mind I just wanna run from this dunya, yeah-yeah,
I know I shouldn’t run to ya yeah-yeah, yeah
I’ve been riding through the Six with my woes I’m so __________ in this dunya
I’ve been gliding through the tricks with my But I’m about to play this dunya
__________Iblis is cutting things too slick but I The deen is the__________ to this dunya, yeah-
know yeah, yeah-yeah
With this faith I’m gonna stick to this Cuz I got Allah who is King of dunya, yeah
__________I’m on the Straight Path, on that I got Allah who is __________ of you, dunya,
middle way yeah
On route to Allah and the road is stray

Discuss the answers of these questions with your classmates.

1. What does the Nasheed talk about? (Variety answers)


_________________________________________________________________________

2. Who is the subject (being talk about) in the Nasheed?


_________________________________________________________________________

3. What is the mood of the Nasheed?


_________________________________________________________________________

Structure of the Nasheed

Intro It is a brief introduction passage of the


Nasheed.

Verse It is the content of the Nasheed. In the verse,


we can find the meaning of the feeling, the
concept, and the theme of the Nasheed.

Chorus It is the part of the Nasheed that is repeated at


least once. A chorus usually plays a role as the
catchy part in a Nasheed.

Hook It is a short idea that can be lyrical. Also, not all


hooks are its own Nasheed section. Instead,
they can be riffs that catch your ear. You can
place these riffs anywhere.

Bridge It is the part of the Nasheed that has a


relatively different from the rest of the
Nasheed. The bridge creates the contrast and
richer dimension to a Nasheed.

English For Muslim Teens 240 Grade X Senior High School


Conjuction GRAMMAR 2

TYPES OF PRONOUNS
Pronouns are words that we use in place of Nouns (or other Pronouns) in a sentence to
make it less repetitive and less awkward.
Personal Pronouns is used for specific Demonstrative Pronouns Interrogative
object of person is use to show or identify Pronouns is
Subjective Objective Possessive one or a number of nouns used to ask
Case Case Case that may be far or near in questions about a
distance or time. person or object
that we do not
know about.
I, we, you, Me, us, My, our, This, That, These, Those. Who, whom,
they, he, you, them, your, their, which, what,
she, it him, her, it his, her, its whoever,
whichever

Relative Pronoun is Indifinite Pronoun is Reflexive and Reciprocal


used to join or relate two used to show intensive Pronoun is used
different clauses together unspecified objects or pronoun is used when two or more
by referring to the noun people, whether in to indicate a noun nouns are doing
in the previous clause plural or in singular. which has been or being the same
using the pronouns used in an earlier to one another.
part of the same
sentence.
Who, whom, whose, Someone, anybody, Myself, Each other, one
which, that anyone, nowhere, themselves, another, etc.
few, many, nothing, yourself,
….. yourselves,
ourselves, herself,
himself, itself

Fill in the blanks with the correct pronoun and write what kind of pronoun it is.

1. Did you finish your homework? (Prossesive pronoun)


2. I _______ will clean the room. ( _____________)
3. Zaki is looking for _______ wallet. ( _____________)
4. Ibrahim and I will finish _______ homework tomorrow. ( _____________)
5. The man _______ is sitting next to the tree is my uncle. ( _____________)
6. I need _______ to help my work. ( _____________)
7. _______ is a nice car. ( _____________)
8. Khadijah and Aisyah are doing their homework by _______. ( _____________)
9. As a moslem, we mustn`t not to help _______. ( _____________)
10. _______ are you waiting for? ( _____________)

English For Muslim Teens 241 Grade X Senior High School


Read the story and choose the most suitable pronoun and say its function.
Salamah will invite her friends to come to her house. But her friends want to make and
prepare something special for her
(Khadijah speaking) Alhamdulillah, Salamah will don`t we buy _________a watch? I don`t think it
invite us to _________ house next week, why is a good idea because she _________ just
don`t we prepare _________special for bought one last month, says Hajar. I suggest we
_________. Maa shaa Allah, Great idea – get a pair of earing, replies Khadijah. Salamah
repond Sofia, Hajar and Zainab. OK. Says doesn`t have many so it could be a good option.
Khadijah. Let`s make a list of the things we What do you think, Zainab? – Let _________
need. The dinner will start after Maghrib. think….What about Al Qur`an? Salamah likes to
reading Al Qur`an so much. So it will be more
I will make a cake. My mom is very good at benefit for _________ and for us too.
making cake. I and _________ mom will make a MasyaAllah, that`s a great idea. Alright,
black forest, responds Khadijah. I`m going to responds Khadijah. Now, let _________ review
make a dessert. It is creamy chicken soup. our job. _________ job is making a black forest,
_________father is good at cooking soup, Hajar`s job is making a creamy chicken soup,
responds Hajar. What about drink? – ask Zainab` s job is making drink, coffee. What
Zainab. I could make a Tropical juice and coffee. about you Sofia? What will you do? Ask
Salamah likes coffee very much. Which one do Khadijah to Sofia. I will pray to Allah Subhanahu
you prefer? Juice or coffee?. Coffee I think wata`ala that Allah will permit _________ to do
because Salamah and_________like coffee too, all _________ things. insyaAllah, responds
responds Sofia. What about buying _________ Sofia. MasyaAllah Sofia, you are the best friend
a nice present? Suggests Zainab. _________ _________ we have.
always very happy to receive one from us. Why

READING AND WRITING 2


Listen and read then rearrange this
Nasheed into a good Nasheed

..... ..... .....

[Verse 2] [Pre-Hook] [Pre-Chorus]


Now since habibiti, has come into Did he ________? No Allow all haram ________
my ________ Didn't he mind? I don't think so
I give her all my time, we’re Was it for real? Wallahi What's the point of those, they
________ and chilling What was the deal? Hijabi was 24 no good for you
I’m halving her deen and she What did she say? She ________, right now
halves mine ________and looked away You will get no where
But one thing that we told each I ________ my gaze, and went on
other my way ________ Allah
Before we got together, that I ________ my dad, told him If you really love each other
Allah’s our forever about this girl Do your nikah, and ________ it
No ________ what happens, Then he called her father and he
halal
________ us we’ll always turn to ________ me back and told me
Allah "Son, mabrook"

..... .....

[Bridge] [Hook] (x2)


________ I married zawjati, eh I met this girl on Monday
We are so inseparable ________ to her father on Tuesday
She’s one of a kind, she is my love ________ all met on Wednesday
My ________ came from up above And on Thursday and Friday and
And I ain't about to ________ it Saturday
She's a special kind of thing ________
I thank you, Allah

English For Muslim Teens 242 Grade X Senior High School


..... .....

[Verse 1] [Hook] (x2)


On my way, to the masjid I met this girl on Monday
Which was a ________ blocks ________ to her father on
away from me (oh) Tuesday
As I walked, through the ________ all met on Wednesday
________ And on Thursday and Friday and
Must have been about quarter Saturday
past three Nikah on Sunday
In front of me
Stood a hijabi with her
________and her father
So I ________ to her dad
I said, "uncle, can I have your
number
Cuz I wanna ask for your
daughter's hand?"

Rewrite the correctly arranged Nasheed from this page on a piece of paper. Then, identify the
main message that the Nasheed wants to deliver. Work in pairs with your partner and make
your own answers.
You can follow these steps to find the message of the Nasheed.
Part 1 Part 2
1. Listen to the Nasheed carefully. Answer these questions with your own answer.
2. Read the title of the Nasheed and make a 1. Is dating allowed in Islam?
preliminary opinion about the theme of 2. Why dating is strictly forbidden or Haram in
the Nasheed. Islam?
3. Read the lyrics while listening to the 3. Is dating term coming from Islam?
Nasheed. 4. What should students do to avoid dating?
4. Read two or three verses and infer the 5. “No Dating without Nikah” . Explain about
meaning. Then, continue to the next main meaning of this sentence.
section of verses.
5. Complete all the meaning you have
inferred from the verses and conclude the
general message of the Nasheed.

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
I Lost My Sandal
Assalamualaikum, Zaki. Why are you in a hurry? Where are you going?What happened to you?
Waalaikumussalam, Ustad. I have an English Class, Ustad. So I have to be on time.
By the way, what happened to you?
Qodarullah, I lost one of my sandal.
How did it happen?
When I entered public toilet, I put off my sandals, then when I came out, I saw my sandal a side. I
looked for anywhere and didn`t find it.
Innalillahi wainna ilaihi rojiun. May Allah give you a better one.
Innalillahi wainna ilaihi rojiun. In shaa Allah, Ustad…
But by the way Zaki, do you that Rasulullah forbid us not to wear only one sandal?
I don’t know Ustad. Are you serius?

English For Muslim Teens 243 Grade X Senior High School


Yes, Rasulullah said,”Rasulullah salallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam said: “Let no one of you walk wearing
only one sandal, but he should wear both sandals or he should take them both off." (Narrated by
Bukhari and Muslim)
So,Ustad?
So, don`t wear it when you have only one sandal and put it off is the best way for you or wear it if
you have both.
Alhamdulillah, Ustad. I won`t wear it now. I`m sorry, ustad. I`ve got to go. My English teacher is
waiting for me. Thanks a lot Ustad for your advice. See you again, In shaa Allah. Jazakallahu khoir.
Assalamualaikum, Ustad.
Don`t mention it. See you. InsyaAllah. Wajazakallahu khoir. Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi
wabarokaatuh.

Recount Text SPEAKING 3


(Personal Recount)

One night near a mosque.


After prayer, Aisyah took her place beside a Malay woman who did not wear a Hijab. While
she was preparing her Hijab before entering the class, the woman asked her some
questions.
Woman Assalamualaikum, Ukhti... May I ask you a question?
Aisyah Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Ukhti. insyaAllah…
Woman Why do you wear Hijab? Don`t you feel hot while you are wearing it? Or aren’t you afraid of
losing your hair?
Aisyah But, why?
Woman Nothing, I just ask… sorry. I just really want to know.
Aisyah Alright. May I ask you a question before I answer your question?
Woman In shaa Allah, no problem.
Aisyah Why if ride a vehicle (car) we wear seat belts?
Woman Of course we want to be safe. If something happens, At least the accident wouldn’t be serious.
Aisyah Ok... But if the accident happened. What about if someone is not good at driving. Should he
wear a seat belt?
Woman Of course. And as we know that people who are in the class of professional driver, they still
wear seat belt because we don`t know, when the accident happened. One more thing,
sometimes the accident is not because of us, but there are other drivers who are not careful so
that we who are careful could get the accident, right?”
Aisyah So, what is the connection between someone`s fault with the seat belt?
Woman Well, this shows that seat belts are very important now, because highway guides aren’t all
careful. So for safety, you must wear a seat belt.
Aisyah Hmmm… That’s my answer to your question before. Why am I wearing a big hijab? Ok, let me
explain. The question is why do I wear a big hijab? The same as your answer earlier about
why we wear seat belts while driving. The goal is the same, for safety. And the most important
thing that we must straighten up our intention (niat), why do we wear Hijab? Because Allah
Subhanahu wata`ala and Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam ordered us.
Woman I see. So don`t you feel hot while you are wearing a big Hijab?
Aisyah So far, No. Because when we do something because of Allah Subhanahu wata`ala and
Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam, everything will be easy and there is no burden.
Woman Is there a strong dalil about that?
Aisyah Allah Subhanahu wata`ala told us in Al Qur`an Surah Al Ahzab verse 59,” O Prophet, tell your
wives and your daughters and the women of the believers to bring down over themselves
[part] of their outer garments.That is more suitable that they will be known and not be abused.
And ever is Allah Forgiving and Merciful.” And Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam said,
“There are two classes of the inhabitants of Hell that I have never seen: (1) A people who have
whips like the tail of a cow to beat people and (2) women who are clothed but naked, swaying,
their heads like the humps of a camel tilted. Such a woman will not enter Paradise and will not
smell its scent, even though its smell can be smelled from such and such a distance.”
(HR. Muslim, no. 2128).

English For Muslim Teens 244 Grade X Senior High School


Woman I see.
Aisyah So the conclusion is, when you decide to wear Hijab, do right now and don`t wait till tomorrow
because Allah Subhanahu wata`ala and Rasulullah Shollallahu `alaihi wasallam had ordered us to do
so and Allah subhanahu wata`ala will protect you from sexual abuse.
Woman In shaa Allah...
Aisyah Alhamdulillah I have one more Hijab for you. Here you are. This is a gift from me for you. May Allah
Subhanahu wata`ala bless and protect you Ukhti.
Woman Alhamdulillah… Barakallahu fiik….May Allah Subhanahu wata`ala bless you, too. In shaa Allah,
Thank you very much.
Aisyah By the way Ukhti. See you next time. I have a class right now. I`ve got to go. Assalamualaikum
warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh.
Woman See you, Ukhti… May Allah reward you. In shaa Allah... Wassalamualaikum warohmatullahi

Answer these questions with your own words.


1. Do you think Hijab is important for a woman?
2. How important Hijab is for a woman?
3. Do you think that Hijab can protect the woman from sexual abuse?
4. What is the correlation between Hijab and seat belts?
5. What is Hijab Syar`I or Syar`I clothing?

LISTENING 3
Listen to the Nasheed and fill in the missing words from the words from the box.

Sisters With Hijab


Latest Version
No Music – Vocal Only
Courtesy: youtube.com

(Chorus) (Bridge)
Sisters with Hijab Her Hijab is her chastity
On you will always be a _________ Her chastity is her Hijab
Don`t let _________ take your _________ She never accepts humiliation and disgrace
Or _________ your _________ She only submits to the most merciful

They say that you are _________girl My sister has always been and always will be
But you are a _________ free On the straight path
She _________ it out of _________ now She please her creator and her noble prophet
So _________just let her be May Allah protect her till the day of resurrection

Sisters with Hijab (Chorus) 3 x


On you will always be a _________ Sisters with Hijab
Don`t let _________ take your _________ On you will always be a _________
Or _________ your _________ Don`t let _________ take your _________
Or _________ your _________
They say that you are _________ girl
But you are a _________ free They say that you are _________ girl
She _________ it out of _________ now But you are a _________ free
So _________ just let her be She _________ it out of _________ now
So _________ just let her be

queen freedomdestroy oppressed dream wears


truly love please them

English For Muslim Teens 245 Grade X Senior High School


READING 3

What makes an effective ad?


What can make your ad stand out from all the What to avoid:
others? There is no magic formula, but there are � Random capitalization.
some things you can do that will help. Here we'll For example, “Find GREAT deals on
present some tips for writing compelling ads that sWiMsUiTs.”
target the right customers. Using these ideas you
can help increase your click-through rate (CTR) � Excessive punctuation.
as well as help improve that very important quality For example, “Great deals on swimsuits!!!!
score and your campaign ROI. To learn more, 50% off all styles!!!”
see Quality score and quality impact in � Gimmicky spelling and jargon.
depth and How do I improve my ad campaign For example, “Tell your friends to git their
performance? swimsuitz here.”
Here are some things to do: � Misleading customers in your ad or
� Keep your ads relevant landing page.
� Create multiple ads in an ad group For example, “All items 20% off.” When only
� Describe what sets your product apart some of the items on the landing page URL
� Use your customers' language you’re linking to are 20% off.
� Address your customers directly
� Pre-qualify your visitors Reference : https://help.ads.microsoft.com
� Be specific
� Include a call to action
� List the price of your product or service.

Read the advertisement below and answer the questions

GAZWA HIJAB STORE


*2 nd
item must be of equal or lesser value.
Save up to Buy one sale or
Applies to sale and clearance merchandise
clearance item,
60% or more only. You may not be combined with any other
of original GET ONE coupon offer, promotion, or previous purchases.
prices 50% off* Excludes fragrance, gift certificate, catalogue,
or online purchases. Not valid on designer
merchandise. Not valid on Gazwa Hijab outlets.
Easy ways to Shop Sale Monday, June 17 through Sunday, July 7.

Shop over 350 stores Call. 0813.888.987. Shop by mail


Gazwa Call. 0852.9998.987

1. How many ways can you buy merchandise at 2. If you buy a hijab on sale for Rp. 275.000,-,
Gazwa Hijab Store? how much will you pay for another similar
a. One hijab?
b. Two a. Rp. 170.000,-
c. Three b. Rp. 137.500,-
d. Four c. Rp. 130.000,-
d. Rp. 150.000,-

English For Muslim Teens 246 Grade X Senior High School


3. How long will this offer last? 5. Their normal price will be on
a. Eleven days a. Monday, June 17
b. Sixteen days b. Sunday, July 7
c. Twenty-one days c. Monday, July 8
d. Twenty-six days d. Sunday, July 8
4. Their store number is
a. 0813.888.987
b. 0852.9998.987
c. 0856 8760 21
d. 0856 8760 25

Recount Text :
Personal Recount/Experience

Fatima I started wearing the


Hijab when I was in
10th grade. I was 15
years old. Before that my family didn’t practice
two of us received lots of compliments for a few
weeks. Eventually people started asking us
questions regarding the Hijab. The most common
one was “Do you have to wear that all the time?”
Islam. We said the occasional prayers here and
there but that was about it. One day I was in the We didn’t get any bad reactions. Maybe that’s
food court with a friend and my mom called. We because I live in Canada and not in America. And
always spoke to each other every week day but it certainly helps that I live in a white rich town. So,
this time she made a request. She asked me to the most that they do is glare. They don’t say or
start wearing the Hijab. do anything that could harm us. Obviously,
whatever the reason, I’m happy and lucky that
I was really surprised by this question. I had nothing bad happened to my sister and me.
never quite liked the idea of covering my hair. I’m
not exactly sure why that was. I think like many Our family members and close friends were very
other Muslim girls who I’ve come across it was impressed. They were so proud of our decision
because I really liked my hair and didn’t see the to wear the Hijab. They came over and had us try
point or the need to cover it. on all the Hijabs we got. This went on for some
time. Our white friends just loved that we chose
Regardless I agreed because she asked me to. colourful Hijabs. Depending on the colour we
My sister was asked the same question but only wore we would receive lots of compliments from
agreed if we (she and I) got to choose colourful them.
Hijabs. Not black or grey that we’d seen so many I’m not going to lie: it was hard at first. My Hijab
other Muslim women wear. Rather blues and kept slipping and revealing all my hair. There
pinks which oddly enough at the time was a rarity. were so many times when I would take it off
As I’d never really seen many Muslim women because I didn’t think any males would see me,
wear that much colour. My mother wasn’t happy and they did. I also felt hot with it on. Specifically,
that this was the condition to both of us wearing during summer. Looking back on it now it was
that Hijab. Despite this she agreed. worth it.

We bought so many beautiful Hijabs! In many Like I mentioned earlier, my family didn’t diligently
different colours. Of course, my sister and I were practice Islam. This didn’t change for a while. My
now excited to start wearing them. We chose our sister and I didn’t feel much of a difference with
first Hijabs of the school week as a family. And the Hijab on. We continued to live our lives
paired our clothes to match. without any thought about Islam.
Before the school week started, I wasn’t sure how It wasn’t until my mom had told us that one of the
our classmates would react. Would they ghost conditions with wearing the Hijab was to say daily
us? Stare at us with weird looks on their faces. As prayers. My sister and I were too pleased with
it would turn out I didn’t need to worry. The only our Hijab collection to take them off just because
people that seemed to care about the Hijab were we didn’t say prayers. Our family then banded
the females. Teachers and students alike. The together to educate ourselves in all aspects of

English For Muslim Teens 247 Grade X Senior High School


Islam. The history, how to say prayers, what was tilted. Such a woman will not enter Paradise and
and wasn’t permitted, how did Ramadan work, etc. will not smell its scent, even though its smell can be
smelled from such and such a distance.” (HR.
Before I wore the Hijab, I didn`t know that Allah Muslim, no. 2128). I didn’t realize how beautiful
Subhanahu wata`ala had ordered us as women to Islam is and how you really must be committed to
wear Hijab in Al Qur`an Surah Al Ahzab : 59 “O follow the religion. I never thought that I would fall
Prophet, tell your wives and your daughters and the in love with it all! And the only reason I was able to
women of the believers to bring down over experience any of this is because of my mother and
themselves [part] of their outer garments.That is Allah. I will never stop being grateful!
more suitable that they will be known and not be
abused. And ever is Allah Forgiving and Merciful.” All in all, for me and for all every adult Muslimah in
And Rasulullah said, “ And Rasulullah Shollallahu this world, wearing Hijab is a must for you and
`alaihi wasallam said, “There are two classes of the wearing the Hijab has been a beautiful experience.
inhabitants of Hell that I have never seen: (1) A Which I will always be grateful for and never trade
people who have whips like the tail of a cow to beat for anything.
people and (2) women who are clothed but naked,
swaying, their heads like the humps of a camel

Find the synonyms of these words below in your digital dictionary


1. Surprised : _______________ 6. Agreed : _______________
2. Wearing : _______________ 7. Excited : _______________
3. Occasional : _______________ 8. Obviously : _______________
4. Request : _______________ 9. Impressed : _______________
5. Come across : _______________ 10. Pleased : _______________

Capitalization Rules WRITING & GRAMMAR 3

Capital letters are used with particular types of nouns, in certain positions in sentences, and with
some adjectives. You must always use capital letters for:
a. The beginning of a g. Holidays l. Names of geographical
sentence. Examples formations
Examples Ied Fitr Examples
Cats are noisy. the Himalayas
h. Names of countries and
b. The first person personal continents m. Adjectives relating to
pronoun, ‘I’ Examples nationality
Examples Indonesia Examples
Yesterday, I went to the park. Indonesian suit
i. Names of regions, states,
c. Names and titles of people. districts n. Collective nouns for
Examples Examples nationalities
Syeikh Professor Sulaiman North Sumatera Examples
Ar Ruhaily the Indonesians
j. Names of cities, towns,
d. Titles of works, books, villages o. Language names
movies Examples Examples
Examples Medan I speak Indonesian.
English for Moslem Teens
k. Names of rivers, oceans, p. Names of streets, buildings,
e. Months of the year seas, lakes parks
Examples Examples Examples
Muharram Lake Toba Merdeka Walk Medan

f. Days of the week


Examples
Sunday

English For Muslim Teens 248 Grade X Senior High School


Rewrite this sentences to make a good capitalization rules
many of ali’s friends think he has a boring daily routine, but ali likes it. he always gets up at four thirty
o’clock every morning and says, “assalamualaikum” to his wife and kids, and after shubuh prayer, he
does morning dizkr and then he has breakfast and after breakfast he arrives at work around seven-thirty.
he works at a small store called gazwa supermarket. it's located in medan city. after work, he says, “see
you” to his boss, mr. ustman, and then goes home. on weekends, he likes to play with his son, ismail,
and his daughter, fatima. maybe ali’s routine really is a little boring, but he enjoys it! ali always says “this
is a gift from my rabbi.”

Assalamualaikum,
Ustadz...
I Don’t Like The Food
Assalamualaikum, Zaki. How are you today?
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Ustad. Alhamdulillah... Fine, thanks. How about
you, Ustad?
Alhamdulillah, fine. By the way, what did you think about the restaurant?
Maa shaa Allah, the restaurant was good and service was, too.
Maa shaa Allah...
But, let me tell you the truth, I don`t really like the food. All food is spicy and salty. I don`t really like
it. What about you Ustad?
Alhamdulillah, Allah still give me health to taste the food and Rasulullah forbid us to criticize the
food.
Are you sure, Ustad?
Rasulullah said,” "The Prophet sallallaahu 'alaihi wa sallam never once criticized food. When he
tastes (likes), he eats it. If he doesn't like it, he leaves it (doesn't eat it)." (Narrated by Bukhari no.
5409 and Muslim no. 2064)
Would you like to give me another example, Ustad?
Examples of criticizing food include someone's words, "too salty"; “this food lacks salt”; “too sour”;
“too watery”; "immature"; and sentences like that.
Astaghfirullah, Ustad.
So, if you don`t like the food, just keep silent and if you like it, eat it.
Alright, Ustad… Thanks, Ustad. Jazakallahu khoir Ustad.
Wajazakallahu khoir. By the way Zaki, I have a class. See you next time. Assalamualaikum.
Waalaikumussalam warohmatullahi wabarokaatuh, Ustad. See you.

English For Muslim Teens 249 Grade X Senior High School


Akhlaq REVIEW TEST

Say True or False


1 Hijab is not a must for every Muslimah TRUE FALSE
2 Hiking the roads, we must say “Subhanallah.” TRUE FALSE
3 No dating without Nikah TRUE FALSE
4 As a moslem, we mustn`t criticize any food. TRUE FALSE
5 Rasulullah forbid us to wear one sandal. TRUE FALSE

Listening
Listen to the Nasheed below and fill in the missing words with the correct words you hear
(Official Nasheed Video) by Labbayk
Rabbana (Vocal Only – No Music)
Courtesy : Youtube.com
Chorus: Allow us to __________ our aims and gain
Rabbana Ya Rabbana __________ in all we do

Verse 1: Chorus:
O Allah, You are The ___________ Rabbana Ya Rabbana
Nothing can __________ to You Verse 4:
Giving, ___________ Oh Allah I __________ to You, in my times of
Merciful Lord, All praise is due to You need and __________
__________ You know everything, make my
Chorus: __________ be no more
Rabbana Ya Rabbana
Chorus:
Verse 2: Rabbana Ya Rabbana
Oh my Lord, I __________ my hands,
supplicating __________ to You Bridge (Bengali):
Grant me in the __________, the glory of He khuda, tumi rohomkorla, nei keu tumar
__________You shoman
Bhalobasho amaderke, tumi je mohiyan
Chorus:
Rabbana Ya Rabbana Chorus:
Rabbana Ya Rabbana
Verse 3:
Oh The One who __________ and __________,
give us all that is good

Speaking
Choose the correct response

1. Are you busy this Thursday at 6.pm? 2. By the way Umar, I have some questions for
a. Not far you. May I ask you?
b. Let me see. a. InsyaAllah, as long as I know
c. No problem b. you may ask me any questions because
I am the cleverest
c. I am clever in that

English For Muslim Teens 250 Grade X Senior High School


3. Can we talk while the Khutbah is delivering? 6. I and Ali have something to do. We are so
a. No problem sorry because we have to leave now.
b. Of course, not a. Yes, you must go now
c. Don`t talk too much b. No problem Umar. see you next time, in
shaa Allah…
4. When we are listening to the Khutbah, we are
c. See you tomorrow
sleepy. What should we do Ustad?
a. You may sleep 7. I went with my friends. We went to Gundaling
b. That`s a good question and the air was so fresh.
c. Don`t sleep on the carpet a. Gundaling is nice
b. I love fresh air
5. Can we read Al Qur`an while waiting for the c. Do you enjoy your trip?
Imam?
a. Why not?
8. Really? Maa shaa Allah… You know Arabic
b. Al qur`an is the best way for you.
too…
c. Don`t read it.
a. In shaa Allah, but not much.
b. Arabic is special language
c. In shaa Allah Arabic is fine.

University of Imam As Syafi`i To : Ismail


Student Jobs
- A u g u s t - Bismillah.
Assalamualaikum Mum and Dad!
Jakarta Computers:
Cleaner, start next month. My history course finishes on 28 July. I
want to find a job for a month where I
Mill Farm:
can prac�se my Arabic and English and
perhaps use a computer. I`ll come back
Fruit pickers, until end of this month. home to Aceh in September.

Gazwa`s Hotel: Wassalamualaikum.


Receptionist needed now, for a 4 weeks, must
speak a foreign language (English and Arabic). Love
Khadijah

SUMMER JOB APPLICATION FORM


Name : ____________________
Nationality : ____________________
University course :____________________
Foreign language : ____________________
Job wanted at : ____________________
Which month can
you work? : ____________________
Other skill : ____________________
Job position needed : ____________________

English For Muslim Teens 251 Grade X Senior High School


Writing
You wanted to sell your bicycle. Read the notice below.

BICYCLE WANTED
Have you got a bicycle to sell?
How much is it?
How old is it?
What type is it? Hybrid bike or
road bike?
When can i see it?
Where can i see it?
What color is the bike?
How about the bike condition?

And then, make your own ad and present it in front of the class.

Grammar

PART 1
Put the correct capital letter.
one morning, muhammad woke up late and he had to hurry to get ready for bath and pray shubuh.
after finish praying shubuh, he got ready for breakfast and prepare his stuff for school. his school`s
name is sma ulun nuha. it is about thirty minutes away from his house. he picked up his schools
book with his homework and a bottle of drink tucked into his backpack. he almost forgot his karate
uniform. He had to practice with karate after school. he ran to the car with his mom, and they drove
to school. standing there waiting for him was his best friend, abu bakar. they both hurried to mr.
ismail’s classroom, and sat down in their seats as the bell rang.

PART 2
Look at this student`s paragraph. Combine the pairs of underlined sentences with time
words such as when, while, as soos as, but, and, then, before, and after.
Assalamualaikum. I usually keep my wallet in my back pocket ________ I go out. Qodarullah, two
weeks ago, ________I was walking on a crowded street, I felt something. I didn`t pay any attention
to it at the time. ________ I got home,I noticed that my wallet was missing. I didn`t have much
money in it, ________ my student card and driver`s licence were there. I was a little bit upset
________ I said Innalillahi wainna ilaihi roji`un. ________I was thinking, my brother came home. He
told me to report it to the police. ________I called the police, they weren`t very encouraging. They
said that wallets often get “picked” from back pockets. They didn`t think I would get it back.
Tomorrow, ________ I`m going to anywhere, I`ll keep my new wallet in my front pocket.
PART 3
Put the correct pronoun for each sentence
1. Those are the pilots whom the general manager _________chose for the mission.
2. She amused _________by reading Al Qur`an.
3. Oh, this is _________of that delicious tuna salad.
4. The cyclists took_________ water bottles with _________on the trail.
5. We _________ must decide the number of hours to study.

English For Muslim Teens 252 Grade X Senior High School


References
Web Resources
1. www.esl-lab.com 54. https://republika.co.id 99. https://ambisnotes.com
2. www.wikihow.com 55. https://www.scribd.com 100. https://www.sederet.com
3. https://almanhaj.or.id 56. https://img.thrfun.com 101. https://www.youtube.com
4. www.edu.gov.on.ca 57. https://www.dhakatribune.com
102. https://eslflow.com
5. https://rumaysho.com 58. https://www.premiumtimesng.com
6. https://www.englishpage.com 59. http://news.unair.ac.id 103. https://productivemuslim.com
7. https://english.lingolia.com 60. http://www.sloveniatimes.com 104. https://www.thecrazytourist.com
8. https://konsultasisyariah.com 61. https://www.livescience.com 105. https://id.pinterest.com
9. https://muslim.or.id 62. https://www.delish.com 106. https://www.englishlessonviaskype
10. https://rm.coe.int 63. https://theislamicinformation.com .com
11. https://eslgrammar.org 64. https://en.islcollective.com 107. https://learnenglish.britishcouncil.
12. https://muslimah.or.id 65. https://games4esl.com org
13. /5753-berbakti-kepada- 66. https://www.perfect-english- 108. https://www.eslprintables.com
kedua-orang-tua.html grammar.com
14. https://dictionary.cambridge.org 109. https://www.allthingsgrammar.com
67. https://www.liveworksheets.com 110. https://www.jagoanbahasainggris.
15. https://www.pinterest.co.uk
16. https://en.islcollective.com 68. https://7esl.com com
17. https://kisahmuslim.com 69. https://en.islcollective.com 111. https://www.teach-this.com
18. /4515-meneladani-abu-bakar- 70. https://www.mthira.vic.edu.au 112. https://muslimah.or.id
ash-shiddiq-radhiallahu- 71. https://rumaysho.com 113. https://www.harapanrakyat.com
anhu.html 72. https://zaahara.com 114. https://www.klikdokter.com
19. https://freeenglishcourse.info 73. https://www.worksheetsday.com
20. https://www.slideshare.net
115. https://prezi.com
74. https://www.allthingsgrammar. 116. https://www.quranexplorer.com
21. https://www.allthingsgrammar.com
22. https://www.bigbanktheories.com
com 117. https://ctl.yale.edu
23. https://englishstudyhere.com 75. https://www.allthingsgrammar.com 118. https://www.engworksheets.com
24. https://medium.com 76. https://www.eslprintables.com 119. https://www.usgs.gov
25. https://www.fellowstraining.co.uk 77. https://www.facebook.com 120. https://www.grammarly.com
26. https://en.islcollective.com 78. https://moslemlifestyle.com 121. https://www.arabnews.com
27. https://www.wajibbaca.com 79. https://alindrahaqeem.com 122. https://www.liveworksheets.com
28. http://englishadmin.com 80. https://aceh.tribunnews.com
29. https://firanda.com 123. https://www.quranexplorer.com
81. https://commons.wikimedia.org 124. https://www.aljazeera.com
30. https://minanews.net
31. https://www.idntimes.com
82. https://www.mediainggris.com 125. https://bizcommunicationcoach.co
32. https://food.grab.com 83. https://www.gramedia.com m
33. http://ppmimadinah.org 84. https://7esl.com 126. UNIT 3 ESTABLISHING YOUR
34. https://haji.okezone.com 85. https://pojokan.online/ SPEECH PURPOSE A. General
35. https://www.midwestliving.com 86. http://www.engames.eu Purposes of a Speech (studylib.net)
36. http://www.bersamaislam.com 87. https://muslim.or.id
37. https://www.indosport.com
127. https://englishstudyhere.com
88. https://www.alquran-sunnah.com 128. https://learnenglishteens.britishco
38. http://dkandang.co.id
89. https://www.indeed.com uncil.org
39. https://www.capitalgazette.com
40. https://id.pinterest.com 90. https://englishgrammarhere.com 129. https://www.englishwsheets.com
41. https://www.liveworksheets.com 91. https://www.eslbuzz.com 130. https://engames.eu
42. https://englishgrammarhere.com 92. https://ingleselcastrogecs.blogspot 131. https://www.qardus.com
43. https://republika.co.id .com 132. https://www.englishtopgrammar.c
44. https://www.mediainggris.com 93. https://www.wallstreetenglish.com om
45. https://magnumproofreading.com 94. https://storiesformuslimkids.word
46. https://education.yourdictionary.com 133. https://www.worldwildlife.org
press.com 134. https://id.wikipedia.org
47. https://www.merriam-webster.com
48. https://www.allthingsgrammar.com
95. https://firanda.com 135. https://konsultasisyariah.com
49. https://www.eslprintables.com 96. https://www.republika.co.id 136. https://www.webmd.com
50. https://education.yourdictionary.com 97. https://kisahmuslim.com 137. http://repository.uin-malang.ac.id
51. https://juicedlife.com 98. https://www.regionalneurological.
52. https://www.cntraveller.com com
53. https://islamicvoice.com

Books
1. Jack C. Richard, Interchange fourth Edition Student book (2013), Cambridge.
(2013), Intro, Cambridge. 6. McKeegan David, Complete Key for School,
2. Dr. Lin Lougheed, 5th Edition, Barron`s TOEIC Student`sbook, (2013), Cambridge.
3. Talcott Charles, Tullis Graham, Target Score for 7. Frankfort Nancy, Dye Joan,Spectrum
TOEIC, Second Edition, 2008, Cambridge. Communicative course in English, level 3,
4. Lougheed Lin, preparation series for the New Prantice Hall Regents.
TOEIC Test, Fourth Edition, (2006), LONGMAN. 8. Downie Michael, Gray David, English Elevator
5. Capel Annetter, Sharp Wendy, Objective Key, International, Intermediate (2013), Asta.

English For Muslim Teens xv Grade X Senior High School


9. Harris Michael, Mower David, Anna Sikorzynska, 22. Quintana Jenny, Cambridge English Key for
New Opportunities, Elementary, (2007), Pearson Schools Result, Student book, Oxford University
Longman. Press.
10. Key English Test for School 1. Cambridge 23. Ireland Sue, Capel Annette, KET Practice Tests
University Press. (2000), Oxford University Press.
11. Key English Test for School 2. Cambridge 24. Elliot Sue, Ireland Sue, Saxby Karen, Richmond
University Press. KET Practice Tests, Student book, (2010),
12. Astuti Mulya Eka, Lande K. Shyla, Forward an Richmond
English, course for Vocational School Students 25. Succeed in Cambridge KET6 Practice Tests, KET
Grade X (2016), Penerbit Erlangga. for Schools. Andrew BatsisELT.
13. Kurniawan Lanny, W. Ament Kenneth, English for 26. Ireland Sue, Kosta Joanna, Target KET for
SMK 1, (2017), Yudistira. School, Student book, Richmond Publishing,
14. Grace Eudia, Sudarwati M. Th, Pathway to 27. Key English Test for Schools, Sample Test,
English 1 Program Peminatan, (2014), Penerbit Cambridge AssessmentEnglish.
Erlangga. 28. Badger Ian,Listening, B1 + Intermediate, Collins
15. Anwar Aisyah, Sophian fanany, Let`s Learn English for life, (2011), Collins.
English SMA/MA/SMK/MAK, Grade X,Bailmu. 29. Osborn Anna, Reading, B1+Intermediate,
16. N.P. Akad Puput, English for Senior High School Collins English for life, (2011), Collins.
Grade X, (2017), Masmedia. 30. Pelteret Cheryl, Speaking, B1 + Intermediate,
17. Grade Eudia,Sudarwati M.Th., Pathway to Collins English for life, (2011), Collins.
English for senior High School Grade X General 31. Howes Campbell Kirsten, Dignal Claire,Writing,
Program, (2013), Penerbit Erlangga. B1 + Intermediate, CollinsEnglish for life, (2011),
18. Classroom Activities, KETfor Schools. Collins.
19. White Susan, Heyderman Emma, Compact Key 32. Lin Lougheed, Learning to Listen, Student book,
for School, Second Edition (2020),Cambridge. (2003), Macmillan Education.
20. Gray Ellizabeth, O`Sullivan Neil, Practice Test for 33. Uji Kompetensi Bahasa Inggris Nasional, Test
the Key English Test, Student Book, (2000) Booklet.
Express Publishing.
21. Lloyd Mark, Chappel Patricia, KET for School
Direct, (2010), Cambridge.

English For Muslim Teens xvi Grade X Senior High School


English
For Muslim
Teens

English For Muslim Teens

Is the first edition for Senior High School Moslem


Students that combines a fresh topic with moslem
subjects with practical and communicative English. It is
suitable for moslem teens to know more about Islam in
english. It is completed with ‘akhlaq’ subject, moslem
idol loke people, places and tradition and make them
love their country Republic Indonesia, speaking practice,
reading text, writing, listening and grammar focus with
lot of meaningful practices.

0813 7007 1979


Casel Islamic
English House
Profile
Powered by

English For Muslim Teens xvii Grade X Senior High School

Anda mungkin juga menyukai